University of Southern Queensland

Faculty of Engineering and Surveying



Design, Construction and Operation of the
Floating Roof Tank



A dissertation submitted by

Submitted by

Kuan, Siew Yeng


in fulfilment of the requirement of

Course ENG 4111 and ENG 4112 Research Project


towards the degree of


Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical Engineering)



Submitted: 29
th
October 2009
i
ABSTRACT
Storage tanks have been widely used in many industrial particularly in the oil refinery
and petrochemical industry which are to store a multitude of different product with crude
oil as one if it. There are different types of tank such as fixed roof tank, open roof tank,
floating roof tank etc. Floating roof tank is which the roof floats directly on top of the
product, with no vapour space and eliminating the possibility of flammable atmosphere.
There are various industrial code and standard available for the basic requirement for
tank design and construction. Commercial software are also available in the market for
the basic design, hence tank designer would rely wholly on the software without detail
understanding. Despite of the various standard and code, there is limited procedure and
rules in designing the floating roof which result lots of floating roof failure and caused
injuries and fatalities accident. Design and safety concern has been a great concern for
the increasing case of fire and explosion due the tank failure.
The main objective of this project is “HOW TO DESIGN A NEW FLOATING ROOF
TANK”. The aim of this project is to develop basic rules and procedures, highlighting the
concerns in designing, construction and operation of a floating roof by taking an existing
Oil Development Project with it’s readily available information as a base, to design the
tank, and identify the problematic and lesson learnt throughout the project.
ii
University of Southern Queensland

Faculty of Engineering and Surveying



ENG 4111 & ENG 4112 Research Project


Limitations of Use

The Council of the University of Southern Queensland, its Faculty of Engineering and
Surveying, and the staff of the University of Southern Queensland, do not accept any
responsibility for the truth, accuracy or completeness of material contained within or
associated with this dissertation.

Person using all or any part of this material do so at their own risk, and not at the risk of
the Council of the University of Southern Queensland, its Faculty of Engineering and
Surveying or the staff of the University of Southern Queensland.

This dissertation reports an education exercise and has no purpose or validity beyond this
exercise. The sole purpose of the course pair entitled “Research Project” is to contribute
to the overall education within the student’s chosen degree program. This document, the
associate hardware, software, drawings, and other material set out in the associated
appendices should not be used for any other purpose: if they are so used, it is entirely at
the risk of the user.

Prof Frank Bullen
Dean

Faculty of Engineering and Surveying
iii


Certification





I certify that the ideas, designs and experimental work, results, analyses and
conclusions set out in this dissertation are entirely my own effort, except where
otherwise indicated and acknowledged.

I further certify that the work is original and has not been previously submitted for
assessment in any other course or institution, except where specifically stated.




KUAN SIEW YENG
0050012450


_____________________
Signature
_____________________
Date

iv

Acknowledgment


This research was carried out under the principal supervision of Dr. Harry Ku and the co-
supervisor is Dr. Talal. I would like express my great appreciation toward them for their
kind valuable assistance and advice through out the project.

Beside that, I would like to thanks the library of Technip Malaysia which had provided
me a lot of handful information and reference book as this project requires lot of
reference and international code.
v
TABLE OF CONTENT


CONTENTS PAGE

ABSTRACT i
ACKNOWLEDGMENT iv
LIST OF FIGURES xi
LIST OF TABLES xvi

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Rationale 1
1.2 Research Goal 2
1.2.1 Project Aims 2
1.2.2 Project Objective 2
1.3 Research Methodology
1.3.1 Literature Review 3
1.3.2 Case Study 3
1.3.3 Product Enquiries 3
1.3.4 Design Approach 3
1.3.5 Consequential Effect of the Design Failure 4
1.3.6 Special Design and Construction 4

CHAPTER 2: LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Introduction 5
2.2 Type of Storage Tank 7
2.2.1 Open Top Tank 7
2.2.2 Fixed Roof Tanks 8
2.2.3 Floating roof Tanks 9
vi
2.3 Design Code and Standard 10
2.4 Floating Roof Tank 11
2.4.1 History and Introduction 11
2.4.2 Principles of the Floating roof 11
2.4.3 Advantages of the Floating Roof Storage Tank 13
2.5 Design Data Overview 13
2.6 Process Description and Requirements 15
2.7 Process Description and Design Consideration 16
2.8 Material Selection and Corrosion Assessment 19
2.8.1 CO2 Corrosion 19
2.8.2 Carbon Dioxide Corrosion Modeling 21
2.9 Mechanical Selection of Carbon Steel Grade 22
2.10 Mechanical Design 25
2.11 Tank Shell Design Method as Per API 650 26
2.11.1 Calculation of thickness by 1-Foot Method 26
2.11.2 Calculation of thickness by Variable-Design-
Point Method 27
2.11.3 Calculation of thickness by Elastic Analysis 28
2.12 Mechanical Design consideration 28
2.13 Bottom Plate Design 30
2.13.1 Vertical Bending of Shell 30
2.14 Floating Roof design 31
2.15 Special Consideration 32
2.15.1 Soil Settlement 32
2.15.2 Seismic Design for Floating roof 33
2.16 Failure Mode Due to Seismic Effects on Floating Roof Tank 34
2.17 Fitting Design and Requirement 36
2.18 Typical Fitting and Accessories for Floating Roof 37
vii
2.18.1 Roof Seal System 37
2.18.2 Support Leg 38
2.18.3 Roof Drain System 39
2.18.4 Vent – Bleeder vents 43
2.18.5 Centering and Anti-Rotation Device 44
2.18.6 Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform 44
2.19 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam 44
CHAPTER 3: TANK DESIGN
3.1 Introduction 46
3.2 Shell Design 46
3.2.1 Longitudinal Stress 47
3.2.2 Circumferential Stress 48
3.2.3 Longitudinal Stress versus Circumferential Stress 49
3.2.4 Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation and
1-Foot Method 49
3.2.5 Shell Design Thickness calculation 50
3.2.6 Top Stiffener and Intermediate Wind Girder Design
3.2.6.1 Top Stiffener/ Top Wind Girder 51
3.2.6.2 Intermediate Wind Girder 54
3.2.7 Overturning Stability against Wind Load 57
3.2.8 Seismic Design 60
3.2.8.1 Site Geometry Design Data for
Seismic Design 62
3.2.8.2 Overturning Stability 62
3.2.8.3 Design Spectral Accelerations 64
viii
3.2.8.4 Parameter required for Seismic Design 65
3.2.8.5 Effective Weight of Product 69
3.2.8.6 Center of Action for effective Lateral Force 71
3.2.8.7 Ring Wall Moment 72
3.2.8.8 Base Shear Force 72
3.2.8.9 Resistance to Overturning 74
3.2.8.10 Anchorage Design 77
3.2.8.11 Freeboard 78
3.2.8.12 Seismic design Summary 79
3.3 Roof Design 80
3.3.1 Roof type Selection 80
3.3.2 Pontoon and Center deck Design 81
3.3.2.1 Roof Stress Design 82
3.3.2.2 Effect of large Deflection on Center Deck 83
3.3.2.3 Pontoon Stability – Pontoon Ring Design 86
3.3.3 Fitting and Accessories Design 89
3.3.3.1 Roof Seal System 90
3.3.3.2 Roof Seal Material 95
3.3.3.3 Roof Support Leg 96
3.3.3.4 Venting System 98
3.3.3.4.1 Operation of Bleeder Vent 98
3.3.3.4.2 Bleeder Vent Design 101
3.3.3.5 Roof Drain System 104
3.3.3.5.1 Articulated Piping System 105
3.3.3.5.2 Flexible Drain Pipe System 107
ix
3.3.3.5.3 Drain System Selection 109
3.3.3.5.4 Drain Pipe Design 110
3.3.3.6 Rolling Ladder & Gauger Platform 112
3.3.3.7 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam 113
CHAPTER 4: TANK CONSTRUCTION
4.1 Introduction 116
4.2 Foundation 117
4.3 Bottom Plate Placement 118
4.4 Shell Erection 121
4.5 Tank Testing
4.5.1 Tank Bottom Testing 123
4.5.2 Tank Shell Testing 123
4.5.3 Floating Roof Testing 125
CHAPTER 5: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
5.1 Design consideration
5.1.1 Design Consideration of Foundation 127
5.1.2 Design consideration on Tank Shell 129
5.2 Construction Consideration
5.2.1 Nominal Diameter Versus Inside Diameter 130.
5.2.2 Plate Square-ness 130
5.2.3 Wind Damage 131
5.3 Testing Consideration
x
5.3.1 Hydrotest/ Water Test 131
CHAPTER 6: CONCLUSION 132
REFERENCE 134
APPENDIX A: Project Specification A1
APPENDIX B Design Calculation B1
xi
LIST OF FIGURE PAGE

Figure 1.1: Fire and explosion incidents in the tanks 6
Figure 1.2: Types of storage tank 7
Figure 1.3: Types of Fixed Roof Tanks 8
Figure 1.4: Single Deck Pontoon Type Floating Roof 9
Figure 1.5: Double Deck Type Floating Roof 10
Figure 1.6: Single Deck Floating Roof Tank 12
Figure 1.7: Double Deck Floating Roof Tank 13
Figure 1.8: Storage Tank Capacities and Levels 15
Figure 1.9: Schematic Sketch of the Stabilised Condensate Tank 17
Figure 1.10: Impact Test Exemption Curve 23
Figure 1.11: Tank Exploding 26
Figure 1.12: Loading Diagram on a Tank Shell 29
Figure 1.13: Rotation of the shell-to-bottom connection 30
Figure 1.14: Single Deck Roof Sagged with Flooding Rain Water 31
Figure 1.15: Floating roof overtopped 34
Figure 1.16: Pontoon buckling 34
Figure 1.17: Diamond buckling (slender tanks) 35
Figure 1.18: Elephant-foot buckling (broad tanks) 35
Figure 1.19: Tanks Burn Down 35
Figure 1.20: Tank Farm on Fire 35
Figure 1.21: Mechanical Seal 37
Figure 1.22: Liquid-filled fabric seal 37
Figure 1.23: Lateral Deflection of Supporting Leg 39
xii
Figure 1.24: Articulated Piping System 40
Figure 1.25: Flexible Steel Pipe System Inside the Tank 41
Figure 1.26: Articulated drain pipe system installed inside the tank 42
Figure 1.27: Flexible Swing Joint 42
Figure 1.28: Bleeder vents 43
Figure 1.29: Foam Fire Fighting System 45
Figure 2.1: Longitudinal forces acting on thin cylinder under internal
Pressure 47
Figure 2.2: Circumferential l forces acting on thin cylinder under internal
Pressure 48
Figure 2.3: Circumferential Stress Thickness equation to 1-Foot method
Equation 50
Figure 2.4: Diagrammatic sketch of shell wall with design thickness 51
Figure 2.5: Typical stiffener ring section for ring shell 52
Figure 2.6: Fabricated Tee Girder for Top Wind Girder 54
Figure 2.7: Height of transform shell 56
Figure 2.8: Fabricated Tee Girder for Intermediate Wind Girder 57
Figure 2.9: Overturning check on tank due to wind load 58
Figure 2.10: Summary Result for Overturning Stability against wind load 59
Figure 2.11: Seismic Diagram for a Floating Roof Tank 60
Figure 2.12: Design Response Spectral for Ground-Supported Liquid
Storage Tanks 65
Figure 2.13: Sloshing Period Coefficient, Ks 66
Figure 2.14: Response Spectrum Curve 69
Figure 2.15: Effective weight of Liquid ratio 70
Figure 2.16: Center of Action for Effective Forces 72
xiii
Figure 2.17: Seismic Moment and Force Diagram 73
Figure 2.18: Annular Plate Requirement 76
Figure 2.19: Sloshing Wave of Liquid Inside Tank 78
Figure 3.1: Single deck Floating roof 80
Figure 3.2: Center deck and 2 adjacent compartments puncture 81
Figure 3.3: Minimum Requirement for Single Deck Pontoon Floating Roof 82
Figure 3.4: Case 1 – Dead Load Only 83
Figure 3.5: Case 2 – Dead Load + 10” Rain Accumulation 83
Figure 3.6: (a) Deck Deflection in Case 1 84
Figure 3.6: (b) Deck Deflection in Case 2 84
Figure 3.7: Radial Forces Acting on Pontoon Inner Rim 87
Figure 3.8: Sectional Detail of Pontoon 88
Figure 3.9: Standard Fitting and Accessories for Single Deck Roof 90
Figure 3.10: Pantograph Hanger 92
Figure 3.11: Scissor Hanger 92
Figure 3.12: Completed Assembled Pantograph 92
Figure 3.13: End Section Pantograph 92
Figure 3.14: Foam-Filled Seal 93
Figure 3.15: Liquid-Filled Seal 93
Figure 3.16: Secondary Seal 94
Figure 3.17: Number and Location of Support Legs 97
Figure 3.18: (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Starting) 99
Figure 3.18: (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Finishing) 99
Figure 3.19: (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Starting ) 100
Figure 3.19: (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Finishing) 100
xiv
Figure 3.20: (a) Roof Drain with Roof Rise 104
Figure 3.20: (b) Roof Drain with Roof Fall 104
Figure 3.21: Articulated Drain Pipe System 105
Figure 3.22: (a) Typical Swing Joint in Articulated Drain Pipe System 106
Figure 3.22: (b) Swing Joint Assembly 106
Figure 3.23: Flexible Drain Pipe System 107
Figure 3.24: (a) Inner Section of COFLEXIP Pipe 108
Figure 3.24: (b) COFLEXIP Pipe of Different Size 108
Figure 3.25: End fitting of COFLEXIP Pipe 108
Figure 3.26: Flexible Drain Pipe System Installed in Different Tank 109
Figure 3.27: Sketch of Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform in a Floating
Roof Tank 112
Figure 3.28: Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform Installed in a Floating
Roof Tank 113
Figure 3.29: General Arrangement of the Multiple Foam Chamber on the
Floating Roof Tank 114
Figure 3.30: (a) Fire Protection for Floating Roof Tank 115
Figure 3.30: (b) Foam Chamber 115
Figure 3.31: Typical Foam Dam 115
Figure 4.1: (a) Progressive Assembly & Welding and Complete Assembly
Followed by Welding of Horizontal Seam Method for
Welded Vertical Tank 116
Figure 4.1: (b) Jacking-Up and Flotation Method for Welded Vertical Tank 117
Figure 4.2: Tank Foundation with anchor bolt installed 118
Figure 4.3 Bottom Plate Layout 119
Figure 4.4: Bottom Plate Laid on Foundation 120
xv
Figure 4.5: Typical Cross Joint in Three Plate Lap 120
Figure 4.6: Welding Detail for Bottom Plate 121
Figure 4.7: Completed Erection of First Shell Course 122
Figure 4.8: (a) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Inside Tank 122
Figure 4.8: (b) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Outside Tank 122
Figure 4.9: Vacuum Box and Pump 124
Figure 5.1: Maximum Allowable Sag 128
Figure 5.2: Maximum Tolerances for Out-of Verticality of the Tank Shell 129
Figure 5.3: Alignment of Shell Plate for Welding 130



















xvi

LIST OF FIGURE PAGE

Table 1.1: Process Design Data 17
Table 1.2: Nozzle Data 18
Table 1.3: Corrosion Rate Sensitively Result for 50% Summer
and 50% Winter Condition 21
Table 1.4: Stress table for SA 516 Gr 65N 23
Table 1.5: Material Specifications for Stabilised Condensate Tank 24
Table 1.6: Material Selection Guide 24
Table 1.7: Bake Bean Can and Storage Tank Comparison Table 25
Table 1.8 (a): Fitting Requirements on Tank Shell 36
Table 1.8 (b): Fitting Requirement on Floating Roof 36
Table 2.1: Shell wall Design Thickness Summary 50
Table 2.2: Value of Fa as a Function of Site Class 67
Table 2.3: Value of Fv as a Function of Site Class 67
Table 2.4: Response Modification Factors for ASD Methods 68
Table 2.5: Summary of Design Parameter 68
Table 2.6: Anchorage Ratio Criteria 74
Table 3.1: Summary Result for Maximum Deflection and Stresses in
Center Deck 86
Table 3.2: Summary Result for Pontoon Ring Stability 89
Table 3.3: Common Material for Select Product 95
Table 3.4: Properties of Common Seal Material 96
Table 3.5: Summary Result for Roof Support Legs 98
Table 3.6: Equivalent Pipe Length Chart 111

1
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Rationale
Floating roof tank is not a new technology or equipments and it had been widely used over the
world in many industries. Storage tanks are designed, fabricated and tested to code and standard.
There are a variety of codes and standards stating the similar common minimum requirements
and some additional requirements from company standards or specifications.
Engineer or tank designer who do the preliminary and detail design are normally not familiar or
not exposed to the actual site condition. Their designs are basically based on the code and
standard requirements and basic theory from reference book. Some would only rely on the
commercial software for the basic design, they have limited knowledge on the actual tank
operation which limit them on cost effectiveness and even safety detail design, particularly on
the floating roof tank.
There is limited procedure and rules in design the floating roof. These had resulted lots of
floating roof failure in the industry. Hence industry, tank owner and also the tank designer or
engineer need to have a simple rules and formula to ensure the floating roof is adequately
designed and strong enough for the various loading during operation.
Beside of the procedures and rules, understanding of how the stresses behave in the tank material
is essential for a complete safe design.
Floating roof tanks are usually built in a gigantic size and this would involve various disciplines
such as civil, chemical, mechanical, fire safety, construction, inspection, commissioning and
operation.
2
The work scope of each disciplines would have a direct effect on the tank design, one example is
the tank foundation which is designed by the civil staff. The foundations are to be designed to
withstand the load of the tank with its content. Improper design would result in foundation
sagging or excessive soil settlement which in turn induces extra stresses to bottom of tank and
tank shell.

Hence it is essential for the engineers or tank designer to know how and what effects each inter-
discipline’s design would have on one’s tank that affected the tank integrity, and taking all these
consideration into his design.
1.2 Research Goal
1.2.1 Project Aims
The aim of this project is to develop basic rules and procedures, highlighting the concerns in
designing, construction and operation of a floating roof.
1.2.2 Project Objective
The main objective of this project is “HOW TO DESIGN A NEW FLOATING ROOF TANK”.
Taking an existing Oil Development Project with it’s readily available information as a base, to
design the tank, and identify the problematic and lesson learnt throughout the project.
3
1.3 Research Methodology
1.3.1 Literature Review
Literature review is conducted to study the basic design and requirement of the floating
roof storage tank in the storage tank design code (API 650 – Welded Steel Tanks for Oil
Storage).
Further studies on the tank design were made from other reference book, company
standard specification and information from different disciplines.
1.3.2 Case Study
Case studies on the previous project for the lesson learnt will be carried out.
1.3.3 Product Enquiries
Research and study the role and application of the tank fittings and accessories by
searching information and sending technical enquiries to the product supplier, attending
the technical presentation conducted by the product supplier will be carried out.
1.3.4 Design Approach
Upon completion of the literature review, design approach is then developed. The storage
tank design consists of two major designs, that is (1) the shell design analysis and (2) the
floating roof design.
In the shell design analysis, shell stress design will be performed taking into
consideration of all the considerably loading including hydrostatic pressure, wind loading
and seismic loading.
4
In the roof design, it consists of two sections, that is (1) roof stress design and the (2) roof
fitting and accessories design.
Design calculation sheet using excel will be establish in the project.
Evaluation of the different type of roof fitting from different supplier with be carried out
and selection of the fitting base the evaluation result.
1.3.5 Consequential effect of the design failure
The relative importance of each fittings and accessories will be defined as well as the
consequential effects it would have in case of malfunction.
1.3.6 Special Design and Construction
Upon completion of the tank design, special consideration on the design and construction
will be addressed base on the case study on the lesson learn and design process.






5
CHAPTER 2: LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Introduction
Storage tanks had been widely used in many industrial established particularly in the
processing plant such as oil refinery and petrochemical industry. They are used to store a
multitude of different products. They come in a range of sizes from small to truly
gigantic, product stored range from raw material to finished products, from gases to
liquids, solid and mixture thereof.
There are a wide variety of storage tanks, they can be constructed above ground, in
ground and below ground. In shape, they can be in vertical cylindrical, horizontal
cylindrical, spherical or rectangular form, but vertical cylindrical are the most usual used.
In a vertical cylindrical storage tank, it is further broken down into various types,
including the open top tank, fixed roof tank, external floating roof and internal floating
roof tank.
The type of storage tank used for specified product is principally determined by safety
and environmental requirement. Operation cost and cost effectiveness are the main
factors in selecting the type of storage tank.
Design and safety concern has come to a great concern as reported case of fires and
explosion for the storage tank has been increasing over the years and these accident cause
injuries and fatalities. Spills and tank fires not only causing environment pollution, there
would also be severe financial consequences and significant impact on the future business
due to the industry reputation. Figure 1.1 shows the accident of the tanks that caught on
fire and exploded. Lots of these accidents had occurred and they are likely to continue
unless the lessons from the past are correctly learnt.
6



Figure 1.1 Fire and explosion incidents in the tanks
7
2.2 Types of Storage Tank
Figure 1.2 illustrates various types of storage tank that are commonly used in the industry
today.




Figure 1.2 Types of storage tank

2.2.1 Open Top Tanks
This type of tank has no roof. They shall not be used for petroleum product but may be
used for fire water/ cooling water. The product is open to the atmosphere; hence it is an
atmospheric tank.
Type of Storage Tank
Open Top Tank
(Atmospheric)
Fixed Roof Tank
(Atmospheric, Low
Pressure, High
Pressure)

Other Types
Cone Roof (Supported/
self supported)
Internal Floating Roof
(Supported/ self
supported)
Dome Roof (Supported/
self supported)
Floating Roof Tank
External Floating Roof
Internal Floating Roof
Bullet Tank
Bolted Tank

Sphere Tank
8
2.2.2 Fixed Roof Tanks
Fixed Roof Tanks can be divided into cone roof and dome roof types. They can be self
supported or rafter/ trusses supported depending on the size.
Fixed Roof are designed as
Atmospheric tank (free vent)
Low pressure tanks (approx. 20 mbar of internal pressure)
High pressure tanks (approx. 56 mbar of internal pressure)
Figure 1.3 shows the three types of Fired Roof Tanks.




Figure 1.3 Types of Fixed Roof Tanks [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p.11]


9
2.2.3 Floating Roof Tanks
Floating roof tanks is which the roof floats directly on top of the product.
There are 2 types of floating roof:
Internal floating roof is where the roof floats on the product in a fixed roof tank.
External Floating roof is where the roof floats on the product in an open tank and the
roof is open to atmosphere.
Types of external floating roof consist of:
Single Deck Pontoon type ( Figure 1.4)
Double deck ( Figure 1.5)
Special buoy and radially reinforced roofs
Floating roof tank will be further discussed in details in later chapter.


Figure 1.4 Single Deck Pontoon Type Floating Roof [Bob. L & Bob. G, n.d, p.155]

10


Figure 1.5 Double Deck Type Floating Roof [Bob. L & Bob. G, n.d, p.155]

2.3 Design Codes and Standards
The design and construction of the storage tanks are bounded and regulated by various
codes and standards. List a few here, they are:
• American Standards API 650 (Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage)
• British Standards BS 2654 (Manufacture of Vertical Storage Tanks with Butt-
welded Shells for the Petroleum Industry
• The European Standards
- German Code Din 4119 – Part 1 and 2 (Above Ground Cylindrical Flat
Bottomed Storage Tanks of Metallic Materials)
- The French Code, Codres – (Code Francais de construction des reservoirs
cylindriques verticauz en acier U.C.S.I.P. et S.N.C.T.)
• The EEMUA Standards (The Engineering Equipments and Materials Users
Association)
• Company standards such as shell (DEP) and Petronas (PTS)
11
2.4 Floating Roof Tanks

2.4.1 History and Introduction
Floating roof tank was developed shortly after World War I by Chicago Bridge & Iron
Company (CB & I). Evaporation of the product in fixed roof caused a great lost of
money; this led to research to develop a roof that can float directly on the surface of
product, reducing the evaporation losses.
2.4.2 Principles of the Floating Roof
The floating roof is a circular steel structure provided with a built-in buoyancy which
allowing it to sit/ float on top of the liquid product in a close or open top tank.
The overall diameter of the roof is normally 400 mm smaller than the inside diameter of
the tank, which has about 200 mm gap on each side between the roof and the inside tank
wall. This is due to the limitation on the accuracy of dimension during construction for
the large diameter tank. The gaps allow the floating roof to rise and fall without binding
on the tank wall.
To protect the product inside the tank from evaporation to the atmosphere and
contamination from the rain water through the gaps between the outer rim of the floating
roof and the tank wall, the gaps will be closed or sealed up by mean of flexible sealing
system.
Due to environmental issue, selection of the roof seal is one of the major concerns in the
floating roof tank design.
12
In single deck roof which shown in Figure 1.6, is also called pontoon roof, the buoyancy
is derived in the pontoon, an annular circular pontoon radially divided into liquid tight
compartments.
The center deck which is formed by membrane of thin steel plates are lap welded
together and connected to the inner rim of the pontoons.
Double deck roof (Figure 1.7) consists of upper and lower steel membranes separated by
a series of circumferential bulkhead which is subdivided by radial bulkhead. The outer
ring of the compartments is the main liquid tight buoyancy for the roof.
Double deck roof is much heavier than single deck one, hence it is more rigid. The air
gap between the upper and bottom plates of the deck has insulation effect which helps
against the solar heat reaching the product during the hot climate and preventing heat loss
of the product during cold climate.





Figure 1.6 Single Deck Floating Roof Tank [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p.15]



13


Figure 1.7 Double Deck Floating Roof Tank [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p.15]
2.4.3 Advantages of the floating roof storage tank
As the roof floats directly on the product, there is no vapour space and thus eliminating
any possibility of flammable atmosphere. It reduces evaporation losses and hence
reduction in air pollution. Vapour emission is only possible from the rim seal area and
this would mainly depend on the type of seal selected and used.
Despite of the advantages of the floating roof, to design and construct a floating roof tank
will be much more complicated and costly than the fixed ones. In term of tank stability
and design integrity, floating roof tank is never better than the fixed roof tank as there are
still many unknown parameters and factors in designing the floating roof.
2.5 Design Data Overview
Site geometric data are:
The plant is located in Kiyanli, Balkanabad District in Turkmenistan located onshore by
Caspian Sea.
The climate is sub tropical with hot dry summer and cold wet winter. The climate
condition is as follow:

14
a. Temperature:
• Ambient: Mean annual = 14.6ºC
Extreme low = -17.0ºC (January 1969)
Extreme high = +44.0ºC (July 1983)
• Design temperature change = +30ºC
b. Rainfall Intensity:
Maximum daily rainfall (4
th
May 1972) : 68 mm
Maximum rain density once in 100 years : 0.69 mm/min
Maximum rain density once in 50 years : 0.59 mm/min
Maximum rain density once in 2 years : 0.3 mm/min
c. Humidity:
Summer : 50% at 34ºC
Winter : 74% at 7ºC
d. Wind Speed at 10 m above Ground level:






e. Earthquake (MSK 64):

Earth Tremor Intensity (severe damage to building) : 9
Index of Earth Tremor Category (once in 1000 years) : 2

Equivalent to Uniform Building Code (UBC) Zone 4
f. Design Snow Loading : 56 kg/m²
Operating 1 yr 10 yr 50 yr 100 yr
1 hour mean m/s 12 17 21 24 25
10 minutes mean m/s 13 19 23 26 27
1 minute mean m/s 14 21 25 28 29
3 second gust m/s 15 23 27 31 32
15
2.6 Process Description and Requirements
Capacity determination is the one of the first steps in designing the tank. Only after the
capacity is known, the tank can be sized up.
The definition of the maximum capacity can be explained easily in Figure 1.8.




Figure 1.8 Storage Tank Capacities and Levels
The maximum or total capacity is the sum of the inactive capacity (minimum operating
volume remaining volume in tank), actual or net working capacity and the overfill
protecting capacity.
Overfill
Overfill protection level
Net working capacity
Minimum operating volume
remaining in the tank
Maximum capacity
Minimum fill
level
Normal fill level
(HLL)
Design liquid
level
Top of shell
height
Top of bottom plate at
shell
16
The net working capacity is the volume of available product under normal operating
conditions, which is between the low liquid level (LLL) and the high liquid level (HLL).
The storage tank capacity is sized in accordance with 85, 000 barrel tanker and 3 days of
unavailability of the off loading system at production rate 51 000 barrels per day.
2.7 Process Description and Design Considerations
This storage tank is designed to store the stabilised condensate which runs down from the
condensate stabiliser column. The stabilised condensate processed in the stabilsed system
is pumped to Stabilsed Condesate Tank prior to export via underwater pipeline to the
Single Buoying Mooring for ship loading.
Due to the waxy nature of the condensate, the liquid is heated above the wax dissolution
temperature (WDT) of 39°C to prevent wax precipitation and formation in the pipeline.
The condensate in the tank is circulated in an external heating circuit to maintain the
operating temperature at 44°C.
The stabilised condensate storage tanks are also equipped with motorized side entry tank
stirrers to blend the storage fluid to ensure uniform temperature distribution in the tanks.
It helps to prevent localized cooling that will result in wax formation in the storage tank.
The schematic sketch of the stabilized condensate tank is shown in Figure 1.9 with the
process design data and nozzle data in Tables 1.1 and 1.2 respectively.

17


Figure 1.9 Schematic Sketch of the Stabilised Condensate Tank

Service Stabilised Condensate Tank
Tank Type Floating Roof
Number Required Two ( 2)
Working Capacity 20000 m³
Nominal Capacity 24278 m³
Diameter 39000 mm
Height 20700 mm
Design Pressure Atmospheric
Operating Temperature 44 °C
Design Temperature 70 / -17 °C
Specific Gravity at 15°C/ at T 0.7903/ 0.7804
Normal Filling Flow Rate 338 m³/h
Maximum Filling Flow Rate 427 m³/h
Normal Draw-Off Flow Rate 660 m³/h
Maximum Draw-Off Flow Rate 792 m³/h
Heater Type External Heater
Vent Yes
Drain Yes (Roof and shell)
Thermowell Yes
Gauging Hole No
Level Indicator/ Alarms Yes
Mixing Propeller Yes
Manhole/ Inspection Hatches Yes
Insulation Yes (Shell and roof)
M3
D1
N5
N1
N2
N4
M1

N15
M2
N8 N6
N7 N12
D2
D3
N13
18



Table 1.1 Process Design Data






















Table 1.2 Nozzle Data
The following points are to be included in design considerations:
1) Quantity and size of the roof drain shall be designed and size up accordance to the
rainfall intensity.
2) Auto Bleeder vent is required as per API 650 code, quantity and size to be
designed accordance to the maximum filling and draw off rate [API650, 2007].
3) Tanks are fixed with 3 mixing propellers, they shall remain submerged below the
low liquid level during operation.
4) Clean out door shall be suitable for wheel barrow access for facilitating sediment/
sludge cleaning process.
5) Tank bottom to be cone-up toward center.
Category of Product Hydrocarbon Condensate

Nozzle Data
Tag No. Req. Size (DN) Service Remark
N1 1 250 Inlet
N2 1 450 Pump Suction
N4 1 200 Recirculation Inlet
N5 1 300 Recirculation Inlet
N6 1 Note 2 Auto Bleeder Vent
N7 1 100 Level Indicator
N8 1 200 Level Transmitter
N12 1 50 Temperature Transmitter
N13 3 600 Mixing Propeller Note 3
N15 1 200 Minimum Flow
D1 1 100 Drain
D2/ D3 2 100 Roof Drain Note 1
M1 1 600 Shell Manway
M2 1 600 Roof Manway
M3 1 1200 x 1200 Clean Out Door Note 4
19
2.8 Material Selection and Corrosion Assessment
Material selection study was carried out by the material specialist to review the
conceptual design basic of the plant and assess expected longevity of materials for
various piping and equipment, he/she then proposes materials suitable for the required
design life of 30 years. The approach of this material selection is to evaluate the internal
corrosivity of the fluids with respect to utilisation of carbon steel.
Carbon Steel is considered as first choice, due to its lower cost, ready availability and
well understood requirements to fabrication and testing. Material selection for the
hydrocarbon system is based on detail evaluation of fluid properties, particularly using
the carbon dioxide models.
2.8.1 CO
2
Corrosion
Carbon dioxide dissolves in water and dissociates to form weak carbonic acid which
causes corrosion on carbon steels. Higher partial pressures of CO
2
imply more dissolved
CO
2
and hence higher corrosion rate. Higher temperatures and pressure increase the
corrosion rate, but in certain conditions, about 70 to 80°C, a protective carbonate scale
can form on the steel surface that reduces the corrosion rate, compared to lower
temperatures where the scale does not form.
Corrosion resistant alloys (CRA) are used to avoid corrosion at high CO
2
contents, and in
less corrosive condition and where required lifetime is limited, but it would be more
economical to use carbon steel with a corrosion allowance and/or chemical inhibitor
treatment. The presence of CO
2
infers that carbon steel will have finite life due to the
wall thinning, a corrosion allowance is practical to accommodate up to 6mm.
20
Other concerns for the material selection are:
i) Material at minimum temperature
At low temperatures, ferritic steels (unalloyed and low alloy steels, and
ferrictic-austenitic duplex stainless steels), lose their ductility spontaneously
as the materials are cooled, allowing any cracks and crack-like defects, that
are harmless at normal operating temperatures, to propagate under load.
To have greater resistance to low temperature embrittlement, materials and
welds are to be heat treated where applicable eg. normalised and post weld
heat treated low alloy and carbon steel). For an even lower service
temperature, fine grained materials are required, high nickel steels, or
austenitic materials have to be used.
The seasonal changes in ambient temperatures require that low temperature
properties of materials must be selected.
ii) Mercury
Stabilised condensate from Turkmenistan was measured to contain Hg
4µg/kg. [13]
Mercury (Hg) is a trace component of all fossil fuels. It is therefore present in
liquid hydrocarbon and natural gas deposits, and may transfer into air, water
and soil.
Materials unsuitable for hydrocarbon streams in presence of mercury due to
liquid metal embrittlement, which will result in crack are:
21
Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys
Titanium and Titanium Alloys
Copper and Copper Alloys
Zinc and Zinc Alloys
Recommended materials are:
Carbon steels and low allow steels
Stainless steels (Austenitic stainless steel, Duplex stainless steel)
Nickel Alloys (Inconel 625, 825 and Monel)
2.8.2 Carbon Dioxide Corrosion Modeling
In the material selection study report, the design corrosion rate for carbon steel was
calculated using the NORSOK “CO2 Corrosion Rate Calculation Model” - M-506” [14].
This model is a development of the original work by De, Waard, Milliams and Lotz , and
includes some effects due to the wall fluid shear stress.
The calculated results for the corrosion rate sensitivity for 50% summer and 50% winter
condition is summarized in Table 1.3.

mm/ year
Without Inhibitor 0.0033 Corrosion rate Case Sensitive (Summer)
With Inhibitor 0.00033
Without Inhibitor 0.0495 Corrosion Allowance for 30yrs Design Life
(50% Summer condition) With Inhibitor 0.00495
Without Inhibitor 0.0033 Corrosion rate Case Sensitive (Winter)
With Inhibitor 0.00033
Without Inhibitor 0.0495 Corrosion Allowance for 30yrs Design Life
(50% Winter condition) With Inhibitor 0.00495

Table 1.3 Corrosion Rate Sensitively Result for 50% Summer and 50% Winter Condition
22
The design life of 30 years is required and a typical 3 and 6mm corrosion allowance is
used as the basic for the selection of carbon steel. For 30 years service, the maximum
time-averaged corrosion rates that can be accommodated by a 3mm and 6mm corrosion
allowance are 0.1 mm/years and 0.2 mm/year respectively. Therefore, based on the
calculated result, low temperature carbon steel (LTCS) + 3 mm corrosion allowances +
internal lining is recommended.
2.9 Mechanical Selection of Carbon Steel Grade
Mechanical selection of material is based on their mechanical properties and their
constructability. A 516 Gr 65N (ASTM low temperature carbon steel with minimum
tensile of 65 ksi) is selected for its well known properties in low temperature. The
material will be normalised.
Accordance to UCS-66, ASME VIII division 1 [2], A 516 Gr 65 without normalisation
with fall under curve B and the material A 516 Gr 65N (Normalised) with fall under
curve D (Figure 1.10).
From the impact test exemption curve in Figure 1.10 , it can be found that with the
minimum design temperature of -17°C, impact test will be required when the plate
thickness exceed 15mm for materials in Curve B, whereas impact test is exempted up to
thickness 58 mm for material in Curve D.

23


Figure 1.10 Impact Test Exemption Curve [ASME VIII, Div.1, 2007, UCS-66]
Mechanical properties for A 516 Gr 650N listed below are accordance to ASME II Part D
– Material Property [3].

Minimum Tensile Strength 450 Mpa
Minimum Yield Strength 245 Mpa
Maximum Allowable Stress from -17°C to 100°C 128 Mpa

Table 1.4 Stress table for SA 516 Gr 65N


24
Tank Shell/ Bottom Plate SA 516 Gr. 65N
Floating Roof SA 516 Gr. 65N
Stiffener Ring SA 516 Gr. 65N
Nozzle Neck Pipe (SMLS) SA 333 Gr.6
Nozzle Flange/ Blind Flange SA 350 Gr. LF2 Class 1
Nozzle Fitting SA 420 Gr. WPL 6
Gasket Flexible Graphite With Tanged Insert
Bolt & Nuts (External) SA 320 – L7M/ SA 194 Gr. 2H (Flurocarbon
Coated)
Internal ( Bolting/ Piping/ Supports) Stainless Steel SS 316L

Table 1.5 Material Specifications for Stabilised Condensate Tank
The material specification for the stabilised condensate tank is shown in Table 1.5. Table
1.6 illustrate the material selection guide, using design temperature to choose a readily
available and cost effective material.



Table 1.6 Material Selection Guide [Moss, cited in Bednar 1991]

25
2.10 Mechanical Design
Stress design and analysis of the storage tank is the greatest concern to engineer as it
provides the basic for the tank stability and integrity.
The basic stress analyses to be taken care in tank design are as follow:
Tank shell wall due to internal and external loading
Bottom plate/ Tank flooring
Tank roof – In this case, floating roof
Storage tanks always look big and strong, and there are also often being referred as ‘tin
can’. Some simple comparison in term of their sizes and strength is made here.

Typical Bake Bean Can Storage Tank

Diameter, D 75 mm 10, 000 mm
Height, H 105 mm 14, 000 mm
Wall thickness, t 0.15 mm 5 mm
D/H ratio 1 / 1.4 1 / 1.4
t/D ratio 0.002 0.0005

Table 1.7 Bake Bean Can and Storage Tank Comparison Table

From the Table 1.7, it can be seen found the tank ratio (t/D) is 4 times less than the
typical bean can which show that how relatively flimsy the shell of the tank it would be if
it is subjected to partial vacuum. Figure 1.11 shows an example of tank exploding due to
vacuum loading.

26


Figure 1.11 Tank Exploding [Bob.L & Bob.G, n.d, p.26]
2.11 Tank Shell Design Method as Per API 650

2.11.1 Calculation of thickness by 1-Foot Method
The 1-foot method calculates the thickness required at design points 0.3 m (1 ft) above
the bottom of each shell course.
The formula for the minimum required thickness is as followed:
For design shell thickness,

A C
Sd
G H
t
d
.
) 3 . 0 ( 9 . 4
+

=


For hydrostatic test shell thickness,
St
H
t
t
) 3 . 0 ( 9 . 4 −
=

27
Where

d
t = Design shell thickness, in mm

t
t = Hydrostatic test shell thickness, in mm
D = Nominal Tank Diameter, in m
H = Design liquid level, in m
G = Design specific gravity of the liquid to be stored
C.A = Corrosion allowance, in mm
Sd = Allowable stress for the design condition, in MPa
St = Allowable stress for the hydrostatic test condition, in MPa

This method is shall not be used for tanks larger than 60 m in diameter.
2.11.2 Calculation of thickness by Variable-Design-Point Method
Design using variable-design-point method gives shell thickness at design points that in
the calculated stressed being relatively closed to the actual circumferential shell stress.
This method normally provides a reduction in shell-course thickness and total material
weight, but more important is its potential to permit construction of large diameter tanks
within the maximum plate thickness limitation.
This method may only be used when 1-foot method is not specified and when the
following is true:

6
1000

H
L







28
2.11.3 Calculation of thickness by Elastic Analysis
For tanks where L / H is greater than 1000/6, the selection of shell thickness shall be
based on an elastic analysis that shows the calculated circumferential shell stress to be
below the allowable stress.
2.12 Mechanical Design Consideration
The principal factors in determine the shell thickness is the loads, the primary loading to
determine the basic shell thickness is as follow:
The internal loading due to the head of liquid
The pressure in the vapour space
(This factor is not applicable for floating roof tanks as the roof sit directly on the
liquid, there is no vapour space.)
Other external loading shall be taken into consideration are:
External pressure – Vacuum condition
Wind loading
Seismic Loading
Localized loads resulting from nozzles, attachments, ladder/ stair and platform
etc.
The primary loadings exerted to the tank shell are illustrated in Figure 1.12:
29

Figure 1.12 Loading Diagram on a Tank Shell
The internal pressure exerted on the tank shell is the product liquid head; the pressure is
at the highest at the tank shell bottom and decreases linearly along its height. External
loading of wind and seismic act on the tank shell and create an overturning moment about
the shell to bottom joint, this results in the uplift reaction of the tank and affected the tank
stability.
The various stresses to which the shell of a tank is subjected are
• Hoop tension which is caused by the head of product in the tank, together with
any overpressure in the roof space of a fixed roof tank.
• Axial compression which comes from the tank self-weight, internal vacuum,
wind and seismic loading acting on the shell which causes an overturning effect.
• Vertical bending due to the expansion of shell under normal service loading

Moment about shell to
bottom joint
Dead Load
Liquid hold down weight
Wind & Seismic uplift load
Internal
Pressure
due to
liquid static
head
Wind load on shell
Seismic force on shell
30
2.13 Bottom Plate Design
API 650 has a very straight forward requirement on the bottom plate thickness and width
requirement.
2.13.1 Vertical Bending of Shell
When the tank is filled with product, the shell will expand radially due to the elasticity of
the shell plate material. This natural expansion is restricted at the point where the shell is
welded to the bottom plate.
The shell-to-bottom joint is very rigid and it rotates as a unit when the tank is under
hydrostatic load.



Figure 1.13 Rotation of the shell-to-bottom connection [Bob.L & Bob.G, n.d, p.47]

The shell tends to rotate in an outward direction about the rigid joint as depicted in Figure
1.13, the bottom plate will also rotate and cause it to lift off the foundation for a distance
31
inside the tank until the pressure of the product acting on the floor, balances the lifting
effect.
This action causes high bending stresses in the bottom plate and the toe of the internal
fillet weld. Due to the continual filling and emptying of the tank, the load is cyclic and
this area is subject to low cycle fatigue.
2.14 Floating Roof Design


Figure 1.14 Single Deck Roof Sagged with Flooding Rain Water
In API 650 (2007), the external floating roof is covered in Appendix C, it gives guidance
and provides minimum requirement on the external floating roof design. Similar
minimum requirement were also provided in the BS 2654 where they both stated that the
pontoon volume shall be designed to have sufficient buoyancy to remain afloat on the
liquid with specific gravity of the lower of the product specific gravity or 0.7 with the
primary drain inoperative for the following conditions:

• the deck plate and any two adjacent pontoon compartments punctured and
flooded the single deck or double deck pontoon roof.

• Rainfall of 250 mm (10 in.) in 24 hour period over the entire horizontal roof
area.
These two codes also provide some minimum requirements on the roof fittings and
accessories to optimize the floating roof design ensuring the roof is functioning
effectively.
Flooded
Center Deck Sagged
32
Though the codes addressed the minimum requirement on the pontoon volume, there is
no mention on the structural adequacy. There is no proper procedure or standard and firm
rules stated in any code or engineering handbook in designing the floating roof, as in
structural integrity and buoyancy stability. It is always left to the designer or
manufacturer to develop their own approaches to meet the minimum requirement stated
in API 650 (2007) or BS 2654. Industry or purchaser will have to rely on the tank and
roof manufacturer for the safe design.
Hence, there is a wide variation in the floating roof design approach, wide variation in the
durability and reliability of the tank, in which there are also many tank failure due to
various design problem in each different approach.
If the floating roofs are inadequately designed or wrong approaches were applied to the
design, the roof will fail, pontoon will buckled and damaged. The most common failure
on the floating roof is the sinking of the floating roof. The floating roof overtopped by the
liquid inside the tank and the roof sunk. To the worst case, the tank will catch fire due to
the spark generated during the unstable movement of the roof.
2.15 Special Consideration
2.15.1 Soil Settlement
Tank foundation shall be carefully designed to ensure adequate for the tank support. Soil
investigation and study are required to monitor the soil settlement. Soil settlement is a
common problem in compressible soil, and it has consequential problems on the floating
roof tank.
Storage tanks are relatively large but flimsy structures, having very flexible envelopes
such that the tank shell and bottom will generally follow the settlements of the subsoil.
33
The dead weight of the tank structure is relatively small compared with the live load of
the contents, hence at location where weak, compressible layers are present in the subsoil,
excessive soil settlement may occur due to the weight of the tank and its liquid content.
Excessive soil settlement can affect the integrity of tank shells and bottoms, and causes a
dozens of consequential problems. Having reference from the EEMUA Publication No,
159 (2003) [5], a few of consequential problems are quoted below:

• Jamming of floating roof structure around guide pole
• Jamming of roof seals due to (progressively increasing) out-of-roundness of the
tank shell
• Roof seals giving a gap as the result of out-of-roundness and/or tilting of the roof
• Loss of buoyancy of floating roofs due to liquid in pontoon
• Roof drain leaking or being blocked
• Derailing of rolling ladder on top of a floating roof
• Buckling of the supporting legs of a floating roof tank due to inadequate support,
or vacuum conditions
• Wear and tear scratching shoe plates/ tank shell
2.15.2 Seismic Design For Floating Roof
As mentioned earlier that the minimum requirement provided in the API 650 (2007) and
BS 2654 addressed only the floating consideration. The floating roof was simplified and
assumed as rigid body, dynamic of the flooding and sloshing of the product was not
considered. The behavior of floating roofs under seismic condition is very less, and
sloshing behavior during seismic is complicated. Industry and owner normally depend on
the tank and roof manufacturer for safe design, however, most of the floating roof tanks
built do not consider the seismic condition in their roof design as code never addresses it.
Tanks had suffered significant damage during past earthquakes, some history cases of
tank failure due to the sloshing wave are:
34
• Hokkaido, Japan in 2003 [John, 2006]
- Fully Involved Tank Fires
- Fully Involved Due to Floating Roof Collapse from Sloshing waves
- 50% due to Sloshing Wave

• Ismit, Turkey in 1998 [John, 2006]
- 23 Major Tank Firs
- 17 Due to Sloshing Wave
- 50% Due to Sloshing Wave
2.16 Failure Modes Due To Seismic Effects On Floating Roof Tank
There are three cases of a few on the roof,
- Roof collapse or Sinking
- Overtop of floating roof by the liquid inside the tank (Figure 1.15)
- Pontoon Buckling (Figure 1.16)


Figure 1.15 Floating roof overtopped Figure 1.16 Pontoon buckling [Tetsuaya, 2007)
[Praveen, 2006]


35
There is one case on shell,
- Shell Buckling caused by combination of outward pressures generated by
vertical motion and compressive stresses generated by horizontal motion




Figure 1.17 Diamond buckling (slender tanks)
[Praveen, 2006]

Figure 1.18 Elephant-foot buckling (broad tanks)
[Praveen, 2006]
And one case on Tank Farm/ Plant
- Tanks burn down, the tanks caught fire due to sparks generated by up-
down movement of the roof against the guides



Figure 1.19 Tanks Burn Down [John, 2006] Figure 1.20 Tank Farm on Fire [Praveen, 2006]

36
2.17 Fitting Design and Requirement
A complete set of fitting and accessories are required for the floating roof to operate
properly. It is essential to understand the function of each accessories and the situation
that could cause the accessories to malfunction.
There are minimum requirements outlined for the fitting in API 650 (2007), and Petronas
Technical Specification (PTS) has specified a requirement on the minimum number of
fitting to be installed on the floating roof tank. Tables 1.8 (a) and (b) below show the
fitting requirement as per PTS in the tank shell and floating roof respectively.

Fitting Description Minimum Number Required
Shell Manhole 2 nos. of DN 600
Shell Inlet Nozzles
Shell Outlet Nozzles
Product Drain Nozzle and piping
Water Drain Nozzle and piping
Drain Sump
Earthing Bosses on shell
Shell manhole for mixers
Clean out door
As specified by process design

Spiral Staircase One Set
Table 1.8 (a) Fitting Requirements on Tank Shell [PTS, 1986]

Fitting Description Minimum Number Required
Roof Drain System One set
Roof drain sump One set
Roof earthing equipment One set
Roof Seal Mechanism As specified by process design
Roller Ladder One set
Roof Manhole As specified by process
Roof Compartment manhole As specified by process
Emergency Drain One set for double deck only
Rim Vent As specified
Roof Vent (Pressure/ Vacuum) As Specified by process design
Automatic Bleeder Vent One set
Dip Hatch One set
Guide Device One
Roof Supporting Legs One set
Table 1.8 (b) Fitting Requirement on Floating Roof [PTS, 1986]
37
2.18 Typical Fitting and Accessories For Floating Roof
2.18.1 Roof Seal System
As mentioned early in the principal of floating roof, roof seal is used to prevent the
escape of vapour from the rim gap and to minimise the amount of rain water entering the
product. The sealing system has to be flexible enough to allow for any irregularities on
the construction of the roof and shell when the roof moves up and down and for any
radial or lateral movement of the roof due to wind and seismic.
There are several types of roof sealing system which consists of primary seal and
secondary seal. Primary seals may comprise metallic shoes having flexible seals with a
weight or spring-operated pusher mechanism, or be non-metallic tube seal, a fabric seal.


Figure 1.21 Mechanical Seal Figure 1.22 Liquid-filled fabric seal
38
Primary seals were only used when floating roofs were first devised; secondary seals
were the recent innovation to suit the new legislation in which the new limits of vapour
emission was set. Secondary seals were mounted above the primary seal in which it can
further reduce the vapour and odour losses from the floating roof tank.
The seals showing in Figure 1.21 and Figure 1.22 had been used for many years since
floating roof were developed. The most recent innovation on the primary seal is the
compression plate type and most of the tank owners are moving toward this new sealing
system.
2.18.2 Support Leg
Support leg is the supporting element for the floating roof when the tank is empty where
the roof fall to its lowest position. The roof needed to be supported at a certain height
above the floor not only that the roof will not foul with any internal accessories that
installed at the lowest shell such as heating coil, mixing propeller, it also provide access
room for maintenance personnel. As stated in API 650 (2007), the supporting legs can be
either removable or non- removable type. The area of the tank floor in which the legs
land shall be reinforced with a fully welded doubler plate which can distribute the leg
loads into the floor plating.
More careful consideration will be required for the supporting requirement for the single
deck pontoon roof as this type of roof is less rigid. Figure 1.23 shows that the deck is
weak in bending and allows lateral deflection of the support leg.





39











Figure 1.23 Lateral Deflection of Supporting Leg
There is minimum requirement stated in API 650 (2007) where the legs and attachments
shall be designed to the roof and a uniform live load of at least 1.2kPa. The legs thickness
shall be Schedule 80 minimum and sleeves shall be schedule 40 minimum.
2.18.3 Roof Drain System
Roof drainage is one of the concerns in the roof designing; a reliable drainage system is
indispensable for floating roof storage tanks. Improper roof drainage system would
impair tank operation and threatens the safety of the stored product.
As addressed in API 650, the roof drains shall be sized and positioned to accommodate
the rainfall rate while preventing the roof from accumulate a water level greater then
design, without allowing the roof to tilt excessively or interfere with its operation.
The rain water which accumulates on the floating roof is drained to the sump which
normally set in the low point of the deck. The sump will then be drained through a closed
pipe work system inside the tank and drained out though the shell nozzle at the bottom
side of the shell wall. A check valve is installed at the inlet of the drain.
Applied Force
40
The pipe work system which operates inside the tank has to be flexible to allow for the
movement of the roof. The two most common used systems are the articulated piping
system and the flexible pipe system.
Articulated piping system uses solid steel pipe with a series of articulated knuckle joints
or flexible swing joint. Figure 1.24 shows the articulated piping system in a floating tank.

Figure 1.24 Articulated Piping System

Flexible pipe system is installed in a single continuous length without ballasting or other
devices. It maintains constant repeatable lay-down pattern on the tank floor, expanding
and contracting with the rise and fall of the roof, not interfere with the equipment of
accessories inside the tank.
Flexible pipe system consists of flexible rubber hose or steel pipe. However rubber is not
recommended for oil industry. As stated in API 650 (2007), siphon type and non-armored
hose-type are not acceptable as primary roof drain. Figure 1.25 shows photo of a flexible
steel pipe system installed in a floating roof tank.
41


Figure 1.25 Flexible Steel Pipe System Inside the Tank
Emergency roof drain shall be installed, but only to double deck roof. Its purpose is to
allow natural drainage of rainwater in case of malfunction of the primary drain.
Emergency roof drains are prohibited by API 650 (2007) on the single deck pontoon
roofs as the product level in the tank is always higher than the rainwater level in the
centre deck, this would cause the product to discharge through the drain onto the roof
rather than allow water to drain into the tank. It will also allow vapour to escape from the
tank as it is an open drain. Even though emergency drain was addressed in the API 650
(2007) for double deck roof, some company had already banned the usage of the
emergency drain.
Figure 1.26 and Figure 1.27 were taken in November 1993 at one of the refinery plant in
Singapore where it showed an articulated drain system installed in the tank. This system
had only in service for approximately 2.5 years; however considerable corrosion was
observed on the end connector and the galvanized side plate.

42


Figure 1.26 Articulated drain pipe system installed inside the tank




Figure 1.27 Flexible Swing Joint

43
2.18.4 Vent – Bleeder Vents
Automatic bleeder vents shall be furnished for venting the air to or from the underside of
the deck when filling and emptying the tank. This is to prevent overstress of the roof deck
or seal membrane. These vent only come to operate when the floating roof landed, and
the tank is drained down or being filled.
Figure 1.28 shows the operation of the valve. The length of the push rod is designed in a
way that as the tank is emptied, the rod touches the tank floor before the roof support leg
landed and the will open automatically, freely venting the space beneath the deck.
Similarly, when the tank is filling up, the valve closes after all the air beneath the deck
has been expelled and the roof floats.
The number and size of the bleeder vent shall be sized accordance to the maximum filling
and emptying rates.




Figure 1.28 Bleeder vents [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p.15]

Roof floating

Roof on support legs
Tank filling
Roof on support legs
Tank emptying

44
2.18.5 Centering and Anti-Rotation Device
Anti-rotation devices also called guide pole is required as stated in API 650 (2007) to
maintain the roof in central position and prevent it from rotation. It shall be located near
to the gauger platform and capable of resisting the lateral forces imposed by the roof
ladder, unequal snow load and wind load.
2.18.6 Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform
Rolling ladder is the mean of access on to the floating roof. The upper end of the ladder is
attached to the gauger platform and the lower end is provided with an axle with a wheel
on side of ladder which runs on a steel track mounted on a runway structure supported off
the roof. This is so that as the roof moves up and down, the ladder can slide along and
take up vary angle as required. This is why the floating roof is always sized up in such a
way that the tank diameter shall at least be equal to its height to enable the use of the
rolling ladder for access to the roof.
There will be a reaction at the lower end of the ladder causing a localized and eccentric
load on the roof, this has to be taken into consideration while designing the roof. Gauger
platform is a small access area overhangs the shell to allow the guide pole, and some
other instrument to pass through providing access for the maintenance personnel.
2.19 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam
A fire detection system shall be installed when required, fires in floating roof tanks are
usually in the area between the shell and the rim of the floating roof. The floating roof
tanks shall be equipped with the fire fighting system, the foam system, which the system
is designed to deliver a flame smothering expanded foam mixture into the tank rim space
to extinguish the fire. A foam dam which consists of a short vertical plate is to welded to
45
the top pontoon plate at a short distance from the seal, with the height higher than the
upper tip of the seal, to allow the whole seal area to flooded with the foam and
extinguishes the fire effectively.
Figure 1.29 shows a typical arrangement of the foam system which it consists of a foam
generated and pourer, installed around the tank periphery.



Figure 1.29 Foam Fire Fighting System



46
CHAPTER 3: TANK DESIGN
3.1 Introduction
Storage tank design consists of 2 main sections – Shell Design and Roof Design. The
shell design include the shell stress design which is to size up the shell wall thickness, top
and intermediate stiffener ring, stability check against the wind and seismic load and
sizing up the anchor bolt. The roof design will consist of roof stress design, and the roof
accessories and fitting design.
3.2 Shell Design
The tank shell is designed accordance to the API 650 (2007) and the design
considerations had been stated in the literature review under Chapter 2.12, Mechcanical
Design Consideation. It was also mentioned in the literature review that there are several
methods stated in API 650 (2007) to determine the shell wall thickness. Based on the tank
size of 39 m diameter, 1-Foot Method was the most appropriate method to be used. The
1-foot method calculates the thickness required at design points 0.3 m (1ft) above the
bottom of each shell course.
The required minimum thickness of shell plates shall be the greater of the value
computed as followed [API 650, 2007]:
Design shell thickness:

Hydrostatic test shell thickness:

A C
S
G H D
t
d
d
.
). 3 . 0 ( 9 . 4
+

=
t
t
S
H D
t
) 3 . 0 ( 9 . 4 −
=
47
Pi
D
FL
L
t FL
Where
t
d
= design shell thickness, mm
t
t
= hydrostatic test shell thickness, mm
D = nominal tank diametr, m
H = design liquid level, m
G = design specific gravity of the liquid stored
C.A = corrosion allowance, mm
S
d
= allowable stress for the design condition, MPa
S
t
= allowable stress for the hydrostatic test condition, MPa
The equation in the API 650 (2007) 1-Foot Method can be derived from the basic
membrane theory, the two main stresses exerting on the cylindrical shell due to the
internal pressure are longitudinal stress and circumferential stress. Let’s look into each
stress individually by analyzing the stresses in the thin-walled cylindrical shell which an
internal pressure exerted on it.
3.2.1 Longitudinal Stress
Figure 2.1 show a thin walled cylindrical in which the longitudinal force F
L
resulted from
the internal pressure, Pi, acting on the thin cylinder of thickness t, length L, and diameter
D.





Figure 2.1 Longitudinal forces acting on thin cylinder under internal pressure

48
Longitudinal force, F
L
= Pi x π/4 x D
2

Area resisting F
L
, a = π x D x t
(Shade area)


We call this equation as Longitudinal Stress Thickness Equation.

3.2.2 Circumferential Stress
Similarly Figure 2.2 considers the circumferential stresses caused by internal pressure, Pi,
acting on the thin cylinder of thickness t, length L, and diameter D.
Figure 2.2 Circumferential l forces acting on thin cylinder under internal pressure





Longitudinal Force, F
L
Resisting Area, a
Longitudinal Stress, S
L
=

Pi. D
4. t
S
L
=

In term of thickness, Pi. D
t
L
=

4. S
L
L
Pi
½ FC ½ FC
½ FC ½ FC
D
t
49
Circumferential force, FC = Pi x D x L

Area resisting FC, a = 2. L x t
(Shade area)

We call this equation as Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation.

3.2.3 Longitudinal Stress versus Circumferential Stress
Comparing the both thickness equations due to the longitudinal stress and circumferential
stress, with a specific allowable stress, pressure and fixed diameter, the required wall
thickness to withstand the internal pressure, Pi, for circumferential stress will twice that
required for the longitudinal stress. Circumferential stress in the thin wall will be the
governing stress and hence the Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation (t
C
) is used.
3.2.4 Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation and 1-Foot Method
From the Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation, replace the internal pressure, pi to
the hydrostatic pressure due to product liquid head (ρgh), consider the effective head at
0.3 m height (H – 0.3), and consider the corrosion allowance (C.A) by adding in to the
equation as per Figure 2.3. The minimum required thickness from the 1-Foot method can
be now be derived.
Circumferential Force, F
C
Resisting Area, a
Circumferential Stress, S
C
=

Pi. D
2. t
S
C
=

In term of thickness, Pi. D
2. S
C
t
C
=

50

Figure 2.3 Circumferential Stress Thickness equation to 1-Foot method equation
3.2.5 Shell Design Thickness Calculation
The design calculation for the shell wall thickness is attached in Appendix B. The
calculation result for the shell wall thickness is summaries in Table 2.1 and Figure 2.4.




Table 2.1 Shell wall design thickness summary
Where,
t.design = Minimum required thickness due to design condition,
t.hydo. = Minimum required thickness due to hydrostatic test,
t.min = The greater value of t,design and t.hydro., and
tsc = Actual thickness used.
ϕ g h
Sc
D Pi
t
. 2
.
=
+ C.A
(H – 0.3)
Allowable design stress, S
d

A C
Sd
G H D
t .
). 3 . 0 ( 9 . 4
+

=
51


Figure 2.4 Diagrammatic sketch of shell wall with design thickness
From the 1-Foot equation, it can be seen that the minimum required shell thickness is
directly proportional to the liquid static height; hence the shell thickness diagram shall
follow the same shape profile with the hydrostatic pressure due to the design liquid height
as shown in Figure 2.4. However it is impractical to construct the tank with the taper
thickness, therefore different shell course with different thickness is used. The use of
courses with diminishing thickness will has the effect that, at the joint between two
adjacent courses, the thicker lower course provides some stiffening to the top, thinner
course and this cause an increase in stress in the upper part of the lower course and a
reduction in stress in the lower part of the upper course. API 650 (2007) assumes that the
Hydrostatic
Pressure
(ρ ρρ ρgh)

1715.2
3,735.2
8,195.2
10,635.2
13.075.2
15,515.2
17,955.2
20,395.2
5,755.2
304.8
2440
(28t)
2440
(25t)
2440
(22t)
2440
(19t)
2440
(16t)
2440
(13t)
2440
(11)
2440
(11t)
2440
(11t)
2
0
,
7
0
0

Shell
Course
Shell Thk
Diagram
Static head
@ 1 ft
Excessive Thickness
52
reduction in stress in the upper course reaches a maximum value at one foot (300 mm)
above the joint and it is at this point, on each course from which the effective acting head
is measured [Bob, 2004]. This shows how the 1-Foot method was employed.
3.2.6 Top Stiffener and Intermediate Wind Girder Design
3.2.6.1 Top Stiffener/ Top Wind Girder
Stiffener rings of top wind girder are to be provided in an open-top tank to maintain the
roundness when the tank is subjected to wind load. The stiffener rings shall be located at
or near the top course and outside of the tank shell. The girder can also be used as an
access and maintenance platform. There are five numbers of typical stiffener rings
sections for the tank shell given in API 650 (2007) and they are shown in Figure 2.5 [API
650, 2007].


Figure 2.5 Typical stiffener ring section for ring shell

53
The requirement in API 650 (2007) stated that when the stiffener rings or top wind girder
are located more than 0.6 m below the top of the shell, the tank shall be provided with a
minimum size of 64 x 64 x 4.8 mm top curb angle for shells thickness 5 mm, and with a
76 x 76 x 6.4 mm angle for shell more than 5 mm thick. A top wind girder in my tank is
designed to locate at 1 m from the top of tank and therefore for a top curb angle of size 75
x 75 x 10 mm is used in conjunction with the stiffener detail a) in Figure 2.5. The top
wind girder is designed based on the equation for the minimum required section modules
of the stiffener ring [API 650, 2007].
2
2
2
190 17
|
¹
|

\
|
=
V H D
Z
Where
Z = Minimum required section modulus, cm³
D = Nominal tank diameter, m
H
2
= Height of the tank shell, in m, including any freeboard provided above the
maximum filling height
V = design wind speed (3-sec gust), km/h
The term
17
2
H D
on the equation is based on a wind speed of 190 km/h and therefore the
term
2
190
|
¹
|

\
| V
is included in the equation for the desire design wind speed. The design
calculation for the top wind girder is attached in Appendix B section 4.0. From the design
calculation, a fabricated Tee-girder of size T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10 with toe plate length 250
mm, web plate length 825 mm, toe plate thickness 10 mm and web plate thickness 8mm
is used. The detail of the Tee-girder used for the top wind girder is shown in Figure 2.6.



54

Figure 2.6 Fabricated Tee Girder for Top Wind Girder
With the design wind speed of 140 km/h, nominal tank diameter of 39,000 mm and
height of tank shell 20,700 mm, the minimum required section modulus for the top wind
girder was found to be 1,007,140 mm³ and the available section modulus for Tee girder T
825 x 250 x 8 x 10 is 2,655,662 mm³. Therefore the selected girder size is sufficient.
Accordance to API 60 (2007) clause 5.9.5, support shall be provided for all stiffener rings
when the dimension of the horizontal leg or web exceeds 16 times the leg or web
thickness [API 650, 2007]. The supports shall be spaced at the interval required for the
dead load and vertical live load. The web length of 825 mm had exceeded the 16 times of
its thickness (16 x 8 = 128 mm), supports for the girders will be provided.
3.2.6.2 Intermediate Wind Girder
The shell of the storage tank is susceptible to buckling under influence of wind and
internal vacuum, especially when in a near empty or empty condition. It is essential to
analysis the shell to ensure that it is stable under these conditions. Intermediate stiffener
or wind girder will be provided if necessary.
To determine whether the intermediate wind girder is required, the maximum height of
the un-stiffened shell shall be determined. The maximum height of the un-stiffener shell
will be calculated as follows [API 650, 2007]:
10 mm
Web plate
825 mm
Toe plate
2
5
0

m
m

8 mm
Shell plate
55
3 3
1
190
47 . 9 |
¹
|

\
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
V D
t
t H
Where
H
1
= Vertical distance, in m, between the intermediate wind girder and top wind girder
t = Thickness of the top shell course, mm
D = Nonimal tank diameter, m
V = design wind speed (3-sec gust), km/h
As stated in earlier section 3.25, the shell is made of up diminishing thickness and it
makes the analysis difficult. The equivalent shell method is employed to convert the
multi-thickness shell into an equivalent shell having the equal thickness as to the top shell
course. The actual width of each shell course in changed into a transposed width of each
shell course having the top shell course thickness by the following formula [API 650,
2007]:

5
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
actual
uniform
tr
t
t
W W
Where
W
tr
= Transposed width of each shell course, mm
W = Actual width of each shell course, mm
t
uniform
= Thickness of the top shell course, mm
t
actual
= Thickness of the shell course for which the transpose width is being
calculated, mm
The sum of the transposed width of the courses will be the height of the transformed shell
(H
2
). The summary of transform shell height is shown in Figure 2.7.

56

Figure 2.7 Height of transform shell
If the height of transformed shell is greater than the maximum height of un-stiffened
shell, intermediate wind girder is required. The total number intermediate wind girder
required can be determined by simply divide the height of transformed shell with the
maximum un-stiffened shell height. The maximum un-stiffened shell height is calculated
to be 9,182 mm which is less then the transformed shell height; hence an intermediate
wind girder is required. The detail calculation is the intermediate wind girder is attached
in Appendix B section 5.0.
Similarly, minimum required section modulus of the intermediate wind girder has to be
determined. The same equation in the top wind girder can be used, but instead of the total
shell height H
2
, the vertical distance between the intermediate wind girder and top wind
girder is used. The equation will become [API 650, 2007]:
2
1
2
190 17
|
¹
|

\
|
=
V H D
Z

57
Where
Z = Minimum required section modulus, cm³
D = Nominal tank diameter, m
H
2
= Height of the tank shell, in m, including any freeboard provided above the
maximum filling height
V = design wind speed (3-sec gust), km/h
The minimum required section modulus for the intermediate wind girder was calculated
to be 225,812 mm³ and a fabricated Tee-girder of size T 405 x 150 x 8 x 8 with toe plate
length 150 mm, web plate length 405 mm, toe plate thickness 8 mm and web plate
thickness 8 mm is used. The available section modulus for intermediate Tee girder is
863,143 mm³ and proven that the selected girder size is sufficient. The detail of the
selected intermediate Tee-girder is shown in Figure 2.8.
Figure 2.8 Fabricated Tee Girder for Intermediate Wind Girder
3.2.7 Overturning Stability against Wind Load
The overturning stability of the tank shall be analyzed against the wind pressure, and to
determine the stability of the tank with and without anchorage. The wind pressure used in
the analysis is given as per API 650 (2007). The design wind pressure on the vertical
projected areas of cylindrical surface area (ws) shall be 0.86 kPa (V/190)² and 1.44 kPa
(V/190)² uplift on horizontal projected area of conical surface (wr). These design wind
8 mm
Web plate
405 mm
Toe plate
1
5
0

m
m

8 mm
Shell plate
58
pressure are in accordance with American Society of Civil Engineer - ASCE 7 for wind
exposure Category C [ASCE 7, 2005]. The loading diagram due to the wind pressure on
the floating roof tank is shown in Figure 2.9.

Figure 2.9 Overturning check on tank due to wind load
The wind load (Fs) on the shell is calculated by multiplying the wind pressure ws to the
projected area of the shell, and the wind load (Fr) on the roof will be zero as the roof will
be floating on the liquid into the tank, where there will be no projected area for the roof.
As per API 650 (2007), the tank will be structurally stable without anchorage when the
below uplift criteria are meet [API 650, 2007].
i. 0.6 M
w
+ M
pi
< M
DL
/ 1.5
ii. M
w
+ 0.4 M
pi
< (M
DL
+ M
F
) / 5

Wind load on
shell, Fs
H/2
Dead Load (W
DL
)
Liquid hold down weight (W
a
)
Internal pressure load
Wind uplift load
D/2
Moment about
shell to bottom
joint
59
Where
M
pi
= moment about the shell-to-bottom from design internal pressure (Pi) and it can be
calculated by the formula D Pi D
2
1
4
1
2
× |
¹
|

\
|
× × π .
M
w
= Overturning moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from horizontal plus vertical
wind pressure and is equal to Fr.Lr + Fs.Ls. Fr and Fs is the wind load acting on the roof
and shell respectively and Lr and Ls is the height from tank bottom to the roof center and
shell center respectively.
M
DL
= Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from the weight of the shell and roof
supported by the shell and is calculated as 0.5 D. W
DL
. The weight of the roof is zero
since the roof is floating on the liquid.
M
F
= Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from liquid weight and is equal
to
2 1000
D D wa
× |
¹
|

\
| × ×π
.
The liquid weight (wa) is the weight of a band of liquid at the shell using a specific
gravity of 0.7 and a height of one-half the design liquid height H. Wa will be the lesser of
0.90 H.D or H Fby t
b
× × 59 . Fby is the minimum specified yield stress of the bottom
plate under the shell and t
b
is the thickness of Bottom plate under the shell.
The detail calculation for the overturning stability against wind load is in Appendix B
section 6.0. The calculation had shown that both the uplift criteria are met and the tank
will be structurally stable even without anchorage. A summarized result is shown in
Figure 2.10.



Figure 2.10 Summary Result for Overturning Stability against wind load
0.6 Mw + Mpi = 4,345,020,578 < MDL / 1.5
Mw + 0.4 Mpi = 7,241,700,964 < (M
DL
+M
F
) / 2
60
3.2.8 Seismic Design
The seismic design of the storage tank is accordance to API 650 (2007) – Appendix E.
There are three major analyses to be performed in the seismic design, and they are:
i) Overturning Stability check - The overturning moment will be calculated and
check for the anchorage requirement. The number of anchor bolt required and
the anchor bolt size will also be determined based on the overturning moment.
ii) Maximum base shear
iii) Freeboard required for the sloshing wave height – It is essential for a floating
roof tank to have sufficient freeboard to ensure the roof seal remain within the
height the tank shell.


Figure 2.11 Seismic Diagram for a Floating Roof Tank

Base Shear, V
Impulsive
Convective
Uplift force due to seismic
Free board
Overturning Moment, Mrw
61
The behavior of liquid in a vertical cylindrical container when subjected to an earthquake
was clarified by G.W. Houser in his paper “Earthquake Pressures on Fluid Containers”
and the theory is now widely used and also applied in API 650 (2007). The seismic
design addressed in API 650 (2007) Appendix E is based on the Allowable Stress Design
(ASD) Method with the specific load combination and the ground motion requirements
are derived from ASCE 7, which is based on a maximum considered earthquake ground
motion defined as the motion due to an event with a 2% probability of exceed within a
50-year period [API 650, 2007]. The pseudo-dynamic design procedures are based on the
response spectra analysis methods and two response modes of the tank and its content –
impulsive and convective are considered.
The impulsive component is the part of the liquid in the lower part of the tank which
moves with the tank as though it were a solid. It experiences the same accelerations and
displacement as the tank. The convective component is the part of the liquid in the upper
part of the tank which is free to form waves or to slosh. It has a much longer natural
frequency time than the impulsive portion. The detail of the convective frequency is
discussed in section 3.2.8.4. The impulsive mode is based on a 5% damped response
spectral and 0.5% damped spectral for the convective mode. Impulsive and convective
shall be combined by the direct sum or the square roof of the sum of the squares (SRSS)
method.
The tank is presumed to be rigid but this is not exactly true. This presumption is normally
made for the ambient tanks and it provides answers of sufficient accuracy, but only to the
tank shell. This seismic design is only apply to the tank shell, seismic design of floating
roofs is beyond the API 650 (2007) scope and it will be a challenge for engineer to
analyses the seismic effect on the floating roof.

62
3.2.8.1 Site Geometry Design Data for Seismic Design
The site geometry design data for seismic design to be used in the analysis are as follow:
i) Seismic Peak Ground Acceleration, Sp = 0.3g
ii) Importance Factor, I = 1.50
iii) Site Class = D
iv) Seismic Group, SUG = III
This tank is to be built and installed in Turkmenistan, which is outside the U.S.A region
and not defined in ASCE 7. For site not defined in ASCE 7, API 650 (2007) defined the
following substitution [API 650, 2007]:
• For 5% damped spectral response acceleration parameter at short period of 0.2
sec, Ss = 2.5 Sp
• For 5% damped spectral response acceleration parameter at period of 1.0 sec,
S1 = 1.25 Sp
3.2.8.2 Overturning Stability
The seismic overturning moment at the base of the tank shall be the SRSS summation of
the impulsive and convective components multiply by the respective moment arms to the
center of action of the forces.
For tanks supported by the concrete ring wall, the equation for calculating the ringwall
moment, Mrw is as follow [API 650, 2007]:

63


Where
Ai = Impulsive design response spectrum acceleration coefficient, %g
Ac = Convective design response spectrum acceleration coefficient, %g
Wi = Effective impulsive portion of liquid weight, N
Ws = Total weight of the tank shell and appurtenances, N
Wr = Total weight of fixed tank roof including framing, knuckles, any permanent
attachments and 10% of the roof design snow load, N
Wc = Effective convective (sloshing) portion of liquid weight, N
Xi = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the center of action of the lateral
seismic force related to the impulsive liquid force for ring wall moment, m
Xs = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the shell’s center of gravity, m
Xr = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the roof and roof appurtenances center
of gravity, m
Xc = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the center of action of the lateral
seismic force related to the convective liquid force for ring wall moment, m
This overturning moment is important for the mechanical to design the anchorage
requirement and determine the minimum the number and size of the anchor bolt for the
storage tank. It is also important to the civil engineer to design the tank foundation in
which the tank is being supported.


[ ] ( ) [ ]
2 2
) ( WcXc Ac WrXr WsXs WiXi Ai Mrw + + + =
64
3.2.8.3 Design Spectral Accelerations
The spectral acceleration parameters are given in the equation below and they are based
on the response spectrum pictured in Figure 2.12. The parameter in equation are defined
the section 8.2.8.4.
• Impulsive spectral acceleration parameter, Ai [API650, 2007]:
But, Ai ≥ 0.007
And, site class E and F only,:

• Convective spectral acceleration parameter, Ac[API650, 2007]:
For Tc ≤ T
L
,


For Tc > T
L
,

Rwi
I
So Fa Q
Rwi
I
S Ai
DS
. . 5 . 2 = |
¹
|

\
|
=
Rwi
I
Sp
Rwi
I
S Ai 875 . 0
1
5 . 0 = |
¹
|

\
|
=
|
¹
|

\
|
|
|
|
¹
|

\
|
= |
¹
|

\
|
|
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
Rwc
I
Tc
L
T Ts
So Fa Q K
Rwc
I
C
T
L
T
D
KS Ac
2
.
. . . 5 . 2
2
1
|
¹
|

\
|
|
|
¹
|

\
|
= |
¹
|

\
|
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
Rwc
I
c
T
Ts
So Fa Q K
Rwc
I
c
T
D
KS Ac . . . 5 . 2
1
1
65

Figure 2.12 Design Response Spectral for Ground-Supported Liquid Storage Tanks [API650, 2007]
3.2.8.4 Parameter Required for Seismic Design
i) Convective (Sloshing) Period, Tc
The first mode sloshing wave period (Tc), in second is calculated by the following
equation [API650, 2007].


Where Ks = sloshing period coefficient and is defined as

|
¹
|

\
|
=
D
H
Ks
68 . 3
tanh
578 . 0


Or it can also be determined from the figure 2.13.

D Ks
c
T . 8 . 1 =
66

Figure 2.13 Sloshing Period Coefficient, Ks [API650, 2007]
ii) Regional-dependent transition period for longer period ground motion, T
L

It was defined in API 650 (2007) that for regions outside U.S.A, T
L
shall be taken as
4 seconds [API650, 2007].
iii) Scaling Factor, Q
The scaling factor, Q was defined to be taken as 1.0 in API 650 (2007) unless it was
otherwise defines in the regulatory requirement where ASCE 7 does not apply
[API650, 2007].
iv) Acceleration-based site coefficient (at 0.2 sec period), Fa
The acceleration- based site coefficient at 0.2 second period, Fa was determined
directly from the Table 2.2.




67

Mapped Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods
Site Class Ss ≤ 0.25 Ss = 0.50 Ss = 0.75 Ss = 1.0 Ss ≥ 1.25
A 0.8 0.8
0.8 0.8 0.8
B 1.0
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
C 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0
D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0
E 2.5 1.7 1.2 0.9 0.9
F a a a a a
a
Site-specific geotechnical investigation and dynamic site response analysis is required.
Table 2.2 Value of Fa as a Function of Site Class [API650, 2007]
For site class of D and Ss as 2.5 Sp, where Sp = 0.3g, Ss = 0.75, therefore Fa is taken
as 1.2.
v) Velocity-based site coefficient (at 1.0 sec period), Fv
Similarly, the velocity-based site coefficient at 1.0 second period, Fv was determined
directly from the Table 2.3.

Mapped Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Response Acceleration at 1 Sec Periods
Site Class S
1
≤ 0.1 S
1
= 0.2 S
1
= 0.3 S
1
= 0.4 S
1
≥ 0.5
A 0.8 0.8
0.8 0.8 0.8
B 1.0
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
C 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3
D 2.4 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5
E 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.4
F a a a a a
a
Site-specific geotechnical investigation and dynamic site response analysis is required.
Table 2.3 Value of Fv as a Function of Site Class [API650, 2007]
For site class of D and S
1
as 1.25 Sp, where Sp = 0.3g, S
1
= 0.375, Fa is to be
interpolate between the value in S
1
= 0.3 and S
1
= 0.4. The interpolated value for Fv
is 1.65.
68
vi) Response modification factors for ASD Methods, Rw
The ASD response modification factors, Rwi for impulsive and Rwc for convective
are normally defined by the regulations, and if these value are not defined by the
regulations, the values defined in API 650 (2007) shall be used. There is no value
defined by the regulation for this project, therefore value from API 650 (2007) will be
used. The response modification factors for ASD method defined in API 650 (2007)
as shown in Table 2.4.

Anchorage System Rwi (Impulsive) Rwc (Convective)
Self-anchored 3.5 2
Mechanically - anchored 4 2
Table 2.4 Response Modification Factors for ASD Methods [API650, 2007]
The tank was designed to be mechanically anchored, therefore the response modification
factors for Impulsive (Rwi) is 4 and for Convective (Rwc) is 2.
The design parameters are summarized in the Table 2.5 and the spectral accelerations can
be calculated.

Impulsive Convective
Q 1
Fa 1.2
Fv 1.65
I 1.5
Rw 4 2
Tc 6.63 s
T
L
4 s
S
o
0.3
S
DS
0.9
S
D1
0.6187
Table 2.5 Summary of design parameter
69
Impulsive Spectral Acceleration,

Convective Spectral Acceleration,
(Tc > T
L
)


And the response spectrum curve is plotted as shown in Figure 2.14.

Figure 2.14 Response Spectrum Curve
3.2.8.5 Effective Weight of Product
The effective weights Wi and Wc are determine by multiplying the total product weight,
Wp by the weight ratio (Wi / Wp) and (Wc / Wp) respectively as per equation below.
These equations are originally developed by Housner and it is now employed by the API
650 (2007). The relationships between the equations are also graphically illustrated in
Figure 2.15. The proportion of the product liquid in the impulsive and convective
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Periods, T (sec)
S
p
e
c
t
r
a
l

R
e
s
p
o
n
s
e

A
c
c
e
l
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
,

S
a

Sai (Impulsive)
Sac (Convective)
Ac = 0.0633%g
Tc = 6.63

Ai = 0.34%g
S D

Ts = 0.69s
T
0
= 0.138s
Rwi
I
So Fa Q
Rwi
I
S Ai
DS
. . 5 . 2 = |
¹
|

\
|
= = 0.34% g
|
¹
|

\
|
|
¹
|

\
|
= |
¹
|

\
|
|
|
¹
|

\
|
=
Rwc
I
Tc
T Ts
So Fa Q K
Rwc
I
T
T
KS Ac
L
C
L
D 2 2 1
.
. . . 5 . 2 = 0.0633% g

70
portions is a function of the tank shape and the calculation methods will be different for
short tanks with D/H greater than 1.333 and for tall tanks with D/H less than 1.333.
• For effective impulsive weight,
When D/H ≥ 1.333,

When D/H < 1.333,

• For effective convective weight,


Figure 2.15 Effective weight of Liquid ratio [API650, 2007]

Wp Wi
H
D
.
866 . 0
866 . 0 tanh |
¹
|

\
|
=
Wp
H
D
Wi . 218 . 0 0 . 1
(
¸
(

¸

− =
Wp
D
H
H
D
W
c
.
367 . 0
tanh 230 . 0 |
¹
|

\
|
=
71
3.2.8.6 Center of Action for Effective Lateral Forces
The moment arm from the base of the tank to the center of action for the equivalent
lateral forces from the liquid has to be defined for the overturning moment. The center of
action for the impulsive lateral forces for the tank shell, roof and appurtenances is
assumed to act through the center of gravity of the component.
The heights from the bottom of the tank shell to the center of action of the lateral force
seismic force applied to the effective weights Wi and Wc, Xi and Xc are determine by
multiplying the maximum design liquid height H by the ratio (Xi / H) and (Xc / H)
respectively as per equation below [API 650, 2007]. The relationships between the
equations are also graphically illustrated in Figure 2.16.
• For impulsive force,
When D/H ≥ 1.333,

When D/H < 1.333,

• For convective force,


H Xi 375 . 0 =
H
H
D
Xi . 094 . 0 5 . 0
(
¸
(

¸

− =
H
D
H
D
H
D
H
Xc .
67 . 3
sinh
67 . 3
1
67 . 3
cosh
0 . 1
(
(
(
(
¸
(

¸

|
¹
|

\
|
− |
¹
|

\
|
− =
72






Figure 2.16 Center of Action for Effective Forces [API650, 2007]
3.2.8.7 Ring Wall Moment
The ring wall moment, Mrw now can be determine after all the parameters in 3.2.8.3 to
3.2.8.6 are defined, this moment is the portion of the total overturning moment that acts
at the base of the tank shell perimeter and is used to determined loads on a ring wall
foundation, the tank anchorage forces, and to check the longitudinal shell compression.
3.2.8.8 Base Shear Force
The seismic base shear is defined as the SRSS combination of the impulsive and
convective components with the following equation [API 650, 2007].


Where
Vi = Impulsive force and is defined as
Vi = Ai ( Ws + Wr + Wf + Wi),
X
/
H

Xc /H
Xi /H
2 2
Vc Vi V + =
73
Vc = Convective force and is defined as
Vc= Ac.Wc
And
Wi = Effective impulsive portion of liquid weight, N
Ws = Total weight of the tank shell and appurtenances, N
Wr = Total weight of fixed tank roof including framing, knuckles, any permanent
attachments and 10% of the roof design snow load, N
Wf = Total weight of the tank bottom, N
Wc = Effective convective (sloshing) portion of liquid weight, N
Not that the tank is a floating roof tank, therefore Wr = 0 and the total weight of the tank
roof is added to the weight of the tank content, as the roof is floating on the liquid.
The base shear force and the ring wall moment due to the seismic effect is summarized
the seismic moment and force diagram in Figure 2.17.

Figure 2.17 Seismic Moment and Force Diagram
Impulsive
Convective
W
c
= 100,998 KN
137,636 KN
Wi

=
Xi = 7.8 m
Xc =12.7 m
V = 48,327 KN
Mrw = 381,453
KNm
74
3.2.8.9 Resistance to Overturning
There are three resisting components to resist against the overturning due to the seismic;
they are the i) anchorage, ii) annular plate width which sits directly under the first shell
course and iii) the shell compression at the bottom of the shell.
i) Anchorage requirement
The resistance to the design ring wall overturning moment at the base of the shell will be
provided by the weight of the tank shell, weight of the roof reaction, Wrs, by the weight
of a portion of the tank contents adjacent to the shell for unanchored tanks or provided by
the mechanical anchorage devices.
The anchorage requirement is checked by the Anchorage Ratio, J, and the anchorage ratio
criteria in Table 2.6 will determine whether the tank can be self-anchored or
mechanically anchored.

Anchorage Ratio,
J
Criteria
J ≤ 0.785
No calculated uplifted under the design seismic overturning
moment. The tank is self-anchored.
0.785 < J ≤ 01.54
Tank is uplifting, but the tank is stable for the design load providing
the shell compression requirements are satisfied. Tank is self-
anchored.
J > 1.54
Tank is not stable and cannot be self-anchored for the design load.
Modify the annular plate if L < 0.035D is not controlling or add
mechanical anchorage.

Table 2.6 Anchorage Ratio Criteria [API650, 2007]
75
The anchorage ratio, J is determined as follow [API650, 2007]:

Where
wt = Weight of tank shell & portion of roof supported by shell and is define as

wa = Resisting force of annulus which is defined as

And Fy = Min. specified yield strength of bottom annulus, = 241 N/mm2
H = Maximum design product level, m
Ge = Effective specific gravity including vertical seismic effect
= G.(1 - 0.4 Av) ; G = 1, Specific gravity
Av = Vertical earthquake acceleration coefficient
= 0.7 (as defined in Site Design Data)
Wint = Uplift due to product pressure
= 0 (for floating roof tank )
wrs = Roof load acting on shell, including 10% of specified snow load
= 0 (for floating roof)
The anchorage ratio was found to be 2.19 which is more the 1.54; therefore the tank has
to be mechanically anchored. Anchor bolt will have to be design and sized up.

( ) [ ]
int
2
4 . 0 4 . 0 1 w wa Av wt D
Mrw
J
− + −
=
wrs
D
Ws
wt + =
. π
Ge H Fy ta . . 9 . 7
Ge D H . . 28 . 1 ≤
76
ii) Annular plate requirement
Before going into the anchor bolt design, annular plate width shall be check to the
stability due to the seismic. For the thickness of the bottom plate or annular plate (ta)
under the shell is thicker than the remainder, the minimum projection of the supplied
thicker annular plate inside the tank wall shall be at least equal to L and not more than
0.035 times the tank nominal diameter, and

(450 ≤ L ≤ 0.035D)
The minimum annular width, L was calculated as 1,108.57 mm and the actual width used
in 1,200 mm. Hence the annular plate width is sufficient for the seismic loading.


Figure 2.18 Annular Plate Requirement
iii) Shell Compression
The maximum shell longitudinal compression stress at the bottom of the shell for the
mechanical-anchored tanks is determined by the below formula, and ts is the thickness
bottom shell course less corrosion allowance [API 650, 2007].
( )
ts
D
Mrw
Av w
t c
1000
1 273 . 1
4 . 0 1
2
|
¹
|

\
|
+ + = σ

e
a
G H
Fy
t L
.
01723 . 0 ⋅ =
t
a
= 16 mm

Shell Bottom
Bottom Plate
Annular Plate
t
s
= 28
L = 1,108.57 mm
77
The calculated maximum longitudinal shell compression stress has to be less than the
allowable stress Fc, which can be determined as follow [API 650, 2007]:
When , 44
2
2

t
GHD

D
ts
Fc
83
=

When , 44
2
2
<
t
GHD

) ( 5 . 7
5 . 2
83
H G
D
ts
Fc ⋅ + =

And
Fty Fc 5 . 0 <

The maximum longitudinal shell compression stress, σ
c
is calculated to be 12.69 N/mm²,
2
2
t
GHD
is 40.22 which is less than 44; and Fc is found to be 57.94 N/mm² which is less
than 0.5 time the minimum specific yield stress of the bottom shell, Fty. Therefore, the
tank is structurally stable.
3.2.8.10 Anchorage Design
As the tank was found to be structurally unstable and cannot be self-anchored for the
design load, the tank has to be anchored with the anchor bolts. The anchor bolts are sized
to provide the minimum anchorage resistance, the design uplift load on the anchor bolts
due to the seismic is determined by the following [API650, 2007]:

And it calculated to be 36.796 KN. The tensile stresses in the anchor bolt which the uplift
load applied on have to be check against the allowable tensile strength, which is 0.8 time
its specify yield stress, Sy. The material used for the anchor bolts is the high strength bolt
SA 320 Gr.L7, with the minimum specific yield stress of 551.5 N/mm², and the allowable
int
2
) 4 . 0 1 (
273 . 1
w Av w
D
Mrw
w
t AB
+ |
¹
|

\
|
− − =
78
tensile strength for the bolt will be 0.8Sy = 441.2 N/mm². Total 86 numbers of M64 bolts
are pre-selected for the design, and hence the tensile stress on each of the anchor bolt can
be is determine by
Ab N
W
AB
b

= σ and found to be 161.94 N/mm², hence proving that the
selected number (N) and the anchor bolt size (Ab) is sufficient.
3.2.8.11 Freeboard
The minimum freeboard required above the top capacity is determined by considering the
sloshing of the liquid inside the tank.

Figure 2.19 Sloshing Wave of Liquid Inside Tank
The sloshing wave height above the product design height can be estimated by the
following equation [API 650,2007]:


Where, for Tc > T
L
in the seismic group SUG III,


δs = 0.5 D. A
f
|
|
¹
|

\
|
= =
2 2
1
. . 5 . 2 .
C
L s
C
L
D f
T
T T
FaSo Q K
T
T
S K A
δs
Impulsive
Convective
79
A
f
was found to be 0.08 and δs will be 1,647 mm. Accordance to API 650 (2007), the
minimum required freeboard for the SUG III tanks and shall be equal to the sloshing
wave height, δs [API 650, 2007].
3.2.8.12 Seismic Design Summary
The complete seismic design calculation can be found in Appendix B - section 7 at the
end of the report.
80
3.3 Roof Design
There is limited procedure and rules provided for the floating roof design as most of the
components; particularly the fitting and accessories in the floating roof are proprietary
design. The roof design consists of roof type selection, buoyancy design, roof stress
design and the fitting and accessories design and operation.
3.3.1 Roof Type Selection
Different types of floating roof had been discussed in the previous chapter – literature
review. Therefore it is not worth to repeat here. The pontoon type - single deck floating
roof was normally used for tank diameter less than 65 m due to flexibility of the deck
plate, double deck will be used for larger diameter tank as double is more rigid and
stable. In view of out tank diameter of 39 m, and the cost effectiveness, the single deck
floating roof was selected. Further consideration of the insulation effect of the double
deck roof was also considered. As our tanks are to be built in a country with extreme
winter and snow, the consideration of melting the snow from the product is essential,
where the insulation effect due to the air gap between the decks plate in the double deck
floating roof is not favorable.
Figure 3.1 Single deck Floating roof
81
3.3.2 Pontoon and Center Deck Design
The basic requirement as stated in API 650 (2007) for the pontoon design is that the
pontoon has to be designed to have sufficient buoyancy to remain on the product with the
design specific gravity of 0.7 or lower for the product and inoperative of roof drain for:
– Deck plate & any two adjacent pontoon compartments punctured and
flooded the center deck as per figure 3.2.
– Rainfall of 10” (250 mm) in 24 hour period over roof area.

Figure 3.2 Center deck and 2 adjacent compartments puncture

API 650 (2007) required all the deck plate to have a minimum nominal thickness of 5
mm and the deck of the single deck pontoon floating roof has to be designed to be in
contact with the liquid during normal operation. The design shall be able to accommodate
the deflection of the deck caused by trapped vapour. A nominal thickness of 8 mm was
used in my center deck design, and this thickness will be verified the design calculation.
Figure 3.3 shows the minimum requirement for the single deck pontoon floating roof
2 adjacent pontoon & center deck flooded
Bulkhead
Pontoon
82
with the inoperative roof drain, compartments puncture and deck plate flooded and
holding of 250 mm of rainfall.

Figure 3.3 Minimum Requirement for Single Deck Pontoon Floating Roof [EEMUA 2003, vol.1,
p118]
3.3.2.1 Roof Stress Design
Roof stress design is performed on the center deck by studying the stresses and analyzing
the effects of the stresses on the roof. There are two load cases used,
i) Dead Load Only – No flooding in center deck








Figure 3.4 Case 1 – Dead Load Only
Deck self weight,
W(deck)
Buoyant force, Fb
83
( )
Area Deck
Fb deck W
essure Lateral Unit

= Pr

ii) Dead load plus 250 mm of rain accumulation

Figure 3.5 Case 2 – Dead Load + 10” Rain Accumulation
Area Deck
Fb rain W deck W
essure Lateral Unit
− +
=
) ( ) (
Pr

3.3.2.2 Effect of Large Deflection on Center Deck
When a flat plate deflects under the normal condition, the middle surface, halfway
between top and bottom surfaces will remains unstressed; at other points there will be
biaxial stressed in the plane of the plate. When the deflection becomes larger and exceeds
one-half the plate thickness, the middle surface will become appreciably strained and the
stresses in it would cause defect or failure and hence it should not be ignored. This will
be the case in the thin deck plate of 8 mm. Figures 3.6 (a) and (b) show the defection of
the center deck under the two cases.
Deck self weight,
10" Rain
Rain weight
Buoyant force, Fb
84
Figure 3.6 (a) Deck Deflection in Case 1

Figure 3.6 (b) Deck Deflection in Case 2
This middle surface stress is called the diaphragm stress, or direct stress, and it enables
the plate to carry part of the load as a diaphragm in direct tension. This tension may be
balanced by radial tension at the edges if the edges are held or by circumferential
compression if the edges are not horizontally restrained. This circumferential
compression may cause buckling in the thin plate.
Bouyant Force
Fixed and held by pontoon
Unit lateral pressure
δ
Rain
Fixed and held by pontoon
Bouyant Force
Unit lateral pressure
δ
85
In the large deflection of the thin plate, the plate is stiffer than indicated by the ordinary
theory and the load-deflection and load-stress relation become non-linear. For circular
plates, where the maximum deflection exceeded half the thickness, the below formula
shall be used for more accurate and precise result [Roark, 2002].







Where
t = Thickness of plate (deck plate), mm
α = Outer radius of deck plate, mm
q = Unit lateral pressure on deck, N/mm²
y = Maximum deflection, mm
σ = Maximum stress due to flexure and diaphragm tension combined
= σ
b
+

σ
d
σ
b
= Bending stress, N/mm²
σ
d
= Diaphragm stress, N/mm²

The K constants are determined in the Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain for different
cases and edge condition. The center deck plate is fixed and held at its outer edge by the
pontoon, hence the condition is considered as case no. 3 – edge condition fixed and held
with uniform pressure q over entire plate. The constants will then be determined as
below, v is the poisson ratio which is equal to 0.3 [Roark, 2002].


3
2 1 4
4
|
¹
|

\
|
+ =
t
y
K
t
y
K
Et

2
4 3 2
2
|
¹
|

\
|
+ =
t
y
K
t
y
K
Et
σα
2
1
1
33 . 5
v
K

=
= 5.86
2
2
1
6 . 2
v
K

=
= 2.86
86
At Center :


At Edge :


The maximum deflection and the stresses for the both cases are summarized the Table
3.1.

LOAD CASE 1 LOAD CASE 2
Deck Center Deck Edge Deck Center Deck Edge
Max. Deflection, y (mm) 215.81 214.38
σ total (N/mm2) 35.92 62.84 33.94 59.37
σ bending (N/mm2) 3.52 5.41 3.34 5.14
σ diaphragm (N/mm2) 32.40 57.43 30.0 54.38

Table 3.1 Summary Result for Maximum Deflection and Stresses in Center Deck

3.3.2.3 Pontoon Stability – Pontoon Ring Design
The diaphragm stresses at the deck edge caused the tension at the outer edge of the deck;
hence there will be radial force acting at the inner rim of the pontoon. The relationship
between the radial force and the diaphragm stress as shown below.
Rh = σ diaphgram x deck thickness
v
K

=
1
2
3
= 2.86
K
4
= 2.86
2
3
1
4
v
K

=
= 4.40
K
4
= 1.73
87
Rh acting on the Inner Rim is modeled as load point at each mm of circumference, with a
very small angle between load points approximated to uniform distributed load in the
circular ring design.
Number of point loads at each mm is,
Nlp = π x Rim Diameter (Øir)
, and angle α =
Nlp
360
2
1



Figure 3.7 Radial Forces Acting on Pontoon Inner Rim
The pontoon stability due to the radial loads is designed with reference to the Roark’s
Formula for Stress and Strain, it is model as closed circular ring and regarded as a
statically indeterminate beam and analyzed by the use of Castigliano’s second theorem
[Roark, 2002]. Formulas used are taken directly from the Table 9.2 in Roark’s Formula
for Stress and Strain, and they are based on several assumptions as listed below [Roark,
2002].
i) The ring is of uniform cross section and has symmetry about the plane of
curvature.
ii) All loading are applied at the radial position of the centroid of the cross
section. This is not the case for our pontoon ring as the radial load acting on
the inner rim are in the lower position, however this assumption is of little
concern for thin ring.
iii) It is nowhere stressed beyond the elastic limit.
iv) It is not so severely deformed as to lose its essentially circular shape.
v) Its deflection is due primarily to bending.


Rh
α
mid-pt
88
Case 7 - Ring under any number of equal radial forces equally space from Table 9.2 in
Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain is selected and the formulas for the bending
moment and circumferential tensile force between and at the load point are as follow
[Roark, 2002]:
i) At mid-point:
Bending Moment,

Cir. Tensile Force,
ii) At load-point:
Bending Moment,
Cir. Tensile Force,
The pontoon ring stability is checked against the pontoon properties. Figure 3.8 shows
the basic geometry for the pontoon and the results are summarized in the Table 3.2. The
pontoon section modulus, Za is calculated to 27,019,626 mm³.





Figure 3.8 Sectional Detail of Pontoon
α
525
Rh
2187
900
2160
9
12
|
¹
|

\
|
− =
α α
1
sin
1
4
.Do Rh
Mm
|
¹
|

\
|
− =
α α tan
1 1
4
.Do Rh
Mr
α sin 2
Rh
Tm =
α tan 2
Rh
Tr =
89

LOAD CASE 1 LOAD CASE 2
RING STABILITY CHECK
MID - POINT LOAD- POINT MID - POINT LOAD- POINT
Bending Moment (Nmm) 19.14 -38.29 18.08 -36.15
Circ. Force (N) 7,867,429 7,867,429 7,429,209 7,429,209
Bending Stress (N/mm2) 0.0000007 -0.000001 0.0000007 -0.000001
Circ. Stress (N/mm2) 159.98 159.98 151.07 151.07
Allow. Bending Stress
(N/mm2)
183 183 183 183
Allow. Axial Stress (N/mm2) 165 165 165 165
Unity Check 0.97 0.97 0.92 0.92
Condition OK OK OK OK

Table 3.2 Summary Result for Pontoon Ring Stability

Where,

The complete design calculation on the roof stress design in attached in Appendix B
section 5 of this thesis report.
3.3.3 Fitting and Accessories Design
Figure 3.9 shows the typical standard accessories and fitting for single deck floating roof
which are essential for the operation of the floating roof tank. Each of the fitting and
accessories has its own unique importance; malfunction of any one of the fitting would
cause roof failure and potentially leading to fatality. The minimum requirement for the
roof fitting had been outlined in the Table 1.8 discussed in the Literature Review chapter.
Actual Bending Stress
Allow. Bending Stress
Actual Circ. Stress
Allow. Comp. Stress
+ Unity =
90


Figure 3.9 Standard Fitting and Accessories for Single Deck Roof


3.3.3.1 Roof Seal System
As discussed in the chapter 2.4.2 principles of the floating roof, there will be a 200 mm of
gap between the inside of tank shell and the outer rim of the floating roof pontoon. The
main purpose of the roof seals are to close up the gap between pontoon & shell wall,
hence preventing the escape of vapor from the tank product to the atmosphere and
minimize the amount of rain and pollutant entering the product. The seals are also to
allow irregularities of the tank and roof construction and to account any radial or lateral
movement of the roof due to the wind and seismic. Therefore the seal must be flexible
enough to take in all these purposes.
Normally there will be two types of seals installed in the floating roof tank; they are i)
primary seal and ii) secondary seal. There are several different types of primary seal
available in the market today, and the appropriate seal has to be selected for suit the tank
service. The seals design are the proprietary design by the seal company, the most that
the engineer or tank designer can do is to study on each of the different seal and based on
the previous experience to do the seal selection.
Gauge Hatch
Liquid
Bleeder Vent
Pontoon
Manway
Deck

Support
Leg


Drain Sump with isolation
valve
Rim Seal
















Roller Ladder
Gauger
Platform
Rail Track
Drain Pipe

Deck Manway
91
i) Primary Seal
The functions of the primary seal are to minimize vapour loss, centralize the floating
roof and exclude snow, rain form the rim gap. Primary seal could be in metallic
(Mechanical Shoe Seal) or non metallic (Resilient Filled Seal) type.
• Mechanical (Metallic) Shoe Seal
The Mechanical Shoe Seal which was recommended in API 650 (2007) has two
different kinds of seals, which are Pantograph Hanger and Scissor Hanger.
Pantograph Hanger as shown in Figure 3.10 is the convectional mechanical seals, it
consists of a galvanized steel or stainless steel sealing ring with the bottom located
below the liquid surface, a vapour tight fire-resistant continuous seal to close the rim
space, and stainless steel shunts for lighting protection. The sealing ring was
supported by the weighted pantograph system which the steel weights activate the
tank lever system, pressing the sealing ring against the tank shell, ensuring the sealing
ring is held in constant contact with the tank shell. The shoe plate is designed with
Flexures built into the sheet at intervals of approximately 550mm to ensure
conformity with the tank shell and allow expansion and contraction. This seal is able
to provide a rim space variation of ± 130 mm in a nominal 200 mm rim space.
Scissor Hanger as shown in Figure 3.11 was introduced to the market in the recent
years. Different seal supplier could have different name for it. The design principles
are basically similar to the Pantograph Hanger; it is the pusher bar to push the shoe
plate instead of the counter weight. Scissor Hanger is more much simple design and
economic compared to the Pantograph Hanger, also the easier installing and assembly
without any hot welding work.

92








Figure 3.10 Pantograph Hanger Figure 3.11 Scissor Hanger
(Courtesy of VACONOSEAL) (Courtesy of HMT)


Figure 3.12 and Figure 3.13 shows the complete assembled and the end section of the
Pantograph Hanger respectively.











Figure 3.12 Completed Assembled Pantograph Figure 3.13 End Section Pantograph
Hanger (Courtesy of WB) Hanger (Courtesy of WB)
93
• Resilient Filled (Non-Metallic) Seal
The resilient filled seal can be of the foam filled or liquid filled. Figure 3.14 shows the
foam filled and Figure 3.15 shows the liquid filled.
In the foam filled seal, the mechanical force is obtained by taking a compressible foam
material and inserting it between the floating roof rim and the tank shell. Resistance to
the scuffing action of the roughened tank shell plates is achieved by wrapping the
resilient foam in an envelope of reinforced plastic sheet or rubber sheet. The foam and
envelope may be mounted in a number of variants, where the lower part of the seal
touches the stored liquid, the seal is said to be liquid mounted, and if it is mounted above
the liquid, it is vapour mounted. The liquid mounted seal has better vapour conservation
characteristics.



Figure 3.14 Foam-Filled Seal Figure 3.15 Liquid-Filled Seal
(Courtesy of VACONOSEAL) (Courtesy of VACONOSEAL)


94
In the liquid filled seal, a looped envelope of reinforced rubber sheet is supported in the
rim gap and the envelope is filled with a neutral liquid such kerosene. By virtue of its
depth and density the liquid spreads the envelope and exerts a force against the tank shell.
The envelope is normally ribbed and a tube may be fitted to contain the kerosene.

After the study of the above seal system, the Mechanical Shoe Seal Scissor type was
selected for its highly reputed performance, lower cost and simple installation. It was
recommended by the API 650 (2007) and the liquid filled resilient seal was prohibited by
some of the oil company.
ii) Secondary Seal

Secondary seal is mounted on top of the primary seal, it reduced vapour loss which in
turn cost saving, enhanced safety by protection against rim fires, environmental
protection with less odour and compliance with the air standards and it significantly
reduces the amount of rainwater entering the tank contents by running down the shell.
Figure 3.16 show one kind of the secondary seal.


Figure 3.16 Secondary Seal (Courtesy of VACONOSEAL)
95
3.3.3.2 Roof Seal Material

It is essential to select the correct material for the primary and secondary rim seals. The
basic requirement of the seal material is the chemical resistance, which is related to the
stored product, the ultraviolet resistance in which the seal expose to direct sunlight and
the material has to be flame retardant.

The primary seals should always be hydro-carbon resistance since they are in direct
contact with the product and product vapour and the top coat of the secondary seals shall
be ultraviolet resistant and flame retardant. The tip structure of the secondary seals which
slides along the tank shell would preferably be made of two kinds of material, which is
hydrocarbon resistance material at the bottom section and Ultraviolet resistance at the top
section. Some common materials for the selected product are listed in the Table 3.3 and
the properties of the common material are shown in Table 3.4.








Table 3.3 Common Material for Select Product









Fluoropolymers, nitrile Gasoline/ MTBE blend
Fluoropolymers, urethane, urethane laminate,
fluoroelastomers, or Buna-N-Vinyl
Refined Products
Fluoropolymers,urethane, nitrile Crude Oil
Seal Material Fluid Stored
96
Resistance Against
Material
Hydrocarbons UV light
Flame
Retardant?
Vition ® (FPM)/ nylon (PA) Very Good Very Good Yes
Teflon ® (PTFE)/ glass Very Good Very Good Yes
Neoprene (CR)/ calcium silicate Reasonable Good No
Polyurethane (EU)/ nylon (PA) or
polyester (TPE-E)
Good Good No
PVC-nitrile (PVC-NBR)/ nylon
(PA) or polyester (TPE-E) or
glass
Good Reasonable No
Nitrile (NBR)/ Nylon (PA) or
polyester (TPE-E)
Reasonable Poor No

Table 3.4 Properties of Common Seal Material [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p118]

3.3.3.3 Roof Support Leg
Roof support legs are provided in the floating roof tank to support the roof when landed
and keep the roof away from any tank appurtenances that locate at or near bottom of the
tank such as inlet and outlet connection, mixers, heating coil and drainage system. The
supports legs are adjustment in height to provide both a low operating position and a high
cleaning position.
The basic requirement for the roof support legs had been discussed in the Literature
Review in chapter 2.18.2. In designing the roof support legs, the number of support legs
required for a single deck roof can be roughly approximated before a structural check on
the legs is performed. There will be two type of roof support which is the pontoon
support leg and the deck support leg. For the pontoon support leg, one leg per 6 m of tank
circumference was approximated, and for the centre deck support leg, for tanks diameter
up to 60 m, one leg per 34 m² of center deck area and for tanks diameter larger than 60 m
one leg per 26 m² of center deck area was approximated.
97
The supports legs are to be designed to carry only the weight of the roof and a uniform
live load of 1.2 KN as specifed in API 650 (2007) [API 650, 2007], but not the weight of
any accumulated rain water on the deck. Therefore it is important to ensure that drain out
all the rain accumulation before landing the roof.
Numbers and location of the support legs for the floating roof was as shown in Figure
3.17. Standard pipe are used to design and fabricate the support legs and the pips size
used are 3” Schedule 80 which has a thickness of 7.62 mm.












Figure 3.17 Number and Location of Support Legs

The compressive stress in each support leg at each radius location was determined and
checked against the allowable stress as per AISC standard [ANSI/AISC 360, 2005] using
the slenderness ratio. The complete stress design calculation for the roof support leg is
attached in Appendix B Section 6. The summary stress result was tabulated in Table 3.5
and it shows that the actual stresses of all the legs are less than the allowable stress hence
proven that the pre-selected number and size of the support legs are sufficient.

Pontoon
Leg
Deck
Leg
15 Nos. at R 13,716
10 Nos. at R 8839
5 Nos. at R 4267
L
o
w

P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

22 Nos. at R 18,541
H
i
g
h

P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

98

Leg at
radius
No. of leg
Actual
stress,
(N/mm2)
Allowable
stress,
(N/mm2)
RESULT
4267.00 5.00 25.18 75.08 OK
8839.00 10.00 24.70 75.08 OK
13716.00 15.00 21.59 75.08 OK
18541.00 22.00 31.33 74.62 OK
Table 3.5 Summary Result for Roof Support Legs
3.3.3.4 Venting System
The venting system is designed to API 2000 (1998) – Venting Atmospheric and Low-
Pressure Storage Tanks [API 2000, 1998]. It should not be over design; venting
requirement shall be at minimal to prevent vapour loss. Automatic Bleeder Vent is the
only venting fitting installed on the floating roof. They only vent the air to and from
under of a floating roof during filling and emptying. The bleeder vent is simply a short
piece of steel pipe fabricated with a push rod inside attached to the top cover or stopper.
3.3.3.4.1 Operation of Bleeder Vent
Automatic bleeder vents/ valves only come into operation when the floating roof is
landed and tank is drained down or tank is filled up. It allows product movement, where
during in-breathing, it allows air to enter space under the roof as product drain out from
tank, hence avoid vacuum. Similarly during out-breathing, it allows the air under the roof
to escape when tank is filled up, hence avoid vapour pocket and pressure formation.
Operation of the automatic bleeder vent can be explained by the Figures 3.18 (a) and (b)
for emptying (In-Breathing) and Figures 3.19 (a) and (b) for filling in (Out-Breathing).


99

Figure 3.18 (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Starting)
In the case of emptying (In-breathing), the roof is floating on the product when the tank
start emptying and the valve is intially closed. The product continue flowing out of the
tank till the push rod in the valve touches the tank floor before the support legs, pushing
the valve opens and letting air flowing in freely, venting the space beneath the deck.

Figure 3.18 (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Finishing)
Emptying
Air in
Air in
Push rod touches floor before roof legs
Valve opens
Start Emptying

Valve
closes
100
In the case of filling in (Out-breathing), the roof is resting on the support legs and the
valve is initally opened. The product start filling in, taking up the air space underneath
the deck hence pushing the air/ vapour out through the valve. The valve will close after
all the air beneath the roof had been expelled and the roof start floating on the product.



Figure 3.19 (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Starting)


Figure 3.19 (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Finishing)

Filling In
Roof floats
Valve closes
Product
Filling In
Air / Vapour out
Roof resting on support leg
Valve initially open
Air / Vapour out
Product
101
3.3.3.4.2 Bleeder Vent Design
The bleeder vent is to design accordance to API 2000 (1998) and sized up by using
general flow equation. The requirements for normal venting capacity specified in API
2000 (1998) is that the total normal venting capacity shall be at least the sum of the
venting requirements for oil movement and thermal effect [API 2000, 1998].
The design data for the venting design is as follow:
Nominal Capacity = 24,000 m³
Product Flash point = 67°C
Design Filling Rate, Vi = 427 m³/hr
Design Emptying Rate, Vo = 1,100 m³/hr

The venting capacity for both In-Breathing (Vacuum venting) and Out-Breathing
(Pressure venting) has to be determined as per API 2000 (1998) requirement before the
bleeder vent can be sized up. The maximum flow of the vacuum venting and pressure
venting will be used to determine the minimum size and number of the bleeder vent.
i) The vacuum venting (In-Breathing)
The requirement for venting capacity for maximum liquid movement out of a tank will be
15.86 m
3
/h of free air for each 15.9 m
3
/h of maximum empty rate at any flash point [API
2000, 1998], which is
Flow rate of free air for liquid movement, Vv
1
= Vo/ 15.9 *15.86 = 1,097.23 m³/h
Thermal Breathing consideration is not requirement for the floating roof tank, therefore
102
Flow rate of free air for thermal breathing, Vv
2
= 0 m³/h
The total vacuum flow required will be,
Vv = V
v1
+ V
v2
= 1,097 m³/h
ii) The pressure venting (In-Breathing)
The requirement for venting capacity for maximum liquid movement out of a tank will be
17 m³/h of free air for each 15.9 m³/h (100 Barrel) of maximum filling rate [API 2000,
1998], which is
Flow rate of free air for liquid movement, Vp
1
= Vo/ 15.9 *17 = 457 m³/h
Thermal Breathing consideration is not requirement for the floating roof tank, therefore
Flow rate of free air for thermal breathing, Vv
2
= 0 m³/h
The total pressure flow required will be,
Vp = Vp
1
+ Vp
2
= 457 m³/h
Therefore the maximum flow, Q is the vacuum flow which is 1,097 m³/h.
The below general flow equation below will be used,



H g A K Q . . 2 . =
103
Where
H = Head measures as pressure different, where
; ∆P = Pressure different
γ = Specific weight of air
g = gravity of acceleration, 9.81 m²/s
A= Cross sectional area of vent
K= Discharge Coefficient, 0.62 for circular
Re-arranging it to have it in term of area required, the equation becomes

Based on the equation, the minimum required venting area for the maximum flow
capacity, Q was found to be 24,124 mm². A vent size of 8” was pre-selected and the
cross-sectional area available is 32, 251 mm². There fore, the minimum number of
bleeder vent required for the pre-selected size will be determine as
= 1 no. of vent required (Minimum)
However, total of 2 numbers will be installed in case one of it was blocked or not able
function.


γ
P
H

=
P g K
Q
A
req v

=
. . 2
_
γ
v
req v
vent
A
A
N
_
=
104
3.3.3.5 Roof Drain System
The roof drain system is to be installed in the floating roof tank to effectively drain the
rain water from the floating roof without causing rain water to enter & contaminate the
store product. The rainfall accumulated on the surface of the floating roof is drained to
center sump which set into the lower point of the roof deck. The sump is then drained
through a closed pipe work which operated with the tank. There is a non-return valve
fitted to the outlet of the sump, which is to prevent the roof from being flooded with
product in the event of a failure in the drain system. The drain pipe has to be removable
for maintenance purposes, if required.
As the floating roof moves along with the product height, the basic requirement of the
roof drain system has to be flexible to accommodate the roof movement. Figure 3.20 (a)
and (b) show the drain system within the tank with the roof movement.

Figure 3.20 (a) Roof Drain with Roof Rise Figure 3.20 (b) Roof Drain with Roof Fall
There are several different drain systems available such as Articulated Piping System,
Armoured Flexible Hose, Helical Flexible Hose or Pipe system. Rubber hose are strictly
prohibited to be use in the oil tank and the two common systems used in the oil industry
are the Articulated Piping System and Flexible Drain Pipe System. Therefore these two
systems are selected for the study and evaluate their pros and cons, and then final
selection of the system at the end of the evaluation.
105
3.3.3.5.1 Articulated Piping System
This drain system uses solid steel pipe with series of articulated knuckle joints such as
flexible swing joint/ swivel joint. It also requires chain, shackles and pad eyes. Figure
3.21 shows the typical arrangement of an articulated piping system inside a floating roof
tank.

Figure 3.21 Articulated Drain Pipe System
The rigid pipes in the system caused the heavy weight to the system and may stress and
distort the deck plate in the floating roof. There is also possibility of causing horizontal
forces on to the roof which leads to wearing of the roof seal. The rigid pipes are
connected to the swing/ swivel joint by flange connection, as can be seen in Figure 3.21,
there will eight (8) connections, and two per each joints and each of these connections are
potential to leak and also causes effect on the flow rate. There is a short 90° bend in the
system and this short bend radius would able accumulate foreign material and blocked
the drain.














Flexible Swing Joint Rigid Pipe
Min. 8 flange connections
90° bend
106
Although this drain system is cheaper as compared to the Flexible Pipe System, but the
installation of this system is considerably complicated and requires longer time which in
turn causes a higher labour cost. The swing/ swivel joints and the flange connections are
not easily accessible, which causes difficulties to perform any preventive maintenance.
Figure 3.22 (a) and (b) show a diagram of a typical swing joint and its assembly. The
actual articulated system and swing installed inside a floating tank can be seen in the
Figure 1.26 and 1.27 in the Literature Review Chapter.



Figure 3.22 (a) Typical Swing Joint in Articulated Drain Pipe System

Figure 3.22 (b) Swing Joint Assembly (Courtesy of WB)

107
3.3.3.5.2 Flexible Drain Pipe System
The flexible drain system consist only single continuous pipe which expands and
contracts with the rise and fall of the floating roof. Full length of the pipe is flexible and
uniform without any joint. Figure 3.23 shows typical arrangement of the flexible drain
system inside the floating roof tank.

Figure 3.23 Flexible Drain Pipe System
There are no joints in the full length of the flexible pipe, the only connection is at the end
fitting where it joins the flexible pipe to the top and bottom rigid pipe. The end fitting are
integral part of the flexible pipe and hence the possibility of leakage is eliminated. The
preventive maintenance is also eliminated. The flexible pipe is considerably much lighter
then rigid pipe in the articulated pipe system and the arrangement is much simple, hence
easy installation with lower installation and labour cost. However the material cost for the
flexible is expensive. The flexible pipe in the system is known as COFLEXIP Flexible
Flexible Pipe
Rigid Pipe
End Fitting
108
pipe which the structure composed of an articulated stainless steel grade 304, spiral
wound inner carcass covered by an outer extruded sheath of RILSAN Nylon 11. Figure
3.24 (a) shows the inner section of a COFLEXIP pipe and Figures 3.24 (b) shows the cut
section of several different size of flexible pipe.

1. Inner interlocked Stainless Steel carcass
(anti collapse) AISI 304.
2. External plastic sheath (RILSAN)

Figure 3.24 (a) Inner Section of COFLEXIP Pipe (Courtesy of TECHNIP-COFLEXIP)
The inner carcass is strong and flexes like hose but it will not kink or collapse. This inner
carcass is designed to prevent leakage, instead it is the thick outer protective
thermoplastic jacket made of RILSAN Nylon 11 which extruded over the inner carcass
and form the water tight seal. Figure 3.25 shows the end fitting which is swaged around
the drain pipe. A slip on Class 150 ANSI, rotating raised face flange is fitted behind the
neck.


Figure 3.24 (b) COFLEXIP Pipe of Figure 3.25 End fitting of COFLEXIP
different size (Courtesy of TECHNIP-COFLEXIP) Pipe (Courtesy of TECHNIP-COFLEXIP)
109
3.3.3.5.3 Drain System Selection
It is obvious that the flexible drain pipe system has more advantage over the articulate
piping system, except for the higher material cost. By looking into the cost saving of
future maintenance and the service life, the flexible drain pipe is selected for my roof
drain system. Figure 3.26 shows some example of actual flexible drain pipe system
installed in different tank. It can be seen that the flexible pipe gives repeatable lay pattern
which ensure no-fooling with the roof support leg.

Figure 3.26 Flexible Drain Pipe System Installed in Different Tank
110
3.3.3.5.4 Drain Pipe Design
The roof drain pipe is sized up using the general flow equation of Q = A. V. The drain
pipe size was pre-selected as 4” Schedule 80 and the minimum number of drain pipe
required is to be determined. The drainage design data is as follow:
• Design Rain Fall, RH = 50 mm/hr
• Design Drainage Required = RH x deck area = 46.01 m³/hr
• Design Drain Pipe = 4” Sch 80 (O.D 101.6 x 8.56t)
• Drain Pipe Inside Diametr, d = 84.48 mm
• Roof Lowest Height = 1500 mm
• Drain outlet nozzle elevation, z = 225 mm
The total head equation is given as,
g
v
h H
2
2
+ = ;
And the total head loss of drain,
(
(
¸
(

¸

+ × =
d
L K
d
L K
g
v
h
'
2 2
'
1 1
2
2
;
Then, the total head equation becomes
(
(
¸
(

¸

+ + = 1
2
'
2 2
'
1 1
2
d
L K
d
L K
g
v
H .
Re-arrange the equation, the flow velocity can be determined as follow:


|
|
¹
|

\
|
+ +
=
1
2
'
2 2
'
1 1
d
L K
d
L K
gH
V
111

Where
K = Flow Coefficient
- Rigid Pipe, K
1
= 0.0168
- Flexible Pipe, K
2
= 0.03
L’ = Total Equivalent Pipe Length
- Rigid Pipe, L
1

- Flexible Pipe, L
2

The equivalent pipe length of valve and fitting is determined accordance to Table 3.6
[NFPA 15, 2007]. The total equivalent pipe length will be the summation of the total
equivalent length of the valve, fitting and the rigid and flexible pipe lengths.


Table 3.6 Equivalent Pipe Length Chart [NFPA 15, p15]
The flow velocity was calculated as 1.15m²/s, and substitute it into the flow equation of Q
= A.V, the drainage flow rate for one drain pipe is found to be 23.3 m³/h. Therefore the
minimum roof drain required are determined as
Minimum two number of drain pipe with size of 4” schedule 80 will be used.
Drainage Flow Rate Req.
Actual Flow Rate
N
req
=
= 1.97
112
3.3.3.6 Rolling Ladder & Gauger Platform
The rolling ladder installed on the floating roof tank is to provide safe access onto the
floating roof. The ladder consists of self-levelling treads and it slides along the track as
the roof move up and down. The track and ladder length are matched to maximum and
minimum roof height. The upper end of the ladder is attached to the gauger platform by
hinged brackets and the lower end is provided with an axle with a wheel at each side of
the ladder. The wheels run on a steel track mounted on a runway structure support off the
roof.
The gauger platform is a small access area which overhangs on the shell, allowing
instrumentation and guide pole to pass though. It also provides access for the
maintenance personnel. Figure 3.27 shows the sketch of the rolling ladder and the gauger
platform. Figure 3.28 shows some typical rolling ladder with the wheel and gauger
platform installed in a floating roof tank.

Figure 3.27 Sketch of Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform in a Floating Roof Tank














113



Figure 3.28 Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform Installed in a Floating Roof Tank

3.3.3.7 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam
Fire on the floating roof tanks are common and it usually happened in the rim space
where the vapour escaped, this was called as rim fires. The main cause of he the floating
roof rim fires is lighting. Most lighting ignited rim fires result from induced charges on
the roof and not direct strikes. Fire fighting system is to be designed and installed on the
floating roof to fight over and extinguishes the rim fire. There are several techniques
available for the fire fighting and multiples foam chamber method is one it which will be
discussed in detail here.
The multiple chamber method is which the foam is discharged by the foam chambers or
foam pourer which mounted at equal spaced around tank periphery as shown in Figure
3.29. The system is to be designed accordance to NFPA-11 (Standard for low-medium- &
high-expansion foam) [NFPA 11, 2005].
114


Figure 3.29 General Arrangement of the Multiple Foam Chamber on the Floating Roof Tank [NFPA
11, P53]
When the fires were detected, measures amounted of propriety foam making compound
will be injected into the fire water system leading to the foam generating point of the
tank. The foam generations are designed in such a way that to draw air into the mixture,
causing the foam to expand as it was injected to the tank via pourer. The pourer inject the
foam onto the internal surface of the extension of plate and hence onto the tank shell,
causing it to flow down to the shell and collect and spread around the rim space. Figure
3.30 (a) show a typical arrangement of the fire protection for a floating roof tank and
Figure 3.30 (b) show an actual foam dam installed on a floating roof tanks.
The foam is contained and concentrated within the rim space by a foam dam. Foam dam
is a short vertical plate welded to pontoon at short distance from the seal. It's height shall
be higher than upper tip of seal, allowing the whole seal area to be flooded with foam and
extinguish fire effectively.


115
Figure 3.30 (a) Fire Protection for Floating Roof Tank
Figure 3.30 (b) Foam Chamber Figure 3.31 Typical Foam Dam [NFPA 11, p20]
116

CHAPTER 4: TANK CONSTRUCTION
4.1 Introduction
Just as most of the construction task, welded vertical tanks can be erected satisfactorily in
several ways, erector contractors normally have a particular method, which they have
adopted as the result of experience, and have developed the erection technique most
suitable for economical working and good workmanship by their field crews. Few
erection methods are illustrated in Figure 4.1 (a) and (b). The method discussed here are
simply the general method to give a basic idea on how a tank is built.
To build tanks which are of sound quality, good appearance and free from excessive
buckles or distortion, correct welding sequences should be adhered to and adequate
supervision provided.

Figure 4.1 (a) Progressive Assembly & Welding and Complete Assembly Followed by Welding of
Horizontal Seam Method for Welded Vertical Tank [PTS, 1986]
117


Figure 4.1 (b) Jacking-Up and Flotation Method for Welded Vertical Tank [PTS, 1986]
4.2 Foundation
Foundation has to be prepared well ahead before the tank construction start. A successful
construction and operation of the tank relies on the tank being built on a firm foundation.
API 650 (2007) Appendix B provides recommendations for design and construction of
Foundation for above ground storage tanks. The construction and design will not be
discussed in detail as our main concern is the tank itself.
One of the majar parameter in designing and construction the tank foundation is the
overturning moment and base shear force of the tank due to seismic and the anchor bolt
arrangement and size. The foundation was built in a height of 300 mm from the ground
level, anchor bolts are to be cast into the foundation as shown in Figure 4.2.
118

Figure 4.2 Tank Foundation with anchor bolt installed
4.3 Bottom Plate Placement
When the tank foundation is done and ready for the tank erection, bottom plate will start
laying on top of the foundation and welded in sequence. It is important to lay and weld
the bottom plate in correct sequence to avoid any weld distortion.

Anchor Bolt
Bottom Plate
Concrete Ring Foundation
119

Figure 4.3 Bottom Plate Layout [PTS, 1986]
The welding sequence for bottom plate layout with annular plates, with reference to
Figure 4.2 is as follow:
1. Lay plates and lightly tack –weld
2. Weld centre sump in position 1 and 2
3. Weld rectangular plates together commencing at centre, welding short seams
first 3 to 11, seams between rows of plates shall be free of tack-welds before
making final weld
4. Weld only outer part of radial seams of annular plates before erection of shell
plates at 12a
5. After complete assembly and welding of lower shell courses, weld lower shell
course to annular 12b for prevention of welding distortion.
6. Weld remaining part of radial weld of annulars at 12c
7. Weld rectangular and sketch plates together at 13 to 22 and finally to annulars
at 23.
120
Figure 4.4 shows the actual bottom plate laying in top of the foundation on site, it shows
that the bottom plates are laid in the lapping way. Figure 4.5 shows the detail of lap joints
where three thicknesses occur.

Figure 4.4 Bottom Plate Laid on Foundation

Figure 4.5 Typical Cross Joint in Three Plate Lap
121
Requirement in API 650 (2007) stated that the three-plate laps in the tank bottoms shall
be at least 300 mm from each others, from the tank shell, from butt-welded annular plate
joints, and from joints between annular plates and the bottom [API 650, 2007]. And the
bottom plate need to be welded on the top side only, with continuous full-fillet weld on
all seams as shown in the welding detail in Figure 4.6.
Figure 4.6 Welding Detail for Bottom Plate
4.4 Shell Erection
Shell plates will be erected when the bottom plates are done, the shell plates are held in
place, tacked and completely welded. This will be done course by course, working
upwards to the top curb angle. No course can be added as long as the previous course had
not been entirely welded.
For the floating roof tank, Flotation Method as shown in Figure 4.1 (b) might be used,
where upon completion of the bottom plating and erection of the two lower course of the
tank, the floating roof is assembled on the tank bottom and completed. The tank is then
filled with water and, using the floating roof as a working platform, the third and
subsequent course are erected and welded, water being pumped in as each course is
completed. However this method may only be used only at site where soil settlement is
very limited. Refer to Chapter 5 for the soil settlement topic. Figure 4.7 show the
complete erection of the first shell course and Figure 4.8 (a) and (b) show the erection of
the upper shell course from the inside and outer of the tank respectively.
122

Figure 4.7 Completed Erection of First Shell Course


Figure 4.8 (a) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Inside Tank


Figure 4.8 (b) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Outside Tank
123
4.5 Tank Testing
4.5.1 Tank Bottom Testing
After welding of the bottom plates has been completed, all welds will be tested to ensure
that the tank bottom is free from leaks. This can be done by using a vacuum box, which
enables any leaks in the seams to be positively located by visual examination. The test is
preferably be made as soon as possible after welding of the bottom but before any surface
coating is applied. The bottom plates has to be tested before water is put into the tank for
hydrostatic testing.
A typical vacuum box and pump is shown in Figure 4.9, where the vacuum box is fitted
with a glass viewing panel on its top and has an open bottom, around which a continuous
rubber seal and former are secured. The seal forms an airtight joint around the section of
the weld to be tested when the box is pressed against the bottom plates. A partial vacuum
can be created by means of a hand or motor-driven vacuum pump. A vacuum gauge is
incorporated in the box which has two connections: one is the suction tap fitted with a
non-return valve; the other is a vacuum release valve.
4.5.2 Tank Shell Testing
The tank shells should be water tested/ hydrotested after completion of the wind girder.
The tank will be filled up with water to its design level. The water test not only to ensure
no leakage of the tank, it also tested the foundation for its capability of taking the filled
tank load. Settlement will also be measured during the water testing.
124


Figure 4.9 Vacuum Box and Pump [PTS, 1986]
125
4.5.3 Floating Roof Testing
The floating roof has to be liquid-tight in order for it to function safely and effectively,
for all the weld seams and joints has to be liquid-tight, they will be inspected and tested
in a more careful way, as follows [PTS, 1986]:
i) Centre Deck
The weld seams of the centre deck plates should be controlled on liquid-tightness by the
vacuum box method or by the penetration oil/chalk method.
ii) Pontoon
Before the top plates of the pontoons are installed, the following seams have to be tested
for tightness, using liquid dye- penetrants.
- The single-fillet welds on the upper surface of the pontoon bottom plates.
- The single-fillet welds between the bottom and the side walls of the
pontoon.
- The single-fillet welds between the bulk heads and the bottom and side
walls of the pontoon.
- The welds at the bottom comers of the bulk heads. These should be tested
with particular care, as the bulk heads are mostly shaped at these points to
clear the longitudinal weld between the bottom and the side walls. The
gaps so formed in the comers must be effectively closed, as leaks in one
compartment win allow oil to penetrate into the adjacent compartments.
- The longitudinal welds joining the centre deck to the pontoon.
126
iii) Air Testing of Pontoon Compartments
After the completion of the liquid-tightness test for the floating roof pontoon, each
individual pontoon compartment will also be checked by filling it with compressed air at
a maximum pressure of 0.25 bar.
iv) Roof Drain
The roof drain pipe systems for the floating roof will be tested with water to a pressure of
3.5 bar, and during the flotation test, the roof drains should be kept open and observed for
leakage of tank contents into the drain lines.
127
CHAPTER 5: SPECIAL CONSIDERATION
5.1 Design Consideration
5.1.1 Design Consideration of Foundation
As mentioned earlier in Chapter 4 that providing adequate foundation is an important part
of ensuring an economical and safe installation of storage tank. Pour foundation would
threaten the integrity of the tank, no matter how good the tank design is. Uneven
foundation settlement on floating tank is a special problem. The roof seal as discussed in
Chapter 3.3.3.1 were designed to compensate for variation in tank diameter such as out-
of-round, however in extreme condition; it will impair the roof seal efficiency and caused
roof jamming. Therefore proper design of the foundation is essential to avoid the
problem.
There are several types of soil settlement and only two of the common will has most
effect on the floating roof will be discussed here.
i) Center-to-edge Settlement
Center-to-edge settlement results stretching of bottom plate, give rise to biaxial
membrane tensile stresses. Excessive sagging causes the bottom-to-shell joint stress
become excessive and eventually causes buckling. The maximum allowable sagging, see
Figure 5.1, can be calculated as follow [PTS, 1986]:


75 . 3
100
100
2
+ |
¹
|

\
|
=
D
f D
f
o
128
Where
f = Maximum allowable sag in the tank bottom, cm
D = Diameter of tank, cm
f
o
= Deflection of bottom center, cm, inrelation to bottom curb when the tank is
erected (positive, zero or negative)
Figure 5.1 Maximum Allowable Sag [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p82]
Some suggestion to the tank designer is that when large settlement is predicted, the
bottom can be specified as cone-up bottom to minimise stresses in bottom plate and shell-
to-bottom joint. The tank can also be lifted and re-pack the foundation before the
settlement occurs.
ii) Uneven Settlement around Circumference
Uneven or differential shell settlement around tank circumference would cause the tank
tilted and significant out-of-roundness which result the floating roof to malfunction such
as holding up, jamming, excessive emission of product vapours though seal gap and roof
sinking.
129
As recommended in the EEMUA (2003), an in service settlement survey should be
carried out preferably with the tank full, or nearly full, taking elevation reading at each
survey point around the circumference. The minimum number of survey points would be
diameter D in metres divided by 3.05, but should not be fewer than 8 and spacing
between the survey points should not exceed a circumferential distance of 10 m. The
maximum differential settlement between any two points at 10-metre intervals should not
exceed 100 m, that is 1%. This limit was established to avoid severe localised stress
increase in tank components. And the maximum out-of verticality at top of tank shell
should not exceed 1/100 of tank height, see Figure 5.2. When limit is exceeded, re-
levelling the tank and foundation should be considered. The limitation will have
significant influence to the roof rim and rim seals design.

Figure 5.2 Maximum Tolerances for Out-of Verticality of the Tank Shell [EEMUA 2003, vol.1, p81]
5.1.2 Design Consideration on Tank Shell
One of the major considerations on the tank shell is the local load acting on the tank shell
wall. Shell wall are relative thin with respect to the large diameter, hence it has filmsy
behavior. Any significant load acts on the shell wall has the potential causing buckling in
the tank shell wall. Pipe support for the nozzle is one of the attachments which attached
to the shell wall and exert a significant of load to it. The pipe supports shall be designed
for the minimum load.
130
5.2 Construction Consideration
5.2.1 Nominal Diameter Versus Inside Diameter
Shell plate shall be aligned with inside diameter instead of the outside or nominal
diameter during shell fit up. This is so that the shell wall would have a smooth surface for
the roof seal to smoothly slide up and down without any jamming.


Figure 5.3 Alignment of Shell Plate for Welding
5.2.2 Plate Square-ness
Constructing a large tank requires plenty of steel plate, the plates are normally milled in
rectangular shape, and the whole piece will use directly without any cutting except the
edge preparation for the welding. However it is never the case, there are always plates
come in an irregular shape where the square-ness were out. Therefore, extra length and
width should be ordered for this irregularities and allowance to trim off the un-square
side without affecting the over tank height and dimension.
( √ ) ( X )
131
5.2.3 Wind Damage
The partial erected tank is very vulnerable to severe damage from the high wind load,
temporary steel angle to be stitch welded to the shell acting as the temporary wind girder
to resist buckling.
5.3 Testing Consideration
5.3.1 Hydrotest/ Water Test
Water is always an issue on construction site to fill up and test the huge tank. Some
contractor who has limited knowledge on the tank and material properties, for cost saving
purpose, they would use sea water as water medium to perform the water test. However
sea water contains very high chlorine and it would cause corrosion to the tank. The
materials selected were not designed for the sea water.
After the water test, never dewatering from the Manway or the clean out door, the tank
venting were not designed for emptying in such big opening.


132
CHAPTER 6: CONCLUSION
In completion of this thesis, I have understood what exactly a floating roof tank is all
about. In the thesis, I had provided a basic design guideline on how to design a new
floating roof tank with the special consideration upon the completion of the tank design.
Throughout the design process in the project, the design code - API 650 (2007) was
strictly followed together with other standard such API 2000 (1998), NFPA 11 (2005),
NFPA 15 (2007), Petronas Technical Specification (PTS) and many more. Several design
spreadsheets was created to perform the tank design. The spreadsheet was created
accordance to design codes and standard and the following designs were completed in the
project:
i) Shell Stress Analysis
ii) Roof Stress Design
iii) Selection of roof fitting
iv) Sizing of roof fitting
In the shell stress analysis, by using the 1-foot method in API 650 (2007), the minimum
shell wall thickness at the bottom course is 28 mm, and the thickness reduces accordingly
with the liquid static head to 11 mm at the upper top course. The tank was found to be
structurally stable without anchorage during the wind load; however it was structurally
unstable for the seismic. Therefore anchorage is required.
In the roof stress design, the roof buoyancy was checked for the pontoon volume and the
pontoon stresses was check and found structurally stable. Total 22 numbers of pontoon
support legs and 30 numbers of deck support legs with size 4” pipe schedule 80 was
designed. The bleeder vents were sized up to (Ø 200 mm) 8” schedule standard pipe;
minimum one number is required but total two were used as one will be designed for the
standby purpose. Flexible drain pipe system was selected for the roof drain system and
133
minimum 2 numbers with size Ø 100 mm is required. The Scissor Hanger Type in
Metallic Mechanical Shoe Seal was selected for the primary seal in the roof seal system.
In the middle of the project, design verification was performed by using the finite
element analysis (FEA) software - Abaqus, however after spending numerous of hour on
the software, it was realized that the result given from the analysis is not helpful and
essential. The design code used in my shell stress design had been well established; and
had been used worldwide in the petrochemical industry over the past decades since 1919.
It is not practical to verify their design in this project; however some derivation of
formula were performed by studying and research of the basic stress theory. One example
is the formulas for the minimum shell thickness in API 650 (2007) were derivate from the
basic stress theory.
In completion of this dissertation, the operation of the floating tank was addressed
thought the tank design. The tank can only be design only when the operation of the tank
is well understood. Mechanical stress design for the tank and research of different type of
roof fittings from different suppliers were carried out in the roof fitting design. The tank
construction chapter had provided a basic understanding on how a floating tank is built
and tested. Special consideration on the design and construction was also addressed. In
summary, this dissertation had gives a basic guideline and summary to the tank designer
on the Floating Roof Tank.

134
REFERENCE

1. API Standard 650, June 2007. Welded Steel Tanks For Oil Storage. Eleventh Edn,
American Petroleum Institute.

2. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2007. Section VIII, Division, Rules of
Construction for Pressure Vessels, Amer. Soc. Of Mech. Eng., New York.

3. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2007. Section II, Part D, Maximum
Allowable Stress Values – Ferrous Materials, Amer. Soc. Of Mech. Eng., New
York.

4. BS 2654: 1989, 1989. Manufacture of Vertical Steel Welded Non-Refrigerated
Storage Tanks with Butt-welded Shells for the Petroleum Industry. British
Standards Institution.

5. EEMUA Publication No. 159:2003, 2003. Users’ Guide to the Inspection,
Maintenance and Repair Of Aboveground Vertical Cylindrical Steel Storage
Tanks. Volume 1, 3
rd
Edition, The Engineering Equipment and Materials Users’
Association.

6. John M. Lieb., 2004. “Floating Roof Design Considerations”, Tank Issue 37-2,
Spring/ Summer 2004.

7. John M. Lieb., 2006. “Update API 650 Appendix E – Seismic Design of Liquid
Storage Tank”, Proceedings of API’s annual storage tank conference, American
Petroleum Institute, Houston Texas.

135
8. Hendry H. Bednar, P.E. 1991, Pressure Vessel Design Handbook. 2
nd
Edn,
Krieger Publishing Company, cited in Moss, D.R., 2003. “Pressure Vessel Design
Manual,” 3
rd
ed., McGraw-Hill, New York.

9. NFPA 11, 2005. Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam.
National Fire Protection Association.

10. Praveen K. Malhotra, 2006. “Seismic Design of Liquid Storage Tanks”, American
Society of Civil Engineers.

11. PTS 20.156A, 1986. Manual - Standard Tanks. Vol. 1 – Part 1. Petronas
Technical Standards.

12. W. B. Young, “Design and Application of Floating Roofs for Refinery Storage
Tanks” Oil and Gas Journal, Vol. 71, No. 49, Dec 1973, pp.48-51.

13. “Material Selection Study for OGT”, Turkmenistan Block 1 Project Specification.

14. Norsok Standard M-056, Rev. 1 June 1998, “ CO
2
Corrosion Rate Calculation
Model”, http://www.standard.no/imaker.exe?id=535

15. Mark.B, 2006. “Floating Roof Working safety”, Proceeding of 2006 storage tank
conference and safety workshop.

16. R.S. Wonzniak & W.W.Mitchell, 1978. Basic of Seismic Design Provisions For
Welded Steel Oil Storage Tanks, Presented at session on Advance in Storage Tank
Design API, Refining 43
RD
Midyear Meeting.

17. G.W. Housner, 1954. Earthquake Pressures on Fluid Containers, A report on
research Conducted under contract with the Office of Naval Research, California
Institute of Technology, Pasedana, Earthquake Research Laboratory.
136
18. API Standard 2000, April 1998. Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage
Tanks. Fifth Edn, American Petroleum Institute.
19. ANSI/ AISC 360-05, March 2005. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.
American Institute of Steel Construction.
20. NFPA 15, 2007. Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection.
2007 Edn, National Fire Protection Association.
21. Warren C.Young & Richard G. Budynas, 2002. Roark’s Formulas For Stress and
Strain. Seventh Edn, McGraw-Hill International Edition.
















APPENDIX A
(PROJECT SPECIFICATION)













APPENDIX B
(DESIGN CALCULATION)



STORAGE TANK DESIGN CALCULATION - API 650
1 .0 DESIGN CODE & SPECIFICATION
DESIGN CODE : API 650 11th Edition
1 .1 TANK
Item number : 7061T-3901
Roof ( Open/Close ) : Close
Type of roof ( Cone-roof / Dome-roof / Flat-roof / NA ) : Floating Roof
1 .2 GEOMETRIC DATA
Inside diameter , Di ( corroded ) (@ 39,000 mm ) = 39,006 mm
Nominal diameter, Dn ( new ) ( based on 1st shell course ) = 39,028 mm
Nominal diameter, Dc ( corroded ) ( based on 1st shell course ) = 39,031 mm
Tank height (tan/tan), H = 20,700 mm
Specific gravity of operating liquid , S.G. (Actual) = 0.790
Specific gravity of operating liquid , S.G. (Design) = 1.00
Nominal capacity , V = 24736 m³
Maximum design liquid level, HL = 20,700 mm
1 .3 PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE
Design pressure : Upper , Pu (Atmospheric) = 0.00 mbarg
: Lower , Pl = 0.00 mbarg Vac
Design temperature : Upper , Tu = 70 °C
: Lower , Tl = -17 °C
1 .4 MATERIAL & MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Component Material Tensile Yield Corrosion
Stress Stress Allowance
St(N/mm²) Sy(N/mm²) c.a.(mm)
PLATE
Shell Plate ( Mat'l Code # 1 ) (bot) A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.000
( Mat'l Code # 2 ) (top) A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.000
Annular Plate A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.000
Bottom Plate A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.000
Roof Plate A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.000
STRUCTURE MEMBERS
Roof structure (rafter,bracing,etc ) A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.00
Top Curb Angle A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.00
Intermediate Wind Girder A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 3.00
SHELL THICKNESS CALCULATION BY ONE-FOOT METHOD
2 .0 SHELL DESIGN
2 .1 GEOMETRIC DATA
Plate size used : 2,440 mm
Shell plate min. width as per PTS 34.51.01.31 clause 6.3 : 1,500 mm
2 .2 MATERIAL & MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
No Material Specified Specified Yield stress Max. allow Max. allow Corrosion
used min. tensile min. yield reduction fac design hydro.test allowance
stress stress ( App. M ) stress stress
St (N/mm²) Sy (Nmm²) k Sd (N/mm²) St (N/mm²) c.a (mm)
1 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
2 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
3 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
4 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
5 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
6 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
7 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
8 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
9 A 516 GR. 65N 448.00 241.00 1.000 160.67 180.75 3.00
10 - - - - - - -
2 .3 SPECIFIED MINIMUM SHELL THICKNESS
Specification : API 650 11th Edition
Minimum thickness as per API 650 cl 5.6.1.1 = 8.00 mm
Minimum thickness as per PTS 34.51.01.31 = 11.00 mm
2 .4 SHELL THICKNESS CALCULATION BY ONE-FOOT METHOD ( CLAUSE 5.6.3.1 )
SI METRIC UNIT :-
Design shell thickness, ( in mm )
4.9Dc ( [H+Hi] - 0.3 ).G
td = + c.a
Sd
Hydrostatic test shell thickness , ( in mm ) t.min = Min. of t.design, t.hydo &
4.9Dn ( H - 0.3 ) min. thickness as per PTS.
tt =
St tsc = Thicknes selected & used
Gravitational force = 9.81 m/s
2 .5 CALCULATION & RESULTS
No. Mat'l Material Width Height t.design t.hydro. t.min tsc. Result
Code (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
No.
1 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,440 20,700 27.30 21.60 27.30 28.00 O.K.
2 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,440 18,260 24.40 19.02 24.40 25.00 O.K.
3 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,440 15,820 21.49 16.43 21.49 22.00 O.K.
4 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,440 13,380 18.58 13.85 18.58 19.00 O.K.
5 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,440 10,940 15.67 11.26 15.67 16.00 O.K.
6 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,440 8,500 12.77 8.68 12.77 13.00 O.K.
7 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,020 6,060 9.86 6.10 11.00 11.00 O.K.
8 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,020 4,040 7.45 3.96 11.00 11.00 O.K.
9 1 A 516 GR. 65N 2,020 2,020 5.04 1.82 11.00 11.00 O.K.
2 .6 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS
No. Height t.min tsc. H' H' max ∆ H P'max Pmax
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) N/m² N/m²
1 20,700 27.30 28.00 20,700 21,306.77 606.77 5,952.41 5,952.41
2 18,260 24.40 25.00 18,260 18,786.53 526.53 5,165.29 5,165.29
3 15,820 21.49 22.00 15,820 16,266.30 446.30 4,378.18 4,378.18
4 13,380 18.58 19.00 13,380 13,746.06 366.06 3,591.06 3,591.06
5 10,940 15.67 16.00 10,940 11,225.82 285.82 2,803.94 2,803.94
6 8,500 12.77 13.00 8,500 8,705.59 205.59 2,016.82 2,016.82
7 6,060 11.00 11.00 6,060 7,025.43 965.43 9,470.87 2,016.82
8 4,040 11.00 11.00 4,040 7,025.43 2985.43 29,287.07 9,470.87
9 2,020 11.00 11.00 2,020 7,025.43 5005.43 49,103.27 29,287.07
H' = Effective liquid head at design pressure
H' max = Max. liquid head for tsc.
P'max = Max. allowable stress for tsc.
Pmax = Max. allowable stress at shell course.
BOTTOM & ANNULAR PLATE DESIGN
3 .0 BOTTOM PLATE & ANNULAR PLATE DESIGN
Annular plate used ? ( yes/no ) : yes
BOTTOM PLATE
(i) Minimum thickness as per API 650 Clause 5.4.1 = 6.00 mm
Minimum thickness required (@ 3.00 mm c.a ) = 9.00 mm
Therefore, use thickness of 9.00 mm (tb) is satisfactory.
(ii) - = - mm
(iii) Min. width of overlapping (cl. 5.1.3.5) = 25 mm
(iv) Min. width of plate (cl. 5.4.1) = 1800 mm
(v) - = 50 mm
ANNULAR PLATE
(i) Nominal thickness of 1st shell course, tsc1 = 28.00 mm
Hydro. test stress in 1st shell course,
4.9Dn(H-0.3) = 139.33 N/mm²
tsc
1
where
Dn = Nominal diameter, Dn ( new ) ( based on 1st shell course ) = 39.028 m
H = Design liquid level = 20.700 m
tsc
1
= Nominal thickness of 1st shell course = 28.000 mm
Annular plate thickness ( As per Table 5-1a ) = 6.00 mm
Minimum thickness required (@ 3.00 mm c.a. ) = 9.00 mm
Therefore , use thickness of 16.00 mm (ta) is satisfactory.
(ii) Min. shell-to-bottom fillet welds size (cl. 5.1.5.7) = 13.00 mm
(iii) Min. width projected inside of shell to edge of overlapping (cl. 5.5.2) = 600 mm
(iv) Min. radial width of annular plate (cl. 5.5.2)
215 ta
(HL. SG )
0.5
where
ta = Annular plate thickness = 16.000 mm
HL = Maximum design liquid level = 20.70 m
SG = Design specific gravity = 1.00
(v) Min. width projected outside of shell ( cl. 5.5.2) = 50 mm
mm
St =
La = = 756.09
ROOF TO SHELL JUNCTION CALCULATION
4 .1 DESIGN OF OPEN ROOF TANK - TOP STIFFENER RING
4 .1.1 TOP CURB ANGLE
If the top wind girder is located 600 mm below top of the tank, top curn angle shall be provided.
Location of top wind girders from top of tank, L = 1000 mm
Since L is > 600mm from top of tank, top curb angle is required.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENT
Minimum required size as per API 650 clause 5.9.3.2 = 76 x 76 x 6.4
Section modulus,Z min = 8380 mm
3
MEMBER SIZE USED FOR TOP CURB ANGLE
Actual size for top curb angle = 75 x 75x 10
Section modulus, Za = 13500 mm
3
Since Za > Zmin , therefore the angle size selected is satisfactory.
4 .1.2 TOP WIND GIRDER
The required minimum section modulus of the stiffening ring shall be as follows:-
Dc².H2 V
2
= 1007 cm³
17 190 = 1,007,140 mm³
where
Dc = Nominal Tank Diameter = 39.031 m
H2 = Height of tank shell = 20.7 m
V = Wind Velocity = 140.00 km/hr
MEMBER SIZE USED FOR TOP WIND GIDER
Available section modulus
Fabricated Tee- Girder : T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10
Web plate length, L2 = 825 mm
Toe plate length, L3 = 250 mm
Web plate thk, t2 = 8 mm
Toe plate thk, t3 = 10 mm
Min. shell thickness where top wind girder located, tsc.cor = 8.00 mm
tsc.cor = 8.00 mm
10 mm D = 39037 mm
X
2 C1
8
250
1 L1=16.tsc.cor = 128 mm
3 X
825
A Y AY h A.h² I = (bd³)/12
(mm²) (mm) (mm³) (mm) (mm4) (mm4)
1 2048 4.00 8192 433.61141 385062615 10,923
2 6600 420.5 2775300 17.1114101 1932482.35 374343750
3 2,500 838.00 2,095,000 400.39 400,777,557 20,833
TOTAL 11,148 4,878,492 787,772,655 374,375,506
Neutral axis of combined section, C1 = 438 mm
Moment of inertia of section , Ix-x = 1,162,148,161 mm
4
Section modulus available, Za = 2,655,662 mm³
Since Za > Zmin , therefore the angle size selected is satisfactory.
Z =
mm
mm
INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS CALCULATION
5 .0 INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS DESIGN
5 .1 MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE UNSTIFFENED SHELL ( CLAUSE 5.9.7.1 )
SI METRIC UNIT :-
ts.cor
3
190 ² = 9.182 m
Dc V = 9182 mm
where ts.cor = Top shell course thickness = 8.00 mm
Dc = Nominal tank diameter = 39.03 m
V = Wind design speed = 140.00 km/hr
5 .2 LOCATION OF INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS
Shell Shell Actual Transposed Since H1 < H2, therefore the intermediate
course thickness width width wind girder is/are required
tsc.cor W Wtr
(mm) (mm) (mm) Minimum number of intermediate wind
1 25.00 2,440 141 girders required,
2 22.00 2,440 195 = 1
3 19.00 2,440 281
4 16.00 2,440 431 Location of intermediate wind girders from
5 13.00 2,440 725 top of tank,
6 10.00 2,440 1,397 L1 = 4615 mm
7 8.00 2,020 2,020 L2 = - mm
8 8.00 2,020 2,020 L3 = - mm
9 8.00 2,020 2,020 L4 = - mm
10 - - - L5 = - mm
11 - - -
12 - - -
13 - - -
14 - - -
15 - - -
Height of transformed shell, H2 = 9,230 mm
= (9.47 ts.cor) H
1 x
5 .3 SIZE OF INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS
(a) Required minimum section modulus of intermediate wind girder ( clause 5.9.7.6 )
SI METRIC UNIT :-
Dc². H1 V
2
= 225.812 cm³
17 190 = 225,812.032 mm³
where
Dc = Nominal tank diameter = 39.031 m
H1 = Vertical dist. between inter. wind girder & top angle = 4.615 m
V = Wind design speed = 140.40 km/hr
(b) Available section modulus for intermediate wind girder
Fabricated Tee- Girder : T 405 x 150
Web plate length, L2 = 450 mm
Toe plate length, L3 = 150 mm
Web plate thk, t2 = 8 mm
Toe plate thk, t3 = 8 mm
Min. shell thickness where top wind girder located, tsc.cor = 8.00 mm
tsc.cor = 8.00 mm
8 mm D = 39037 mm
X
2 C1
8
150
1 L1=16.tsc.cor = 128 mm
3 X
450
A Y AY h A.h² I = (bd³)/12
(mm²) (mm) (mm³) (mm) (mm4) (mm4)
1 2048 4.00 8192 200.642523 82447200.6 10,923
2 3600 233 838800 28.3574766 2894927.33 60750000
3 1,200 462.00 554,400 257.36 79,479,445 6,400
TOTAL 6,848 1,401,392 164,821,573 60,767,323
Neutral axis of combined section, C1 = 205 mm
Moment of inertia of section , Ix-x = 225,588,896 mm
4
Section modulus available, Za = 863,143 mm³
Since Za > Zmin , therefore the angle size selected is satisfactory.
Z.min =
mm
mm
6 .0 WIND LOAD CALCULATION (OVERTURNING STABILITY)
6 .1 WIND DESIGN CALCULATION
Internal design pressure, Pi ( @ 0.0 mbarg. ) = 0 N/mm²
Insulation thickness, ti = 75 mm
Nominal diameter of tank, D = 39,000 mm
Tank height , Hs = 20,700 mm
Roof slope, ß° = 0.000 °
Roof height, Hr = 0 mm
Height from tank bottom to shell centre, Ls = 10,350 mm
Height from tank bottom to roof centre,Lr = 20,700 mm
Min. depth of product (always present in tank) , Hw = 0 mm
Weight of tank,Wt (corroded condition) (@ 550,045 kg ) = 5,395,939 N
Weight of product (always present in tank) , Ww = 0 N
Weight of shell + top angle (corroded ), W
DL
(@ 327,512 kg ) = 3,212,898 N
6 .2 WIND FORCE CALCULATION
As per API 650 clause 5.2.1(j), the wind pressure are as follows:-
Wind pressure on conical surfaces, wr (@ 30.00 psf ) = 0.0014369 N/mm²
Wind pressure on cylindrical surfaces, ws (@ 18.00 psf ) = 0.0008621 N/mm²
Wind correction factor, kw (= V /190)² = 1.00
Projected area of roof, Ar ( = 0.5.k.Do.Hr ) = 0 mm²
Projected area of shell, As ( = k.Do.Hs ) = 811,564,200 mm²
Total wind load exerted on roof, Fr ( = wr.kw.Ar ) = 0 N
Total wind load exerted on shell, Fs ( = ws.kw.As ) = 699,681 N
Total wind moment on tank, Mw ( = Fr.Lr + Fs.Ls ) = 7,241,700,964 Nmm
6 .3 OVERTURNING STABILITY AGAINST WIND LOADING
Wind Uplift Load
Internal Pressure Load
Wind load on H
shell, Fr
H/2 Momment about
shell to bottom joint
Dead Load (W
DL
)
Liquid hold down weight (wa)
For tank to be structurally stable without anchorage, the following uplift criteria shall satisfy:
Criteria 1: 0.6 Mw + Mpi < M
DL
/ 1.5
Criteria 2: Mw + 0.4 Mpi < (M
DL
+M
F
) / 2
where:
Mpi = Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from design internal pressure
= Uplift thrust on roof due to internal pressure x 1/2 tank diameter
= ( 1/4 π. D
2
. Pi ). 1/2. D = 0 Nmm
Mw = Overturning moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from horizontal
D/2
plus vertical wind pressure
= Total wind moment on tank, ( = Fr.Lr + Fs.Ls ) = 7,241,700,964 Nmm
M
DL
= Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from the weight of the
shell and the roof supported by the shell.
= 0.5. D. W
DL
= 62,651,502,376 Nmm
Weight of roof = 0,since it is floating on liquid
M
F
= Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from liquid weight (wa) = 153,419,379,181 Nmm
= (wa. π D). D
1000 2
wa = Weight of liquid = 59 tb Fby. H = 64,214.21 N/m
H = Design liquid height = 19.2 m
tb = Thickness of Bottom plate under the shell = 16 mm
Fby = Minimum specified yeid stress of the bottom plate under the shell = 241 N/mm
2
FOR CRITERIA 1 0.6 Mw + Mpi < M
DL
/ 1.5
0.6 Mw + Mpi = 4,345,020,578 Nmm
M
DL
/ 1.5 = 41,767,668,251 Nmm
FOR CRITERIA 2 Mw + 0.4 Mpi < (M
DL
+M
F
) / 2
Mw + 0.4 Mpi = 7,241,700,964 Nmm
(M
DL
+M
F
) / 2 = 108,035,440,779 Nmm
Since,
0.6 Mw+ Mpi < M
DL
/1.5, and
Mw+0.4 Mpi < 1/2 (M
DL
+ M
F
)
The tank anchorage is NOT REQUIRED.
7 .0 SEISMIC FORCE CALCULATION
7 .1 SEISMIC LOADS DESIGN
7 .1.1 GEOMETRIC DATA
Seismic peak ground acceleration, Sp = 0.3 g
Importance factor, I = 1.50
Site Class = D
Seismic Use Group, SUG = III
Nominal diameter of tank, D = 39,031 mm
Total height of tank shell, Ht = 20,700 mm
Ht.from bottom shell to COG of shell,Xs = 10,350 mm
Maximum design liquid level, H = 20,700 mm
Ht.from bottom shell to COG of roof,Xr = 0 mm
Design specific gravity of liquid, G = 1
Total weight of tank shell, Ws ( @ kg ) = 3,462,418 N
Total weight of tank roof, Wr ( @ kg ) = 0 N
Total weight of tank contents, Wp ( @ kg ) = 242,581,931 N
Total weight of tank bottom, Wf ( @ kg ) = 833,471 N
Note: The total weight of the tank roof will be added to the weight of tank content,
since the roof is floating on the liquid.
7 .1.2 DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS
Impulsive spectral acceleration parameter, Ai
I
Rwi
Convective spectral acceleration parameter, Ac
When Tc ≤ T
L
Ts I
Tc Rwc
When Tc > T
L
Ts .T
L
I
Tc
2
Rwc
where
Q = Scaling factor = 1
K = Coefficient to adjust the spectral damping from 5% - 0.5% = 1.5
Fa = Acceleration based site coefficient as per Table E-1 = 1.2
Fv = Velocity-based site coefficient as per Table E-2 = 1.65
So = Substitution for seismic peak ground acceleration Sp = 0.3
Rwi = Force reduction coefficient for impulsive mode as per Table E-4 = 4
Rwc = Force reduction coefficient for convective mode as per Table E-4 = 2
T
L
= Regional dependent transition period for longer period = 4 s
ground motion
Tc = First mode sloshing wave period for convective mode = 6.63 s
Ts = Fv. S1/ Fa. Ss = 0.69
Ai =
Ac = 2.5 K Q Fa So
≤ Ai
≤ Ai
Ac = 2.5 K Q Fa So
0
352,948
84,961
24,728,026
= 0.34
=
=
-
0.063298299
2.5 Q Fa So
7 .1.3 CONVECTIVE (SLOSHING ) PERIOD
The first mode sloshing wave period,
Tc = 1.8 Ks √ D = 6.63 s
where,
Ks = sloshing period coefficient
Ks = 3.68 H = 0.59
D
Fv . S1
Fa . Ss
where,
Fa = Acceleration based site coefficient (at 0.2 sec perios)
as per Table E-1 = 1.2
Fv = Velocity-based site coefficient (at 1 sec. period) as per Table E-2 = 1.6500
S1 = Maximum considered earthquake, 5% damped, spectral response
acceleration parameter at the period of one second, %g
Ss = Maximum considered earthquake, 5% damped, spectral response
acceleration parameter at shorts period of 0.2 second, %g
For regions outside USA, sites not defined by ASCE 7 method,
S1 = 1.25 Sp = 0.375
Ss = 2.5 Sp = 0.75
Since Tc > TL , the convective spectral acceleration parameter Ac = 0.06
and the impulsive spectral acceleration parameter Ai = 0.34
7 .2 OVERTURNING STABILITY AGAINST SEISMIC LOADING
7 .2.1 EFFECTIVE MASS OF TANK CONTENTS
Effective impulsive portion of the liquid weight,
For D/H ≥ 1.333,
For D/H < 1.333,
D
H
Since D/H > 1.333 , effective impulsive portion of the liquid weight, Wi = 137,636,499.10 N
Effective convective weight,
D 3.67H
H D
Wi =
Wc = tanh
N
N
N
137,636,499.10 =
100,998,137.14
tanh
0.578
Ts =
= 0.69
Wi = . Wp 1.0 - 0.218
0.866. D/H
tanh (0.866.D/H)
. Wp
=
= -
0.230 . Wp
7 .2.2 CENTER OF ACTION FOR EFFECTIVE LATERAL FORCES
The height from the bottom of the Tank Shell to the center of action of the lateral
seismic forces related to the impulsive liquid force for ringwall moment,
For D/H ≥ 1.333,
Xi = 0.375H = 7762.5 mm
For D/H < 1.333,
D
H
Since D/H > 1.333 , Xi = 7,762.50 mm
The height from the bottom of the Tank Shell to the center of action of the lateral
seismic forces related to the convective liquid force for ringwall moment,
3.67 H
D
3.67H 3.67 H
D D
7 .2.3 OVERTURNING MOMENT
Ringwall moment,
Mrw = [Ai ( Wi. Xi + Ws. Xs + Wr. Xr)]
2
+ [Ac (Wc. Xc)]
2
= 3.81453E+11 Nmm
= 381453029.8 Nm
7 .2.4 SHEAR FORCE
The seismic base shear shall be defined as the SRSS combination of the impulsive and convective components.
V= Vi
2
+ Vc
2
= 48,326,902.75 N
where, Vi = Ai (Ws + Wr +Wf + Wi) = 47,902,181.05 N
Vc = Ac. Wc = 6,393,010.26 N
7 .3 RESISTANCE TO OVERTURNING
7 .3.1 THICKNESS OF THE BOTTOM PLATE UNDER THE SHELL & ITS RADIAL WIDTH
Bottom/Annular plate thickness , ta = 16.00 mm
Thickness of bottom shell course, ts = 28.00 mm
Bottom/Annular plate radial width, Ls = 1200.0 mm
Min. specified yield strength of bottom annulus, Fy = 241.0 N/mm
2
Min. specified yield strength of bottom shell course, Fty = 241.0 N/mm
2
Anchorage Ratio, J
D
2
( Wt (1 - 0.4 Av) + Wa )
where,
Av = Vertical earthquake acceleration coefficient = 0.7
Wt = Tank and roof weight acting at base of shell = 28.24 N/mm
wa = Resisting force of the annulus = 94.93 N/mm
J =
Xc = 1.0 -
0.5 - 0.094 Xi =
= 2.17
Mrw
mm = -
= 12,722.55
The seismic overturning moment at the base of the tank shell shall be the SRSS summation of the impulsive and
convective components multiplied by the respective moment arms to the center of action of the forces.
mm
cosh - 1
sinh
. H
. H
Weight of tank shell and portion of roof supported by the shell,
Ws
π. D
wrs = Roof load acting on the shell, including 10% of specified
snow load. ( Zero for floating roof)
The resisting force of the annulus,
wa = 99 ta Fy. H. Ge ≤ 196. H. D. Ge = 94,932.54 N/m
wa < 196.H.D.Ge =
Ge = Effective specific gravity including vertical seismic effect
= G. (1 - 0.4 Av) = 0.72
Since the anchorage ratio, J > 1.54, the tank is not stable and cannot be self-anchored
for the design load. The tank shall be mechanically anchored.
7 .3.2 ANNULAR PLATE REQUIREMENT
If the thickness of the bottom plate under the shell is thicker than the remainder
of the bottom, then the minimum radial width of the bottom plate,
Fy
H. Ge
The maximum width of annulus for determining the resisting force, 0.035 D = 1,366.09 mm
Since L < 0.035 D, the minimum radial width should be = 1,108.57 mm
And,
Since Ls > L, the bottom/ annular plate width is satisfactory.
7 .3.3 SHELL COMPRESSION
MECHANICALLY-ANCHORED TANKS
Maximum longitudinal shell compression,
D
2
ts = 12.67 N/mm
7 .3.4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SHELL COMPRESSION
GHD² ( D in m ) = 40.223 m³/mm²
ts²
For GHD²/(ts²) < 44 m³/mm²,
83.ts
2.5D = 57.94 N/mm²
For GHD²/(ts²) ≥ ≥≥ ≥ 44 m³/mm²,
83.ts = - N/mm²
D
Therefore, Fa ( < 0.5Fty ) = 57.94 N/mm²
Since σc < Fc, therefore the tank is structurally stable.
Fc =
Fc = + 7.5{G.H}
½
A =
=
mm 0.01723 ta
28.24
= 1,108.57
114,016,732,704.00
0 =
+ wrs N/mm
N/mm
σc =
1.273 Mrw 1
wt ( 1 + 0.4 Av) +
Wt =
L=
7 .4 FREE BOARD FOR SLOSHING WAVE HEIGHT
Sloshing wave height above the product design height,
δ
s
= 0.5 D. A
f = 1,647.06 mm
where:
For SUG I and II,
When Tc ≤ 4
1 Ts
Tc Tc
When Tc > 4
4 4Ts
Tc
2
Tc
2
For SUG III
When Tc ≤ T
L
1 Ts
Tc Tc
When Tc > T
L
T
L
Ts. T
L
Tc
2
Tc
2
Since SUG is III and Tc > TL , A
f
= 0.08
For S
DS
= Q Fa Ss = 0.9 > 0.33g,
Minimum required freeboard, δsreq ( as per Table E-7) = 1,647.06 mm
7 .5 TANK ANCHORAGE
7 .5.1 GEOMETRIC DATA
Number of bolts , N = 86
Dia. of anchor bolt, d = 64 mm
Dia. of anchor bolt,d.corr (less c.a.= 3.000 mm) (min.size.25.4 mm ) = 58 mm
Bolts circle diameter, Da = 39,320 mm
Root area of each hold down bolt, Ab = 2,642 mm²
Spacing between anchor bolts, Sp = 1,436 mm
7 .5.2 MATERIAL & MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Material used : SA 320 Gr L7
Specific minimum yield stress, Sy = 551.5 N/mm²
Allowable tensile strength, St.all ( 0.80Sy ) ( Table 5-21a ) = 441.20 N/mm²
Uplift force due to seismic loading,
1.273 Mrw = 36,592,019 N
Dc²
where
Mrw = Overturing moment due to seismic = 3.81453E+11 Nmm
Dc = Nominal diameter of tank = 39,031 mm
wt = Tank and roof weight acting at base of shell, = 28.24 N/mm
Av = Vertical earthquake acceleration coefficient = 0.70
w
int
=
Uplift thrust due to internal pressure = 0 N/mm
Tensile stress,
σb = W
AB
/ N.Ab = 161.04 N/mm²
Since σb < St.all,therefore the anchor bolt size is satisfactory.
- wt ( 1 - 0.4 Av) + w
int
W
AB
=
A
f
= K. SD
1
. I. 2.5 K Q Fa So I
= K. SD
1
. I. A
f
= 2.5 K Q Fa So I
A
f
= K. SD
1
2.5 K Q Fa So
A
f
= K. SD
1
2.5 K Q Fa So 0.14
= 0.08
=
= 0.13
0.21 =
=
=
=
=
8 .0 DESIGN OF SINGLE DECK FLOATING ROOF FOR A STORAGE TANK
75
1
64 Top pontoon plt 8
Rafter L 75 x 75 x 6
Outer Rim Inner Rim 15
975 Post
525
Btm Angle Deck Plate 8
Bulkhead
198 2181 34248
38610
Shell I.D 39006
( All dimensions in mm unless otherwise stated. )
8 .1 TANK GEOMETRY DATA
Inside diameter , Di ( corroded ) (@ 39,000 mm ) = 39,006 mm
Tank height (tan/tan), H =
Material of Construction : SA 516 Gr 65N
Specific Minimum Yield Stress, Sy = 275 N/mm²
Modulus of Elasticity = 209,000 N/mm²
Density of Material, ρ (plate) = 7,850 kg/m³
Corrosion Allowance = 3 mm
Min. Specific Gravity of product = 0.7
Max. Specific Gravity of product = 1
8 .2 GEOMETRY DATA
Outer Rim Height, Hor = 975 mm
Inner Rim Height, Hir = 525 mm
Pontoon width, w = 2181 mm
Rim Gap = 198 mm
Outer Rim Extend above pontoon, Hext = 75 mm
No. of Pontoons, N = 22
Outer Rim Diameter, Øor = 38610 mm
Inner Rim Diameter, Øir = 34248 mm
Bulkhead Outer heigh, Boh = 884 mm
Bulkhead Inner heigh, Bih = 509 mm
Bulkhead Width, wb = 2157 mm
8 .3 MEMBER SIZE & PROPERTIES
Outer Rim Thk, Tor = 9 mm
Inner Rim Thk, Tir = 15 mm
Top Pontoon Thk, Ttp = 8 mm
Btm Pontoon Thk, Tbp = 8 mm
Bulkheads Thk, Tb = 8 mm
Deck Plate Thickness, Td = 8 mm
Circumferential Truss Plates = 8 mm
Rafter 44 Nos. of L 75 x 75 x 6 @ unit weight of 6.85 kg/m
Posts 44 Nos. of L 75 x 75 x 6 @ unit weight of 6.85 kg/m
8 .4 ROOF SUPPORT LEG ( Refer to Design of Supporting Legs)
8 .4.1 PONTOON LEG
No. of Pontoon Leg, Np = 22
Pontoon Leg Size 3" pipe x Sch. 80 @ unit wt 15.27 kg/m
Pontoon Leg Housing 4" pipe x Sch. 80 @ unit wt 22.32 kg/m
Pontoon Leg length = 2940 mm
Pontoon Leg Housing length = 1084 mm
8 .4.2 DECK LEG
No. of Deck Leg, Nd (Area od deck / 30m² / leg ) = 30
Deck Leg Size 3" pipe x Sch. 80 @ unit wt 15.27 kg/m
Deck Leg Housing 4" pipe x Sch. 80 @ unit wt 22.32 kg/m
Deck Leg length = 2927 mm
Deck Leg Housing length = 823 mm
8 .5 WEIGHT CALCULATION
Top Pontoon = π /4 x( Øor² - Øir²) x Ttp x ρ (plate) = 15,675.18 kg
Bottom Pontoon π /4 x( Øor² - Øir²) x Tbp x ρ (plate) = 15,675.18 kg
Inner Rim = π x Øir x Hir x Tir x ρ = 6,651.28 kg
Outer Rim = π x Øor x Hor x Tor x ρ = 8,355.38 kg
Bulkheads = 1/2 x (Boh - Bih)x wb x Tb x ρ x N = 2,075.65 kg
Deck Plate = π /4 x Øir x Td x ρ = 57,852.21 kg
Pontoon Legs = 987.66 kg
Pontoon Legs housing = 532.29 kg
Deck Legs = 1340.86 kg
Deck Legs housing = 551.08 kg
TOTAL WEIGHT
Pontoon Components: - (Wpontoon) = 55,248.45 kg
Deck Components: - (Wdeck) = 57,852.21 kg
Total Weight of Floating Roof, (Wroof) = 113,100.66 kg
9 .0 PONTOON VOLUME
O. Rim Ø 38610mm
I. Rim Ø + 2 x 2/3 w 37156 mm
h3 = 0.03
I. Rim Ø 34248 mm
h2 = 0.53
h1 = 0.35
2
Volume 1 = 40.70 m³
Volume 2 = 120.17 m³
Volume 3 = 3.85 m³
Total Pontoon Volume, Vol(pontoon) = 164.72 m³
2
1
3
9 .0 SETTING DECK LEVEL
9 .1 OPERATION FLOATATION LEVEL - DECK
Deck Floatation Depth Density of Deck
Deck Thk Density of Product
ρ (deck)
ρ (product)
9 .2 OPERATION FLOATATION LEVEL - PONTOON
Buoyant Force, FB = Fpontoon
ρ x Vdisplacement x g = W (Pontoon) x g
Pontoon Weight, W(pontoon)
ρ (product)
To find Floatation Depth of Pontoon from Inner Corner of Pontoon,
Vol. Displacement above Inner corner of Pontoon
Pontoon Cross Area in Vol. 2
Vdisplacement - Vbackslope (Vol.1)
1/4 x π x (Øor² - Øir²)
Freeboard above deck,
Product Level
89.71
153.15 Deck Level
63.44 mm
The Deck is set at the difference of floation depth in Pontoon & Deck,
D(deck) - D(pontoon) = 63.44 mm
9 .3 NORMAL OPERATION FLOATATION LEVEL FOR ROOF - PONTOON & DECK
Actual Product
Level 161.57 m³
Deck
Level Deck
H, Floatation Height Above Deck
Total Volume Displaced by the roof
Volume Displaced by the Backslope, V1
Partial Volume Displaced in Pontoon below the deck level, Va
Volume Displaced by the Deck, Vb
Total Volume Displaced by the roof, Vdisplacement (roof):
Roof Total Weight, W(roof)
ρ (product)
m³ 161.57 =
Product Displacement, Vdisplacement = 78.93
D(pontoon) =
m³ =
= 153.15
D(pontoon) =
89.71
494.56
mm
mm
=
=
x Td Floatation Depth, D(deck) =
+
+
Vdisplacement (roof) =
=
2
1
3
i) Volume Displaced by the Backslope, Volume 1 = 40.70
ii) Partial Volume Displaced in Pontoon below the deck level:
Deck level Height, h
Bulk head outer height, Bih
iii) Volume Displaced by the Deck:
Area of Deck Plate x Floatation Height Above Deck
π /4 x Øir
2
x H = 921.21 H
Hence, The Floatation Height Above Deck, H = 0.11 m
114.95 mm
9 4 FLOATATION LEVEL FOR ROOF - PONTOON & DECK FOR 10" (254MM) OF ACCUMULATED RAIN WATER
For deck to support 10" (254mm) of rain water:
Volume of rain water collected at the deck, Vrain =
V
rain
= A
deck
x H
rain
= 233.99 m³
where
A
deck
= Area of deck = π /4 x Øir
2
= 921,213,536.64 mm
2
H
rain
= Rain accumulation of 10" = 254.00 mm
Total Volume Displaced by the roof with the 10" of rain water accumulation, Vdisplacement (rain):
W(roof) + Wt(rain)
where
W(roof) = Total weight of roof
Wt(rain) = Weight of 10" rain water
Floatation Height above Deck,
H(rain) = Vdisplacement (rain) - Vol.1 - partial of Vol.2 (ii) = 0.38 m
Area of roof = 375.95 mm
10 0 CHECKING THE STRESSES AND DEFLECTION IN THE CENTRE DECK
(Ref. to Roark's Formulas For Stress And Strain, 7th Edition)
10 1 CASE 1: NORMAL CASE - NO PONTOON PUNCTURED
Where:
t = Plate thickness, Deck (mm) = Td = 8
α = Outer radius of the deck plate = Øir / 2 = 17124
q = Unit lateral pressure (equiv. weight of deck that float on product)
= Td x ( ρ(plate) - ρ(product) ) = 0.000561 N/mm
2
y = Maximum deflection
σb = bending stress
σd = diaphragm stress
σ = σb + σd = Maximum stress due to flexure and diaphragm tension combined
v = Poisson's ratio = 0.3
E = Modulus of Elasticity = 209,000 N/mm²
m³ =

( 11.11.2)
14.98
( 11.11.1)
= 495.84 Vdisplacement (rain) =
ρ (product)
x Vol. 2
3
2 1
4
4






+ =
t
y
K
t
y
K
Et
q α
2
4 3
2
2






+ =
t
y
K
t
y
K
Et
σα
The deck plate is fixed and held at its outer edge by the pontoon, hence condition is consider as:
Fixed and Held. Uniform pressure q over entire plate (Case 3 in Roark's Formulas)
5.33
1 - ν
2
2.6
1 - ν
2
At the Centre,
2
1 - ν
K
4
= 0.976
At the edge,
4
1 - ν
2
K
4
= 1.73
For q α
4
Et
4
And
y y
3
q α
4
t t
Et
4
y = 215.81 mm
Solving equation 11.11.2
σα² y y 2
E. t
2
t t
= 787.3494954 (at Deck Center)
= 1377.567315 (at Deck Edge)
At Deck Center,
σtotal = 35.92 N/mm
2
σbending = 3.52 N/mm
2
σdiaphgram = 32.40 N/mm
2
At Deck Edge,
σtotal = 62.84 N/mm
2
σbending = 5.41 N/mm
2
σdiaphgram = 57.43 N/mm
2
It is the diaphragm stress at the edge which causes the tension at the outer edge of the Deck.
Hence, the radial force on the inner rim,
Rh = σ diaphgram x deck thickness = 459.44 N/mm
4.40
2.86
=
=
=
=
5.86
2.86
56,249.31
= 56,361.13
= K
1
+ K
2
K
1
=
K
2
=
K
3
=
K
3
=
= K
3
+ K
4
=
10 2 PONTOON STRESS DESIGN - CASE 1
10 .2.1 PONTOON PROPERTIES
Nominal diameter of Inner Rim, Øir = 34248 mm
2 2160 Pontoon Inside Width = 2160 mm
525 Inner Rim Thickness, Tir = 12 mm
4 Outer Rim Thickness, Tor = 9 mm
900 Top Pontoon Thk, Ttp = 8
Btm Pontoon Thk, Tbp = 8
2187 3
Top Pontoon slope angle @ 1 : 64 = 0.02 rad
Backslope angle, α = 0.16 rad
A Y AY h A.h² I = (bd³)/12
(mm²) (mm) (mm³) (mm) (mm4) (mm4)
1 6300 6 37,800 1,126 7,980,578,762 75,600
2 17282 1092 18,872,063 40 26,969,435 6,720,924,525
3 17494 1092 19,103,800 40 27,300,602 6,971,562,462
4 8100 2176.5 17,629,650 1,045 8,845,340,202 54,675
TOTAL 49,176 55,643,313 13,692,617,263
Neutral axis of combined section, C1 = 1132 mm
Moment of inertia of section , Ix-x = 30,572,806,264 mm
4
Section modulus available, Za = 27,019,626 mm³
10 .2.2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES
Material Properties : SA 516 Gr. 65N
Specified minimum yield stress, Sy = 275.00 N/mm²
Yield strength reduction factor, k ( Table M-1 ) = 1.000
Allowable stress reduction factor ( App. M.3.5 ), Ks ( = k.Sy/206.7 ) = 1.00
Allowable bending stress, Fb = 183.33 N/mm²
Allowable compressive stress, Fc = 165.00 N/mm²
10 .2.3 PONTOON RING DESIGN
The uniform radial force acting on the Inner Rim is modelled as load point at each mm of circumference,
with a very small angle between load point approximtaed to uniform distributed load in the circular ring design.
Rh
Number of load point @ each mm,
α° Nlp = π x Øir = 107,593.27
Mid Point Angle α° = 1/2 x 360/ Nlp = 0.001673 °
Radial load on rim, Rh = 459.44 N
( Note : Rh is negative for inward force )
(Reference to Roark's Formulas For Stress and Strain, 7th Edition, Table 9.2 Case 7)
At Mid-Point,
Bending moment, Circ. tensile force,
Rh.Do 1 1 Rh
Mm = - Tm =
4 sin α α 2.sin α
At Reaction-Point,
Bending moment, Circ. tensile force,
Rh.Do 1 1 Rh
Mr = - - Tr =
4 α tan α 2 tan α
( Do= Qir, nonimial diamter of inner ring)
16,880,189,001
α
10 .2.4 RESULT
Bending Moment ( Nmm )
Circumferential force ( N )
Bending Stress ( N/mm² )
Circumferential stress ( N/mm² )
Allow. bending stress ( N/mm² )
Allow. axial stress ( N/mm² )
Unity Check
Condition
10 .3 CASE 2: INFLUENCE OF 10" (254mm) OF RAIN ACCUMULATED ON CENTER DECK
10" Rain
For deck to support 10" (254mm) of rain water:
Volume of rain water collected at the deck,
V
rain
= A
deck
x H
rain
= 233.99 m³
where
A
deck
= Area of deck = π /4 x Øir
2
= 921,213,536.64 mm³
H
rain
= Rain accumulation of 10" = 254 mm
Weight of 10" accumulated rain water, Wrain = Vol. rain x ρ rain = 233,988.24 kg
Upward Bouyant Load = Deck Area x Floatation Height x Product density
= π /4 x (Øir)
2
x H(rain) x ρ = 242,429.27 kg
Downward load due to deck steel and rain water,
= Wdeck + Wrain = 291,840.45 kg
Nett downward force acting on deck =
(Upward bouyant load - Downward Load)
75 Deck Area
Where:
t = Plate thickness, Deck (mm) = Td = 8
α = Outer radius of the deck plate = Øir / 2 = 17124
q = Unit lateral pressure = 0.000526 N/mm
2
y = Maximum deflection
σb = bending stress
σd = diaphragm stress
σ = σb + σd = Maximum stress due to flexure and diaphragm tension combined
v = Poisson's ratio = 0.3
E = Modulus of Elasticity = 200,000 N/mm²
( 11.11.1)
( 11.11.2)
kg/m
2
= 53.64 =
OK.
183
165
0.97 0.97
19.14
RING STABILITY CHECK
183.33
165
LOAD-POINT
-38.29
MID-POINT
159.98
7,867,429
0.0000007
OK.
-0.000001
159.98
7,867,429
3
2 1
4
4






+ =
t
y
K
t
y
K
Et
q α
2
4 3
2
2






+ =
t
y
K
t
y
K
Et
σα
The deck plate is fixed and held at its outer edge by the pontoon, hence condition is consider as:
Case 3 - Fixed and Held. Uniform pressure q over entire plate
5.33
1 - ν
2
2.6
1 - ν
2
At the Centre,
2
1 - ν
K
4
= 0.976
At the edge,
4
1 - ν
2
K
4
= 1.73
For q α
4
Et
4
And
y y
3
q α
4
t t
Et
4
y = 214.38325 mm
Solving equation 11.11.2
σα² y y 2
E. t
2
t t
= 777.4581306 (at Deck Center)
= 1360.154003 (at Deck Edge)
At Deck Center,
σtotal = 33.94 N/mm
2
σbending = 3.34 N/mm
2
σdiaphgram = 30.60 N/mm
2
At Deck edge,
σtotal = 59.37 N/mm
2
σbending = 5.14 N/mm
3
σdiaphgram = 54.23 N/mm
4
It is the diaphragm stress at the edge which causes the tension at the outer edge of the Deck.
Hence, the radial force on the inner rim,
Rh = σ diaphgram x deck thickness = 433.85 N/mm
55,140.73 K
1
+ K
2
=
= 4.40
= 55,228.70
= 5.86
= 2.86
= 2.86
K
2
=
K
1
=
= K
3
+ K
4
K
3
=
K
3
=
v
K

=
1
2
3
=
10 4 PONTOON STRESS DESIGN - CASE 2
10 .4.1 PONTOON PROPERTIES
Nominal diameter of Inner Rim, Øir = 34248 mm
Section modulus available, Za2 = = 27019626.01 mm
3
Cross sectional area, Aa = 49,176 mm²
10 .4.2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES
Material Properties : SA 516 Gr. 65N
Specified minimum yield stress, Sy = 275.00 N/mm²
Yield strength reduction factor, k ( Table M-1 ) = 1.000
Allowable stress reduction factor ( App. M.3.5 ), Ks ( = k.Sy/206.7 ) = 1.00
Allowable bending stress, Fb = 183.33 N/mm²
Allowable compressive stress, Fc = 165.00 N/mm²
10 .4.3 PONTOON RING DESIGN
The uniform radial force acting on the Inner Rim is modelled as load point at each mm of circumference,
with a very small angle between load point approximtaed to uniform distributed load in the circular ring design.
Rh
Number of load point @ each mm,
Nlp = π x Øir = 107593.27
α° Angle α° = 1/2 x 360/ Nlp = 0.001673 °
Mid Point Radial load on rim, Rh = 433.85 N/ load pt
( Note : Rh is negative for inward force )
(Reference to Roark's Formulas For Stress and Strain, 7th Edition, Table 9.2 Case 7)
At Mid-Point,
Bending moment, Circ. tensile force,
Rh.Do 1 1 Rh
Mm = - Tm =
4 sin α α 2.sin α
At Reaction-Point,
Bending moment, Circ. tensile force,
Rh.Do 1 1 Rh
Mr = - Tr =
4 α tan α 2 tan α
10 .4.4 RESULT
Bending Moment ( Nmm )
Circumferential force ( N )
Bending Stress ( N/mm² )
Circumferential stress ( N/mm² )
Allow. bending stress ( N/mm² )
Allow. axial stress ( N/mm² )
Unity Check
Condition
10 .4.5 STRESSES SUMMARY
Deck Edge
σtotal ( N/mm² ) 59.37
σbending ( N/mm² ) 5.14
σdiaphgram
( N/mm² ) 54.23
OK. OK.
183 183
165 165
0.92 0.92
LOAD CASE 1
151.07
18.08 -36.15
7,429,209 7,429,209
0.0000007 -0.000001
151.07
RING STABILITY CHECK MID-POINT LOAD-POINT
30.60
Deck Center
35.92
3.52
32.40
Deck Edge
62.84
5.41
57.43
LOAD CASE 2
Deck Center
33.94
3.34
11 .0 ROOF SUPPORT LEG DESIGN
22 Nos. at R4 18541.00
15 Nos. at R3 13716.00
10 Nos. at R2 8839.00
5 Nos. at R1 4267.00
11 .1 GEOMETRIC DATA
Support leg size = 3" Sch. 80
Pipe outside diameter = 88.9 mm
Pipe Thickness, = 7.62 mm
Pipe Area, A
leg
= 1,945.76 mm
2
Radius of gyration, r = I Do2 - Di2
A
leg
4
11 .2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES
Material of Construction for roof support leg : SA 333 Gr 6
Specific Minimum Yield Stress, Sy = 241 N/mm²
Modulus of Elasticity = 209,000 N/mm²
Density of Material, ρ (plate) = 7,850 kg/m³
Leg Material
11 .3 LOADING DATA
Support leg length at
i) R1 : Lsp1 = 2927 mm
ii) R2 : Lsp2 = 2927 mm
iii) R3 : Lsp3 = 2927 mm
iv) R4 : Lsp4 = 2940 mm
Deck O.D = 34231 mm
Deck Thickness, td = 8 mm
Deck Area, A
deck
= 920,299,220.87 mm
2
Center deck weight, W
deck
= 57,794.79 kg
Design Live Load, L
live
= 1.2 KN/m
2
Effective radius for area of deck supported by leg:
R3
eff
= 1/2(Øir/2-R3) = 15415.75
R2
eff
= 1/2(R3-R2) = 11277.5
R1
eff
= 1/2(R2-R1) = 6553
Area of deck supported by legs at
i) R1 = π(R1
eff
)
2
= 134,905,671.69 mm
2
ii) R2 = π((R2
eff
)
2
- (R1
eff
)
2
) = 264,648,384.82 mm
2
iii) R3 = π((R3
eff
)
2
- (R2
eff
)
2
) = 347,030,823.13 mm
2
iv) R4 = p((Ø
deck
)
2
- (R3
eff
)
2
) = 173,714,341.24 mm
2
= 24.89
11 .4 SUPPORT LEG AT INNER DECK R1
No. of legs at R1 = 5
Area of deck supported by legs at R1, A1 = 134,905,671.69 mm
2
Deck area on each leg, A1' = 26,981,134.34 mm
2
A1'
A
deck
= 16.62 KN
Live load on one leg = L
live
x A1' = 32.38 KN
Total load on one leg = Deck load + Live load = 49.00 KN
Stress on support leg at inner deck R1, P1 = Total Load / A
leg
= 25.18 N/mm
2
11 .4.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS
As per AISC code,
Slenderness ratio,
λ = K.Lsp1 / Rx-x = 118
where
K = 1
Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling,
2π²E
Cc = = 130.84
Sy
When λ ≤ Cc,
[ 1 - λ² / 2Cc² ].Sy
Sc.all = (i) = 75.08 N/mm²
5/3 + 3λ /8Cc - λ³/8Cc³
When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120,
12π²E
Sc.all = (ii) = 77.80 N/mm²
23 λ²
When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200,
Smaller of (i) or (ii)
Sc.all = = 74.20 N/mm²
1.6 - λ/200
In this case, the allowable stress Sc.all is = 75.08 N/mm²
Since P1 < Sc.all, the support leg at inner deck R1 is satisfactory.
11 .5 SUPPORT LEG AT INNER DECK R2
No. of legs at R2 = 10
Area of deck supported by legs at R2, A2 = 264,648,384.82 mm
2
Deck area on each leg, A2' = 26,464,838.48 mm
2
A2'
A
deck
= 16.30 KN
Live load on one leg = L
live
x A2' = 31.76 KN
Total load on one leg = Deck load + Live load = 48.06 KN
Stresses on support leg at inner deck R2, P2 = = 24.70 N/mm
2
11 .5.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS
As per AISC code,
Slenderness ratio,
λ = K.Lsp2 / Rx-x = 118
where
K = 1
Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling,
2π²E
Cc = = 130.84
Sy
kg Deck load on one leg = W
deck
x = 1,661.99
Deck load on one leg = W
deck
x 1,694.42 = kg
When λ ≤ Cc,
[ 1 - λ² / 2Cc² ].Sy
Sc.all = (i) = 75.08 N/mm²
5/3 + 3λ /8Cc - λ³/8Cc³
When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120,
12π²E
Sc.all = (ii) = 77.80 N/mm²
23 λ²
When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200,
Smaller of (i) or (ii)
Sc.all = = 74.20 N/mm²
1.6 - λ/200
In this case, the allowable stress Sc.all is = 75.08 N/mm²
Since P2 < Sc.all, the support leg at inner deck R2 is satisfactory.
11 .6 SUPPORT LEG AT INNER DECK R3
No. of legs at R3 = 15
Area of deck supported by legs at R3, A3 = 347,030,823.13 mm
2
Deck area on each leg, A3' = 23,135,388.21 mm
2
A3'
A
deck
= 14.25 KN
Live load on one leg = L
live
x A3' = 27.76 KN
Total load on one leg = Deck load + Live load = 42.02 KN
Stresses on support leg at inner deck R3, P3 = Total Load / A
leg
= 21.59 N/mm
2
11 .6.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS
As per AISC code,
Slenderness ratio,
λ = K.Lsp3 / Rx-x = 118
where
K = 1
Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling,
2π²E
Cc = = 130.84
Sy
When λ ≤ Cc,
[ 1 - λ² / 2Cc² ].Sy
Sc.all = (i) = 75.08 N/mm²
5/3 + 3λ /8Cc - λ³/8Cc³
When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120,
12π²E
Sc.all = (ii) = 77.80 N/mm²
23 λ²
When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200,
Smaller of (i) or (ii)
Sc.all = = 74.20 N/mm²
1.6 - λ/200
In this case, the allowable stress Sc.all is = 75.08 N/mm²
Since P3 < Sc.all, the support leg at inner deck R3 is satisfactory.
kg Deck load on one leg = W
deck
x = 1,452.90
11 .7 SUPPORT LEG AT PONTOON
No. of legs at R4 = 27
Area of deck supported by legs at R4, A4 = 173,714,341.24 mm
2
Deck area on each leg, A4' = 6,433,864.49 mm
2
A4'
A
deck
= 3.96 KN
Pontoon weight, W
pontoon
= 55,248.45 kg
Pontoon weight on one leg, W
pontoon'
= 5,022.59 kg
= 49.27 KN
Live load on one leg = L
live
x A4' = 7.72 KN
Total load on one leg = Deck load + Live load + Pontoon weight = 60.96 KN
Stresses on support leg at Pontoon, P4 = Total Load / A
leg
= 31.33 N/mm
2
11 .7.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS
As per AISC code,
Slenderness ratio,
λ = K.Lsp4 / Rx-x = 118
where
K = 1
Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling,
2π²E
Cc = = 130.84
Sy
When λ ≤ Cc,
[ 1 - λ² / 2Cc² ].Sy
Sc.all = (i) = 74.62 N/mm²
5/3 + 3λ /8Cc - λ³/8Cc³
When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120,
12π²E
Sc.all = (ii) = 77.12 N/mm²
23 λ²
When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200,
Smaller of (i) or (ii)
Sc.all = = 73.93 N/mm²
1.6 - λ/200
In this case, the allowable stress Sc.all is = 74.62 N/mm²
Since P3 < Sc.all, the support leg at inner deck R3 is satisfactory.
11 .8 STRESSES SUMMARY
4267.00 5.00 25.18 75.08 OK
8839.00 10.00 24.70 75.08 OK
13716.00 15.00 21.59 75.08 OK
18541.00 22.00 31.33 74.62 OK
Deck load on one leg = W
deck
x = 404.05 kg
No. of leg Leg at radius
Actual
stress,
(N/mm2)
Allowable
stress,
(N/mm2)
RESULT
BLEEDER VENT CALCULATION
12 .0 DESIGN OF AIR VENTING SYSTEM
12 .1 GEOMETRIC DATA
Design Code : API STD 2000
Inside diameter, Di = 39000 mm
Tank height, H = 20700 mm
Nominal Capacity 24000 m³
Design pressure, Pi = 2.50 mbarg
Flash point (FP)/Normal boiling point (NBP) (@ FP ) = 67 °C
Filling rate ( Pumping in/Flow rate to tank ), Vi = 427 m³/hr
Emptying rate ( Pumping out/Flow rate from tank ), Vo = 1,100 m³/hr
OPERATINGVENTING
12 .2 NORMAL VACUUM VENTING
12 .2.1 Maximum liquid movement out of a tank
Flow rate of free air, Vv1 ( = Vo/15.9 x 15.89 ) = 1097.23 m³/hr
12 .2.2 Thermal inbreathing
Tank capacity, V = 155,535 barrels
From Table 2, column 2 (Thermal Venting Capacity Req't ),
Flow rate of free air,Vv2 ( @ 0 ft³/hr ) = 0 m³/hr
Total vacuum flow required, Vv ( = Vv1 + Vv2 ) = 1,097 m³/hr
12 .3 NORMAL PRESSURE VENTING
12 .3.1 Maximum liquid movement into a tank
Rate of free air per 0.159m³/hr of product import rate, m = 0.17 m³/hr
Flow rate of free air, Vp1 ( = Vi/0.159 x m ) = 457 m³/hr
12 .3.2 Thermal outbreathing
From Table 2, column 3 (Thermal Venting Capacity Req't),
Flow rate of free air,Vp2 ( @ 0 ft³/hr ) = 0 m³/hr
Total pressure flow required, Vp ( = Vp1 + Vp2 ) = 457 m³/hr
OPEN VENT SIZING( BLEEDER VENT SIZING)
12 .4 OPEN VENT SIZING CALCULATION
Maximum flow, Q ( @ Vacuum flow at ( @ 2.50 mbarg. ) = 1,097 m³/hr
Q = K. A. 2. g. H
where
K = Discharge coefficient 0.62
A = cross sectional area of vent
g = acceleration due to gravity
H = Head as measure pressure differential
Dp
g
Minimum require cross sectional area of vent,
Q Q g = 0.0241 m²
K. 2. g. H K 2. g. Dp = 24,124 mm²
where
Q = Max. Air flow required = 0.3048 mm³/s
g = Specific weight of Air = r g = 11.812 kg/m
2
s
2
r = Air density = 1.204 kg/m³
Dp = Differential pressure = 250 N/m²
12 .5 BLEEDER VENT SELECTED
Selected bleeder vent size : 8" Sch Std
Number of vent, N = 1
Outside diameter of the vent, do 219
Inside Dia. of one vent , di ( @ vent pipe thickness = 8.18 mm ) = 202.64 mm
Total cross sectional area of vents, Av_actual = 32,251 mm²
Since Av_actual > Ar_gnv, therefore the nos. & size of vents is satisfactory.
21 m
Av_req =
H = =
=
13 .0 ROOF DRAIN DESIGN
Rigid Pipe
1275 Flexible pipe
225
Rigid Pipe
13 .1 GEOMETRIC DATA
Tank Nominal Diameter = 39,000 mm
Tank Height, = 20,100 mm
Roof lowest height, H = 1500 mm
Drain outlet nozzle elevation, z = 225 mm
Roof Deck Area = 920.30 m
2
Design Rain Fall = 50 mm/hr
Design drainage required, Qreq. = 46.01 m
3
/ hr
No. of Roof Drain, N = 2
Roof drain pipe size (rigid & fitting) = 4" Sch 80
Dain Pipe Outside Diameter, Do = 101.6 mm
Drain pipe thickness = 8.56 mm
Drain Pipe length :
L1 = Rigid 20 m x 2 nos. = 40 m
L2 = Flexible 23.14 m x 1 nos. = 23.14 m
13 .2 Number of Fitting & Accessories per drain pipe
-
45º elbow N
45º
= 2
-
90º elbow N
90º
= 1
- Valve N
v
= 1
- Rigid pipe = 2
- Flexible pipe = 1
13 .3 TOTAL HEAD
V
2
2g
H = h +
13 .4 TOTAL HEAD LOSS OF ROOF DRAIN PIPE
V
2
K L'
2g D
Where
H = Total head between the lowest position of deck and the = 1.275 m
roof drain nozzle
G = Gravity acceleration
K = Friction Coefficient
- For rigid pipe : K
1
= 0.0168
- For flexible pipe : K
2
= 0.03
L' = Total equivalent length of drain pipe
D = Inside Diameter of drain pipe = 0.08448 m
13 .5 EQUIVALENT PIPE LENGTH OF VALVE AND FITTING
Accordance to NFPA 15 Table 8.5.2.1,
Equivalent length for 4" 45º elbow, L
45º
= 3.1
90º elbow, L
90º
= 1.2
Valve, L
v
= 0.6
Total equivalent pipe length for RIGID PIPE:
L
1
' = L
1
+ N
45º
x L
45
º + N
90º
x L
90º
+ N
v
x L
v
= 48 m
Total equivalent pipe length for Flexible PIPE:
L
2
' = L
2
= 23.14 m
13 .6 TOTAL HEAD LOSS OF ROOF DRAIN PIPE
V
2
K
1
L
1
' K
2
L
2
'
2g D D
V
2
K
1
L
1
' K
2
L
2
'
2g D D
13 .7 FLOW VELOCITY
2 g H
V = K
1
L
1
' K
2
L
2
' = 1.15 m/s
D D
13 .8 DRAINAGE FLOW RATE PER DRAIN PIPE
Q = AREA x Velocity
= π/4 x D
2
x V x 3600 (s/hr) = 23.30 m
3
/ hr
13 .9 MINIMUM ROOF DRAIN REQUIRED
Drainage flow rate required
Actual flow rate per drain
MINIMUM REQUIRED = 2
1.97 =
+ 1
+ 1
Nreq =
h =
x
h =
x +
H =
H =
+
+
14 WEIGHT ANALYSIS
ITEM NO : 7061T-3901
1 GENERAL
Design Type of roof support : Type of roof
code : API 650 11th Edition NA : Floating Roof
Inside Tank height
diameter : 39,000 mm : 20,700 mm
Steel density Roof plates lapping Annular/Bottom plates lapping
Shell / Btm : 7,850 kg/m³ factor : 20.70 factor : 1
Roof : 8,027 kg/m³
2 SHELL COURSES
ONE - FOOT METHOD (OUTER TANK) Y
Course No. Material Thickness Width Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg)
1 A 516 GR. 65N 28.00 2,440 65,757
2 A 516 GR. 65N 25.00 2,440 58,707
3 A 516 GR. 65N 22.00 2,440 51,658
4 A 516 GR. 65N 19.00 2,440 44,611
5 A 516 GR. 65N 16.00 2,440 37,564
6 A 516 GR. 65N 13.00 2,440 30,518
7 A 516 GR. 65N 11.00 2,020 21,377
8 A 516 GR. 65N 11.00 2,020 21,377
9 A 516 GR. 65N 11.00 2,020 21,377
10 - - - -
Total weight of shell plates = 352,948 kg
3 BOTTOM PLATES Y
Material Thickness Outside Dia. Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg)
A 516 GR. 65N 9.00 39,130 84,961 = 84,961 kg
4 TOP CURB ANGLE Y
Material Size Qty Length Unit Weight Weight
(mm) (kg/m) (kg)
A 516 GR. 65N 76 x 76 x 6.4 1 122,827 10.33 1,269 = 1,269 kg
5 TOP WIND GIRDERS Y
Material Size Qty Length Unit Weight Weight
(mm) (kg/m) (kg)
A 516 GR. 65N T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10 1 125,183 87.51 10,955 = 10,955 kg
6 INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS Y
Material Size Qty Length Unit Weight Weight
(mm) (kg/m) (kg)
A 516 GR. 65N T 405 x 150 1 124,476 53.76 6,691 = 6,691 kg
7 NOZZLES Y
Total weight of nozzles 1,500 = 1,500 kg
8 MISCELLANEOUS Y
Assuming 5.00 % of total weight 22,916 = 22,916 kg
9 STAIRWAY & PERIMETER PLATFORM Y
Platform Weight 165.00 KN 16,820 = 16,820 kg
10 OPERATING LIQUID WEIGHT
Operating liquid height (@ = 20,700 mm & sg @= 1.00 ) = 24,728,026 kg
11 HYDROSTATIC WATER WEIGHT
Hydrostatic water height (@ 20,700 mm ) = 24,728,026 kg
ERECTION WEIGHT (Exclude roof) = 498,060 kg
OPERATING WEIGHT = 25,226,086 kg
FIELD HYDROSTATIC TEST WEIGHT = 25,226,086 kg

ABSTRACT

Storage tanks have been widely used in many industrial particularly in the oil refinery and petrochemical industry which are to store a multitude of different product with crude oil as one if it. There are different types of tank such as fixed roof tank, open roof tank, floating roof tank etc. Floating roof tank is which the roof floats directly on top of the product, with no vapour space and eliminating the possibility of flammable atmosphere.

There are various industrial code and standard available for the basic requirement for tank design and construction. Commercial software are also available in the market for the basic design, hence tank designer would rely wholly on the software without detail understanding. Despite of the various standard and code, there is limited procedure and rules in designing the floating roof which result lots of floating roof failure and caused injuries and fatalities accident. Design and safety concern has been a great concern for the increasing case of fire and explosion due the tank failure.

The main objective of this project is “HOW TO DESIGN A NEW FLOATING ROOF TANK”. The aim of this project is to develop basic rules and procedures, highlighting the concerns in designing, construction and operation of a floating roof by taking an existing Oil Development Project with it’s readily available information as a base, to design the tank, and identify the problematic and lesson learnt throughout the project.

i

University of Southern Queensland Faculty of Engineering and Surveying

ENG 4111 & ENG 4112 Research Project
Limitations of Use
The Council of the University of Southern Queensland, its Faculty of Engineering and Surveying, and the staff of the University of Southern Queensland, do not accept any responsibility for the truth, accuracy or completeness of material contained within or associated with this dissertation.

Person using all or any part of this material do so at their own risk, and not at the risk of the Council of the University of Southern Queensland, its Faculty of Engineering and Surveying or the staff of the University of Southern Queensland.

This dissertation reports an education exercise and has no purpose or validity beyond this exercise. The sole purpose of the course pair entitled “Research Project” is to contribute to the overall education within the student’s chosen degree program. This document, the associate hardware, software, drawings, and other material set out in the associated appendices should not be used for any other purpose: if they are so used, it is entirely at the risk of the user. Prof Frank Bullen Dean Faculty of Engineering and Surveying

ii

except where specifically stated. except where otherwise indicated and acknowledged. KUAN SIEW YENG 0050012450 _____________________ Signature _____________________ Date iii . designs and experimental work. analyses and conclusions set out in this dissertation are entirely my own effort. I further certify that the work is original and has not been previously submitted for assessment in any other course or institution.Certification I certify that the ideas. results.

Beside that.Acknowledgment This research was carried out under the principal supervision of Dr. iv . Talal. Harry Ku and the cosupervisor is Dr. I would like express my great appreciation toward them for their kind valuable assistance and advice through out the project. I would like to thanks the library of Technip Malaysia which had provided me a lot of handful information and reference book as this project requires lot of reference and international code.

3 1.3 Open Top Tank Fixed Roof Tanks Floating roof Tanks 5 7 7 8 9 v .2.3 Research Methodology CHAPTER 2: LITERATURE REVIEW 2.2.2.1 1.1 1.3.2.2 Research Goal 1.3.4 1.3.2 2.1 Rationale 1.1 2.3.3.TABLE OF CONTENT CONTENTS ABSTRACT ACKNOWLEDGMENT LIST OF FIGURES LIST OF TABLES PAGE i iv xi xvi CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.2 Type of Storage Tank 2.6 Project Aims Project Objective Literature Review Case Study Product Enquiries Design Approach Consequential Effect of the Design Failure Special Design and Construction 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 1.2 1.1 Introduction 2.2.3.5 1.2 1.

2 CO2 Corrosion Carbon Dioxide Corrosion Modeling 2.1 2.8 Material Selection and Corrosion Assessment 2.3 Calculation of thickness by 1-Foot Method Calculation of thickness by Variable-DesignPoint Method Calculation of thickness by Elastic Analysis 2.1 Vertical Bending of Shell 2.15.15.13 Bottom Plate Design 2.15 Special Consideration 2.17 Fitting Design and Requirement 2.10 Mechanical Design 2.3 History and Introduction Principles of the Floating roof Advantages of the Floating Roof Storage Tank 10 11 11 11 13 13 15 16 19 19 21 22 25 26 26 27 28 28 30 30 31 32 32 33 34 36 37 2.13.2.2 2.4.12 Mechanical Design consideration 2.7 Process Description and Design Consideration 2.3 Design Code and Standard 2.5 Design Data Overview 2.1 2.11.11 Tank Shell Design Method as Per API 650 2.11.18 Typical Fitting and Accessories for Floating Roof vi .4.16 Failure Mode Due to Seismic Effects on Floating Roof Tank 2.6 Process Description and Requirements 2.2 Soil Settlement Seismic Design for Floating roof 2.9 Mechanical Selection of Carbon Steel Grade 2.8.2 2.1 2.4.11.8.14 Floating Roof design 2.4 Floating Roof Tank 2.1 2.

6.1 3.2.2 Shell Design 3.2.2.6.18.8.2.18.7 3.2.4 Longitudinal Stress Circumferential Stress Longitudinal Stress versus Circumferential Stress Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation and 1-Foot Method 3.5 3.18.2.2.1 Site Geometry Design Data for Seismic Design 3.4 2.18.8.3 3.6 Shell Design Thickness calculation Top Stiffener and Intermediate Wind Girder Design 3.2 2.1 3.2.3 2.2 3.2.1 Introduction 3.5 2.2.8.8 Top Stiffener/ Top Wind Girder Intermediate Wind Girder 51 54 57 60 49 50 46 46 47 48 49 Overturning Stability against Wind Load Seismic Design 3.1 2.2.18.2.2 3.2.19 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam CHAPTER 3: TANK DESIGN 3.2.18.2 3.6 Roof Seal System Support Leg Roof Drain System Vent – Bleeder vents Centering and Anti-Rotation Device Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform 37 38 39 43 44 44 44 2.3 Overturning Stability Design Spectral Accelerations 62 62 64 vii .

8.2.8.3.7 3.3.8.2.2.2.3.5.5.2 Parameter required for Seismic Design Effective Weight of Product 65 69 Center of Action for effective Lateral Force 71 Ring Wall Moment Base Shear Force Resistance to Overturning Anchorage Design Freeboard Seismic design Summary 72 72 74 77 78 79 80 80 81 82 83 86 89 90 95 96 98 98 101 104 105 107 Roof type Selection Pontoon and Center deck Design 3.4.2.3.3.3.6 3.8.3.4.5 Roof Drain System 3.8.4 Roof Seal System Roof Seal Material Roof Support Leg Venting System 3.2.3.2 Bleeder Vent Design 3.1 3.3.12 3.3.8 3.1 Articulated Piping System 3.9 3.3 Roof Stress Design Effect of large Deflection on Center Deck Pontoon Stability – Pontoon Ring Design 3.3.2.10 3.2.3.5 3.3 Fitting and Accessories Design 3.2.3.2 3.1 3.8.1 Operation of Bleeder Vent 3.3.3.3.3.3.3.4 3.2 Flexible Drain Pipe System viii .3.3.2.3 Roof Design 3.2.3.11 3.8.3 3.3.2.2 3.8.8.1 3.3.3.

3 Nominal Diameter Versus Inside Diameter Plate Square-ness Wind Damage 130.2 5.3.1 Introduction 4. 130 131 5.2.1 5.2 4.2.2 Foundation 4.2 Design Consideration of Foundation Design consideration on Tank Shell 127 129 5.5.1 5.5.5 Tank Testing 4.1 4.3.3 Bottom Plate Placement 4.5.2 Construction Consideration 5.3.3 Tank Bottom Testing Tank Shell Testing Floating Roof Testing 123 123 125 116 117 118 121 CHAPTER 5: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 5.3 Testing Consideration ix .1.1.3.3.5.3.4 Drain Pipe Design 3.4 Shell Erection 4.5.1 Design consideration 5.2.3 Drain System Selection 3.6 3.3.7 Rolling Ladder & Gauger Platform Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam 109 110 112 113 CHAPTER 4: TANK CONSTRUCTION 4.3.3.

1 Hydrotest/ Water Test 131 CHAPTER 6: CONCLUSION 132 REFERENCE APPENDIX A: APPENDIX B Project Specification Design Calculation 134 A1 B1 x .3.5.

15: Floating roof overtopped Figure 1.LIST OF FIGURE Figure 1.4: Single Deck Pontoon Type Floating Roof Figure 1.1: Fire and explosion incidents in the tanks Figure 1.12: Loading Diagram on a Tank Shell Figure 1.10: Impact Test Exemption Curve Figure 1.7: Double Deck Floating Roof Tank Figure 1.14: Single Deck Roof Sagged with Flooding Rain Water Figure 1.19: Tanks Burn Down Figure 1.9: Schematic Sketch of the Stabilised Condensate Tank Figure 1.23: Lateral Deflection of Supporting Leg PAGE 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 15 17 23 26 29 30 31 34 34 35 35 35 35 37 37 39 xi .16: Pontoon buckling Figure 1.6: Single Deck Floating Roof Tank Figure 1.11: Tank Exploding Figure 1.8: Storage Tank Capacities and Levels Figure 1.20: Tank Farm on Fire Figure 1.13: Rotation of the shell-to-bottom connection Figure 1.3: Types of Fixed Roof Tanks Figure 1.21: Mechanical Seal Figure 1.22: Liquid-filled fabric seal Figure 1.5: Double Deck Type Floating Roof Figure 1.2: Types of storage tank Figure 1.17: Diamond buckling (slender tanks) Figure 1.18: Elephant-foot buckling (broad tanks) Figure 1.

Ks Figure 2.25: Flexible Steel Pipe System Inside the Tank Figure 1.16: Center of Action for Effective Forces 40 41 42 42 43 45 47 48 50 51 52 54 56 57 58 59 60 65 66 69 70 72 xii .28: Bleeder vents Figure 1.13: Sloshing Period Coefficient.12: Design Response Spectral for Ground-Supported Liquid Storage Tanks Figure 2.5: Typical stiffener ring section for ring shell Figure 2.24: Articulated Piping System Figure 1.7: Height of transform shell Figure 2.14: Response Spectrum Curve Figure 2.9: Overturning check on tank due to wind load Figure 2.3: Circumferential Stress Thickness equation to 1-Foot method Equation Figure 2.1: Longitudinal forces acting on thin cylinder under internal Pressure Figure 2.2: Circumferential l forces acting on thin cylinder under internal Pressure Figure 2.15: Effective weight of Liquid ratio Figure 2.4: Diagrammatic sketch of shell wall with design thickness Figure 2.26: Articulated drain pipe system installed inside the tank Figure 1.8: Fabricated Tee Girder for Intermediate Wind Girder Figure 2.Figure 1.29: Foam Fire Fighting System Figure 2.27: Flexible Swing Joint Figure 1.11: Seismic Diagram for a Floating Roof Tank Figure 2.10: Summary Result for Overturning Stability against wind load Figure 2.6: Fabricated Tee Girder for Top Wind Girder Figure 2.

Figure 2.4: Case 1 – Dead Load Only Figure 3.7: Radial Forces Acting on Pontoon Inner Rim Figure 3.14: Foam-Filled Seal Figure 3.12: Completed Assembled Pantograph Figure 3.1: Single deck Floating roof Figure 3.17: Number and Location of Support Legs Figure 3.9: Standard Fitting and Accessories for Single Deck Roof Figure 3.18: (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Starting) Figure 3.11: Scissor Hanger Figure 3.15: Liquid-Filled Seal Figure 3.10: Pantograph Hanger Figure 3.18: Annular Plate Requirement Figure 2.19: Sloshing Wave of Liquid Inside Tank Figure 3.5: Case 2 – Dead Load + 10” Rain Accumulation Figure 3.6: (b) Deck Deflection in Case 2 Figure 3.6: (a) Deck Deflection in Case 1 Figure 3.19: (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Starting ) Figure 3.17: Seismic Moment and Force Diagram Figure 2.16: Secondary Seal Figure 3.3: Minimum Requirement for Single Deck Pontoon Floating Roof Figure 3.2: Center deck and 2 adjacent compartments puncture Figure 3.19: (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Finishing) 73 76 78 80 81 82 83 83 84 84 87 88 90 92 92 92 92 93 93 94 97 99 99 100 100 xiii .13: End Section Pantograph Figure 3.8: Sectional Detail of Pontoon Figure 3.18: (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Finishing) Figure 3.

1: (b) Jacking-Up and Flotation Method for Welded Vertical Tank Figure 4.2: Tank Foundation with anchor bolt installed Figure 4.22: (b) Swing Joint Assembly Figure 3.22: (a) Typical Swing Joint in Articulated Drain Pipe System Figure 3.26: Flexible Drain Pipe System Installed in Different Tank Figure 3.24: (b) COFLEXIP Pipe of Different Size Figure 3.20: (a) Roof Drain with Roof Rise Figure 3.25: End fitting of COFLEXIP Pipe Figure 3.24: (a) Inner Section of COFLEXIP Pipe Figure 3.3 Bottom Plate Layout Figure 4.27: Sketch of Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform in a Floating Roof Tank Figure 3.20: (b) Roof Drain with Roof Fall Figure 3.1: (a) Progressive Assembly & Welding and Complete Assembly Followed by Welding of Horizontal Seam Method for Welded Vertical Tank Figure 4.30: (a) Fire Protection for Floating Roof Tank Figure 3.Figure 3.30: (b) Foam Chamber Figure 3.28: Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform Installed in a Floating Roof Tank Figure 3.4: Bottom Plate Laid on Foundation 104 104 105 106 106 107 108 108 108 109 112 113 114 115 115 115 116 117 118 119 120 xiv .23: Flexible Drain Pipe System Figure 3.21: Articulated Drain Pipe System Figure 3.31: Typical Foam Dam Figure 4.29: General Arrangement of the Multiple Foam Chamber on the Floating Roof Tank Figure 3.

8: (a) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Inside Tank Figure 4.1: Maximum Allowable Sag Figure 5.9: Vacuum Box and Pump Figure 5.7: Completed Erection of First Shell Course Figure 4.3: Alignment of Shell Plate for Welding 120 121 122 122 122 124 128 129 130 xv .2: Maximum Tolerances for Out-of Verticality of the Tank Shell Figure 5.Figure 4.5: Typical Cross Joint in Three Plate Lap Figure 4.8: (b) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Outside Tank Figure 4.6: Welding Detail for Bottom Plate Figure 4.

4: Response Modification Factors for ASD Methods Table 2.1: Process Design Data Table 1.7: Bake Bean Can and Storage Tank Comparison Table Table 1.6: Material Selection Guide Table 1.8 (a): Fitting Requirements on Tank Shell Table 1.1: Summary Result for Maximum Deflection and Stresses in Center Deck Table 3.4: Stress table for SA 516 Gr 65N Table 1.1: Shell wall Design Thickness Summary Table 2.LIST OF FIGURE PAGE Table 1.3: Value of Fv as a Function of Site Class Table 2.2: Value of Fa as a Function of Site Class Table 2.6: Equivalent Pipe Length Chart 17 18 21 23 24 24 25 36 36 50 67 67 68 68 74 86 89 95 96 98 111 xvi .4: Properties of Common Seal Material Table 3.2: Summary Result for Pontoon Ring Stability Table 3.3: Common Material for Select Product Table 3.2: Nozzle Data Table 1.5: Material Specifications for Stabilised Condensate Tank Table 1.8 (b): Fitting Requirement on Floating Roof Table 2.3: Corrosion Rate Sensitively Result for 50% Summer and 50% Winter Condition Table 1.5: Summary of Design Parameter Table 2.6: Anchorage Ratio Criteria Table 3.5: Summary Result for Roof Support Legs Table 3.

Some would only rely on the commercial software for the basic design. These had resulted lots of floating roof failure in the industry. Storage tanks are designed. tank owner and also the tank designer or engineer need to have a simple rules and formula to ensure the floating roof is adequately designed and strong enough for the various loading during operation. Beside of the procedures and rules. There is limited procedure and rules in design the floating roof. Their designs are basically based on the code and standard requirements and basic theory from reference book. Floating roof tanks are usually built in a gigantic size and this would involve various disciplines such as civil.CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1. particularly on the floating roof tank. inspection. Engineer or tank designer who do the preliminary and detail design are normally not familiar or not exposed to the actual site condition. mechanical. they have limited knowledge on the actual tank operation which limit them on cost effectiveness and even safety detail design. understanding of how the stresses behave in the tank material is essential for a complete safe design. fabricated and tested to code and standard. chemical. There are a variety of codes and standards stating the similar common minimum requirements and some additional requirements from company standards or specifications.1 Rationale Floating roof tank is not a new technology or equipments and it had been widely used over the world in many industries. construction. commissioning and operation. 1 . fire safety. Hence industry.

and taking all these consideration into his design.2 Project Objective The main objective of this project is “HOW TO DESIGN A NEW FLOATING ROOF TANK”. highlighting the concerns in designing. 1. 2 .The work scope of each disciplines would have a direct effect on the tank design.1 Project Aims The aim of this project is to develop basic rules and procedures. one example is the tank foundation which is designed by the civil staff. construction and operation of a floating roof. Improper design would result in foundation sagging or excessive soil settlement which in turn induces extra stresses to bottom of tank and tank shell. The foundations are to be designed to withstand the load of the tank with its content. Hence it is essential for the engineers or tank designer to know how and what effects each interdiscipline’s design would have on one’s tank that affected the tank integrity.2 Research Goal 1. and identify the problematic and lesson learnt throughout the project. to design the tank.2. 1.2. Taking an existing Oil Development Project with it’s readily available information as a base.

3 Research Methodology 1.1.1 Literature Review Literature review is conducted to study the basic design and requirement of the floating roof storage tank in the storage tank design code (API 650 – Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage).3. Further studies on the tank design were made from other reference book. wind loading and seismic loading. In the shell design analysis. that is (1) the shell design analysis and (2) the floating roof design.4 Design Approach Upon completion of the literature review. The storage tank design consists of two major designs. 1. 1.3. company standard specification and information from different disciplines. attending the technical presentation conducted by the product supplier will be carried out.3 Product Enquiries Research and study the role and application of the tank fittings and accessories by searching information and sending technical enquiries to the product supplier.3.2 Case Study Case studies on the previous project for the lesson learnt will be carried out. design approach is then developed. 1.3. 3 . shell stress design will be performed taking into consideration of all the considerably loading including hydrostatic pressure.

special consideration on the design and construction will be addressed base on the case study on the lesson learn and design process.3. that is (1) roof stress design and the (2) roof fitting and accessories design.5 Consequential effect of the design failure The relative importance of each fittings and accessories will be defined as well as the consequential effects it would have in case of malfunction.3. Design calculation sheet using excel will be establish in the project. Evaluation of the different type of roof fitting from different supplier with be carried out and selection of the fitting base the evaluation result. 4 . 1. 1.6 Special Design and Construction Upon completion of the tank design.In the roof design. it consists of two sections.

1 Introduction Storage tanks had been widely used in many industrial established particularly in the processing plant such as oil refinery and petrochemical industry. They come in a range of sizes from small to truly gigantic. spherical or rectangular form. horizontal cylindrical. it is further broken down into various types. fixed roof tank. They are used to store a multitude of different products. In shape.CHAPTER 2: LITERATURE REVIEW 2. including the open top tank. The type of storage tank used for specified product is principally determined by safety and environmental requirement. There are a wide variety of storage tanks. from gases to liquids. product stored range from raw material to finished products. Lots of these accidents had occurred and they are likely to continue unless the lessons from the past are correctly learnt. Spills and tank fires not only causing environment pollution. external floating roof and internal floating roof tank. there would also be severe financial consequences and significant impact on the future business due to the industry reputation.1 shows the accident of the tanks that caught on fire and exploded. they can be constructed above ground. Figure 1. 5 . In a vertical cylindrical storage tank. they can be in vertical cylindrical. Design and safety concern has come to a great concern as reported case of fires and explosion for the storage tank has been increasing over the years and these accident cause injuries and fatalities. in ground and below ground. solid and mixture thereof. Operation cost and cost effectiveness are the main factors in selecting the type of storage tank. but vertical cylindrical are the most usual used.

1 Fire and explosion incidents in the tanks 6 .Figure 1.

1 Open Top Tanks This type of tank has no roof. High Pressure) Floating Roof Tank Other Types Cone Roof (Supported/ self supported) External Floating Roof Bullet Tank Dome Roof (Supported/ self supported) Internal Floating Roof Bolted Tank Internal Floating Roof (Supported/ self supported) Sphere Tank Figure 1.2 illustrates various types of storage tank that are commonly used in the industry today.2.2 Types of Storage Tank Figure 1. Low Pressure. Type of Storage Tank Open Top Tank (Atmospheric) Fixed Roof Tank (Atmospheric. The product is open to the atmosphere.2 Types of storage tank 2. 7 .2. They shall not be used for petroleum product but may be used for fire water/ cooling water. hence it is an atmospheric tank.

56 mbar of internal pressure) Figure 1. Figure 1.3 Types of Fixed Roof Tanks [EEMUA 2003.3 shows the three types of Fired Roof Tanks.2.1. vol.2 Fixed Roof Tanks Fixed Roof Tanks can be divided into cone roof and dome roof types. They can be self supported or rafter/ trusses supported depending on the size. p. Fixed Roof are designed as Atmospheric tank (free vent) Low pressure tanks (approx. 20 mbar of internal pressure) High pressure tanks (approx.2.11] 8 .

4 Single Deck Pontoon Type Floating Roof [Bob. G. There are 2 types of floating roof: Internal floating roof is where the roof floats on the product in a fixed roof tank. n.2. Figure 1.d. External Floating roof is where the roof floats on the product in an open tank and the roof is open to atmosphere. L & Bob. Types of external floating roof consist of: Single Deck Pontoon type ( Figure 1. p.5) Special buoy and radially reinforced roofs Floating roof tank will be further discussed in details in later chapter.4) Double deck ( Figure 1.155] 9 .2.3 Floating Roof Tanks Floating roof tanks is which the roof floats directly on top of the product.

n.155] 2. et S. G.P. they are: • • American Standards API 650 (Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage) British Standards BS 2654 (Manufacture of Vertical Storage Tanks with Buttwelded Shells for the Petroleum Industry • The European Standards • German Code Din 4119 – Part 1 and 2 (Above Ground Cylindrical Flat Bottomed Storage Tanks of Metallic Materials) The French Code.N.S. List a few here.C.Figure 1.) The EEMUA Standards (The Engineering Equipments and Materials Users Association) • Company standards such as shell (DEP) and Petronas (PTS) 10 .T.I. p.3 Design Codes and Standards The design and construction of the storage tanks are bounded and regulated by various codes and standards. L & Bob. Codres – (Code Francais de construction des reservoirs cylindriques verticauz en acier U.C.d.5 Double Deck Type Floating Roof [Bob.

Evaporation of the product in fixed roof caused a great lost of money.4. Due to environmental issue. 2. The overall diameter of the roof is normally 400 mm smaller than the inside diameter of the tank. This is due to the limitation on the accuracy of dimension during construction for the large diameter tank.4 Floating Roof Tanks 2.2 Principles of the Floating Roof The floating roof is a circular steel structure provided with a built-in buoyancy which allowing it to sit/ float on top of the liquid product in a close or open top tank. selection of the roof seal is one of the major concerns in the floating roof tank design. The gaps allow the floating roof to rise and fall without binding on the tank wall. reducing the evaporation losses.4. To protect the product inside the tank from evaporation to the atmosphere and contamination from the rain water through the gaps between the outer rim of the floating roof and the tank wall. 11 . the gaps will be closed or sealed up by mean of flexible sealing system.2.1 History and Introduction Floating roof tank was developed shortly after World War I by Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (CB & I). this led to research to develop a roof that can float directly on the surface of product. which has about 200 mm gap on each side between the roof and the inside tank wall.

6. is also called pontoon roof. The air gap between the upper and bottom plates of the deck has insulation effect which helps against the solar heat reaching the product during the hot climate and preventing heat loss of the product during cold climate.In single deck roof which shown in Figure 1. the buoyancy is derived in the pontoon. The outer ring of the compartments is the main liquid tight buoyancy for the roof. an annular circular pontoon radially divided into liquid tight compartments.7) consists of upper and lower steel membranes separated by a series of circumferential bulkhead which is subdivided by radial bulkhead.6 Single Deck Floating Roof Tank [EEMUA 2003. Double deck roof (Figure 1. Figure 1. The center deck which is formed by membrane of thin steel plates are lap welded together and connected to the inner rim of the pontoons. hence it is more rigid. p.1. Double deck roof is much heavier than single deck one.15] 12 . vol.

floating roof tank is never better than the fixed roof tank as there are still many unknown parameters and factors in designing the floating roof. The climate is sub tropical with hot dry summer and cold wet winter.15] 2. to design and construct a floating roof tank will be much more complicated and costly than the fixed ones. The climate condition is as follow: 13 . Balkanabad District in Turkmenistan located onshore by Caspian Sea. p.Figure 1. there is no vapour space and thus eliminating any possibility of flammable atmosphere. 2. vol. It reduces evaporation losses and hence reduction in air pollution. Despite of the advantages of the floating roof.1. Vapour emission is only possible from the rim seal area and this would mainly depend on the type of seal selected and used.7 Double Deck Floating Roof Tank [EEMUA 2003.5 Design Data Overview Site geometric data are: The plant is located in Kiyanli.3 Advantages of the floating roof storage tank As the roof floats directly on the product. In term of tank stability and design integrity.4.

Wind Speed at 10 m above Ground level: Operating 12 1 hour mean m/s 10 minutes mean m/s 13 14 1 minute mean m/s 15 3 second gust m/s 1 yr 17 19 21 23 10 yr 21 23 25 27 50 yr 24 26 28 31 100 yr 25 27 29 32 e. Design Snow Loading : 56 kg/m² 14 . Humidity: Summer Winter : : 50% at 34ºC 74% at 7ºC d. Rainfall Intensity: Maximum daily rainfall (4th May 1972) Maximum rain density once in 100 years Maximum rain density once in 50 years Maximum rain density once in 2 years : : : : 68 mm 0.0ºC (January 1969) +44.a.59 mm/min 0. Temperature: • Ambient: Mean annual = Extreme low = Extreme high = • Design temperature change = 14.3 mm/min c.0ºC (July 1983) +30ºC b.69 mm/min 0.6ºC -17. Earthquake (MSK 64): Earth Tremor Intensity (severe damage to building) Index of Earth Tremor Category (once in 1000 years) : : 9 2 Equivalent to Uniform Building Code (UBC) Zone 4 f.

8. Overfill Top of shell height Design liquid level Overfill protection level Normal fill level (HLL) Maximum capacity Net working capacity Minimum operating volume remaining in the tank Minimum fill level Top of bottom plate at shell Figure 1. actual or net working capacity and the overfill protecting capacity. Only after the capacity is known. 15 .6 Process Description and Requirements Capacity determination is the one of the first steps in designing the tank.8 Storage Tank Capacities and Levels The maximum or total capacity is the sum of the inactive capacity (minimum operating volume remaining volume in tank). the tank can be sized up.2. The definition of the maximum capacity can be explained easily in Figure 1.

The net working capacity is the volume of available product under normal operating conditions. Due to the waxy nature of the condensate. 2. The condensate in the tank is circulated in an external heating circuit to maintain the operating temperature at 44°C.2 respectively.7 Process Description and Design Considerations This storage tank is designed to store the stabilised condensate which runs down from the condensate stabiliser column. which is between the low liquid level (LLL) and the high liquid level (HLL). 000 barrel tanker and 3 days of unavailability of the off loading system at production rate 51 000 barrels per day. The stabilised condensate processed in the stabilsed system is pumped to Stabilsed Condesate Tank prior to export via underwater pipeline to the Single Buoying Mooring for ship loading. The storage tank capacity is sized in accordance with 85. It helps to prevent localized cooling that will result in wax formation in the storage tank.1 and 1. The schematic sketch of the stabilized condensate tank is shown in Figure 1. The stabilised condensate storage tanks are also equipped with motorized side entry tank stirrers to blend the storage fluid to ensure uniform temperature distribution in the tanks.9 with the process design data and nozzle data in Tables 1. the liquid is heated above the wax dissolution temperature (WDT) of 39°C to prevent wax precipitation and formation in the pipeline. 16 .

N8 M2 N6 N7 N12 N1 N15 D2 D3 N5 N13 M3 M1 N4 D1 N2 Figure 1.9 Schematic Sketch of the Stabilised Condensate Tank Service Stabilised Condensate Tank Tank Type Floating Roof Number Required Two ( 2) Working Capacity 20000 Nominal Capacity 24278 Diameter 39000 Height 20700 Design Pressure Atmospheric Operating Temperature 44 Design Temperature 70 / -17 Specific Gravity at 15°C/ at T 0.7804 Normal Filling Flow Rate 338 Maximum Filling Flow Rate 427 Normal Draw-Off Flow Rate 660 Maximum Draw-Off Flow Rate 792 Gauging Hole No HeaterIndicator/ Alarms Type External Heater Level Yes Vent Propeller Yes Mixing Drain Yes (Roof and shell) Manhole/ Inspection Hatches Yes Thermowell Yes Insulation Yes (Shell and roof) m³ m³ mm mm °C °C m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h 17 .7903/ 0.

18 . 2) Auto Bleeder vent is required as per API 650 code.1 Process Design Data Nozzle Data Tag No. N1 1 N2 1 N4 1 N5 1 N6 1 N7 1 N8 1 N12 1 N13 3 N15 1 D1 1 D2/ D3 2 M1 1 M2 1 M3 1 Size (DN) 250 450 200 300 Note 2 100 200 50 600 200 100 100 600 600 1200 x 1200 Service Inlet Pump Suction Recirculation Inlet Recirculation Inlet Auto Bleeder Vent Level Indicator Level Transmitter Temperature Transmitter Mixing Propeller Minimum Flow Drain Roof Drain Shell Manway Roof Manway Clean Out Door Remark Note 3 Note 1 Note 4 Table 1.2 Nozzle Data The following points are to be included in design considerations: 1) Quantity and size of the roof drain shall be designed and size up accordance to the rainfall intensity. they shall remain submerged below the low liquid level during operation. 4) Clean out door shall be suitable for wheel barrow access for facilitating sediment/ sludge cleaning process. quantity and size to be designed accordance to the maximum filling and draw off rate [API650. 2007]. 3) Tanks are fixed with 3 mixing propellers. Req. 5) Tank bottom to be cone-up toward center.Category of Product Hydrocarbon Condensate Table 1.

2. ready availability and well understood requirements to fabrication and testing. Corrosion resistant alloys (CRA) are used to avoid corrosion at high CO2 contents. but it would be more economical to use carbon steel with a corrosion allowance and/or chemical inhibitor treatment. Higher temperatures and pressure increase the corrosion rate. Higher partial pressures of CO2 imply more dissolved CO2 and hence higher corrosion rate. particularly using the carbon dioxide models.1 CO2 Corrosion Carbon dioxide dissolves in water and dissociates to form weak carbonic acid which causes corrosion on carbon steels. The presence of CO2 infers that carbon steel will have finite life due to the wall thinning. Carbon Steel is considered as first choice. 19 . compared to lower temperatures where the scale does not form.2. he/she then proposes materials suitable for the required design life of 30 years. about 70 to 80°C.8 Material Selection and Corrosion Assessment Material selection study was carried out by the material specialist to review the conceptual design basic of the plant and assess expected longevity of materials for various piping and equipment. a corrosion allowance is practical to accommodate up to 6mm. a protective carbonate scale can form on the steel surface that reduces the corrosion rate. but in certain conditions. The approach of this material selection is to evaluate the internal corrosivity of the fluids with respect to utilisation of carbon steel. Material selection for the hydrocarbon system is based on detail evaluation of fluid properties. and in less corrosive condition and where required lifetime is limited. due to its lower cost.8.

Materials unsuitable for hydrocarbon streams in presence of mercury due to liquid metal embrittlement. [13] Mercury (Hg) is a trace component of all fossil fuels. water and soil. high nickel steels. For an even lower service temperature. fine grained materials are required. and ferrictic-austenitic duplex stainless steels).Other concerns for the material selection are: i) Material at minimum temperature At low temperatures. It is therefore present in liquid hydrocarbon and natural gas deposits. The seasonal changes in ambient temperatures require that low temperature properties of materials must be selected. or austenitic materials have to be used. and may transfer into air. that are harmless at normal operating temperatures. materials and welds are to be heat treated where applicable eg. allowing any cracks and crack-like defects. to propagate under load. lose their ductility spontaneously as the materials are cooled. which will result in crack are: 20 . To have greater resistance to low temperature embrittlement. ii) Mercury Stabilised condensate from Turkmenistan was measured to contain Hg 4µg/kg. ferritic steels (unalloyed and low alloy steels. normalised and post weld heat treated low alloy and carbon steel).

8.Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys Titanium and Titanium Alloys Copper and Copper Alloys Zinc and Zinc Alloys Recommended materials are: Carbon steels and low allow steels Stainless steels (Austenitic stainless steel. Corrosion rate Case Sensitive (Summer) Without Inhibitor With Inhibitor Corrosion Allowance for 30yrs Design Life Without Inhibitor (50% Summer condition) With Inhibitor Corrosion rate Case Sensitive (Winter) Without Inhibitor With Inhibitor Corrosion Allowance for 30yrs Design Life Without Inhibitor (50% Winter condition) With Inhibitor mm/ year 0.3 Corrosion Rate Sensitively Result for 50% Summer and 50% Winter Condition 21 .00495 Table 1.0495 0.0495 0.00495 0.0033 0.3. The calculated results for the corrosion rate sensitivity for 50% summer and 50% winter condition is summarized in Table 1. Duplex stainless steel) Nickel Alloys (Inconel 625.2 Carbon Dioxide Corrosion Modeling In the material selection study report.0033 0.00033 0. and includes some effects due to the wall fluid shear stress.M-506” [14]. 825 and Monel) 2. Milliams and Lotz .00033 0. the design corrosion rate for carbon steel was calculated using the NORSOK “CO2 Corrosion Rate Calculation Model” . This model is a development of the original work by De. Waard.

Therefore. The material will be normalised.10 . A 516 Gr 65 without normalisation with fall under curve B and the material A 516 Gr 65N (Normalised) with fall under curve D (Figure 1. ASME VIII division 1 [2]. whereas impact test is exempted up to thickness 58 mm for material in Curve D. low temperature carbon steel (LTCS) + 3 mm corrosion allowances + internal lining is recommended. From the impact test exemption curve in Figure 1. based on the calculated result. A 516 Gr 65N (ASTM low temperature carbon steel with minimum tensile of 65 ksi) is selected for its well known properties in low temperature.9 Mechanical Selection of Carbon Steel Grade Mechanical selection of material is based on their mechanical properties and their constructability.The design life of 30 years is required and a typical 3 and 6mm corrosion allowance is used as the basic for the selection of carbon steel. Accordance to UCS-66. For 30 years service. 2. the maximum time-averaged corrosion rates that can be accommodated by a 3mm and 6mm corrosion allowance are 0.10).1 mm/years and 0. 22 . it can be found that with the minimum design temperature of -17°C.2 mm/year respectively. impact test will be required when the plate thickness exceed 15mm for materials in Curve B.

Minimum Tensile Strength 450 Mpa Minimum Yield Strength 245 Mpa Maximum Allowable Stress from -17°C to 100°C 128 Mpa Table 1.Figure 1.4 Stress table for SA 516 Gr 65N 23 . 2007. UCS-66] Mechanical properties for A 516 Gr 650N listed below are accordance to ASME II Part D – Material Property [3]. Div.1.10 Impact Test Exemption Curve [ASME VIII.

LF2 Class 1 SA 420 Gr. 2H (Flurocarbon Coated) Stainless Steel SS 316L Table 1.6 illustrate the material selection guide.6 Material Selection Guide [Moss. 65N SA 516 Gr. 65N SA 333 Gr. Table 1. 65N SA 516 Gr. Table 1.Tank Shell/ Bottom Plate Floating Roof Stiffener Ring Nozzle Neck Pipe (SMLS) Nozzle Flange/ Blind Flange Nozzle Fitting Gasket Bolt & Nuts (External) Internal ( Bolting/ Piping/ Supports) SA 516 Gr. WPL 6 Flexible Graphite With Tanged Insert SA 320 – L7M/ SA 194 Gr.5 Material Specifications for Stabilised Condensate Tank The material specification for the stabilised condensate tank is shown in Table 1. cited in Bednar 1991] 24 .6 SA 350 Gr.5. using design temperature to choose a readily available and cost effective material.

Figure 1.0005 Table 1.4 0. it can be seen found the tank ratio (t/D) is 4 times less than the typical bean can which show that how relatively flimsy the shell of the tank it would be if it is subjected to partial vacuum. t D/H ratio t/D ratio 75 mm 105 mm 0. D Height. 000 mm 14. Some simple comparison in term of their sizes and strength is made here. floating roof Storage tanks always look big and strong.7.11 shows an example of tank exploding due to vacuum loading. Typical Bake Bean Can Storage Tank Diameter. and there are also often being referred as ‘tin can’.2. H Wall thickness.4 0. 25 . 000 mm 5 mm 1 / 1.7 Bake Bean Can and Storage Tank Comparison Table From the Table 1.10 Mechanical Design Stress design and analysis of the storage tank is the greatest concern to engineer as it provides the basic for the tank stability and integrity.15 mm 1 / 1.002 10. The basic stress analyses to be taken care in tank design are as follow: Tank shell wall due to internal and external loading Bottom plate/ Tank flooring Tank roof – In this case.

n.1 Calculation of thickness by 1-Foot Method The 1-foot method calculates the thickness required at design points 0.11 Tank Exploding [Bob. The formula for the minimum required thickness is as followed: For design shell thickness.9( H − 0. td = 4.9( H − 0.L & Bob. A Sd For hydrostatic test shell thickness.Figure 1.3) St 26 . p.26] 2. tt = 4.11.11 Tank Shell Design Method as Per API 650 2.G.3)G + C.3 m (1 ft) above the bottom of each shell course.d.

This method may only be used when 1-foot method is not specified and when the following is true: L 1000 ≤ H 6 27 . in MPa = Allowable stress for the hydrostatic test condition.11. 2.2 Calculation of thickness by Variable-Design-Point Method Design using variable-design-point method gives shell thickness at design points that in the calculated stressed being relatively closed to the actual circumferential shell stress. in MPa This method is shall not be used for tanks larger than 60 m in diameter. in m = Design liquid level. This method normally provides a reduction in shell-course thickness and total material weight. in mm = Hydrostatic test shell thickness. in mm = Nominal Tank Diameter.A Sd St = Design shell thickness. in m = Design specific gravity of the liquid to be stored = Corrosion allowance. in mm = Allowable stress for the design condition.Where td tt D H G C. but more important is its potential to permit construction of large diameter tanks within the maximum plate thickness limitation.

2.12: 28 . ladder/ stair and platform etc.) Other external loading shall be taken into consideration are: External pressure – Vacuum condition Wind loading Seismic Loading Localized loads resulting from nozzles.3 Calculation of thickness by Elastic Analysis For tanks where L / H is greater than 1000/6. 2.11. there is no vapour space. The primary loadings exerted to the tank shell are illustrated in Figure 1. attachments. the primary loading to determine the basic shell thickness is as follow: The internal loading due to the head of liquid The pressure in the vapour space (This factor is not applicable for floating roof tanks as the roof sit directly on the liquid. the selection of shell thickness shall be based on an elastic analysis that shows the calculated circumferential shell stress to be below the allowable stress.12 Mechanical Design Consideration The principal factors in determine the shell thickness is the loads.

• Axial compression which comes from the tank self-weight.Wind & Seismic uplift load Wind load on shell Seismic force on shell Moment about shell to bottom joint Internal Pressure due to liquid static head Dead Load Liquid hold down weight Figure 1. this results in the uplift reaction of the tank and affected the tank stability. • Vertical bending due to the expansion of shell under normal service loading 29 . External loading of wind and seismic act on the tank shell and create an overturning moment about the shell to bottom joint. together with any overpressure in the roof space of a fixed roof tank. the pressure is at the highest at the tank shell bottom and decreases linearly along its height.12 Loading Diagram on a Tank Shell The internal pressure exerted on the tank shell is the product liquid head. wind and seismic loading acting on the shell which causes an overturning effect. The various stresses to which the shell of a tank is subjected are • Hoop tension which is caused by the head of product in the tank. internal vacuum.

The shell-to-bottom joint is very rigid and it rotates as a unit when the tank is under hydrostatic load.47] The shell tends to rotate in an outward direction about the rigid joint as depicted in Figure 1. This natural expansion is restricted at the point where the shell is welded to the bottom plate. the shell will expand radially due to the elasticity of the shell plate material.1 Vertical Bending of Shell When the tank is filled with product.13.13 Bottom Plate Design API 650 has a very straight forward requirement on the bottom plate thickness and width requirement.d. n.13. 2.G.13 Rotation of the shell-to-bottom connection [Bob.2. p. Figure 1.L & Bob. the bottom plate will also rotate and cause it to lift off the foundation for a distance 30 .

inside the tank until the pressure of the product acting on the floor. 2.7 with the primary drain inoperative for the following conditions: • the deck plate and any two adjacent pontoon compartments punctured and flooded the single deck or double deck pontoon roof. it gives guidance and provides minimum requirement on the external floating roof design. 31 . • Rainfall of 250 mm (10 in. Similar minimum requirement were also provided in the BS 2654 where they both stated that the pontoon volume shall be designed to have sufficient buoyancy to remain afloat on the liquid with specific gravity of the lower of the product specific gravity or 0. Due to the continual filling and emptying of the tank.14 Single Deck Roof Sagged with Flooding Rain Water In API 650 (2007). This action causes high bending stresses in the bottom plate and the toe of the internal fillet weld.14 Floating Roof Design Flooded Center Deck Sagged Figure 1. balances the lifting effect. These two codes also provide some minimum requirements on the roof fittings and accessories to optimize the floating roof design ensuring the roof is functioning effectively. the external floating roof is covered in Appendix C. the load is cyclic and this area is subject to low cycle fatigue.) in 24 hour period over the entire horizontal roof area.

as in structural integrity and buoyancy stability. Soil investigation and study are required to monitor the soil settlement. 32 . Industry or purchaser will have to rely on the tank and roof manufacturer for the safe design. wide variation in the durability and reliability of the tank. If the floating roofs are inadequately designed or wrong approaches were applied to the design. the roof will fail. Storage tanks are relatively large but flimsy structures. there is a wide variation in the floating roof design approach. The most common failure on the floating roof is the sinking of the floating roof. in which there are also many tank failure due to various design problem in each different approach. the tank will catch fire due to the spark generated during the unstable movement of the roof. It is always left to the designer or manufacturer to develop their own approaches to meet the minimum requirement stated in API 650 (2007) or BS 2654. Soil settlement is a common problem in compressible soil. there is no mention on the structural adequacy. and it has consequential problems on the floating roof tank. pontoon will buckled and damaged. Hence. 2. To the worst case.15.Though the codes addressed the minimum requirement on the pontoon volume. There is no proper procedure or standard and firm rules stated in any code or engineering handbook in designing the floating roof. The floating roof overtopped by the liquid inside the tank and the roof sunk.15 Special Consideration 2.1 Soil Settlement Tank foundation shall be carefully designed to ensure adequate for the tank support. having very flexible envelopes such that the tank shell and bottom will generally follow the settlements of the subsoil.

or vacuum conditions • Wear and tear scratching shoe plates/ tank shell 2. a few of consequential problems are quoted below: • • Jamming of floating roof structure around guide pole Jamming of roof seals due to (progressively increasing) out-of-roundness of the tank shell • • • • • Roof seals giving a gap as the result of out-of-roundness and/or tilting of the roof Loss of buoyancy of floating roofs due to liquid in pontoon Roof drain leaking or being blocked Derailing of rolling ladder on top of a floating roof Buckling of the supporting legs of a floating roof tank due to inadequate support. however. Having reference from the EEMUA Publication No. The behavior of floating roofs under seismic condition is very less. some history cases of tank failure due to the sloshing wave are: 33 . and causes a dozens of consequential problems. 159 (2003) [5]. and sloshing behavior during seismic is complicated. excessive soil settlement may occur due to the weight of the tank and its liquid content.15.2 Seismic Design For Floating Roof As mentioned earlier that the minimum requirement provided in the API 650 (2007) and BS 2654 addressed only the floating consideration. most of the floating roof tanks built do not consider the seismic condition in their roof design as code never addresses it. Industry and owner normally depend on the tank and roof manufacturer for safe design.The dead weight of the tank structure is relatively small compared with the live load of the contents. compressible layers are present in the subsoil. Tanks had suffered significant damage during past earthquakes. dynamic of the flooding and sloshing of the product was not considered. Excessive soil settlement can affect the integrity of tank shells and bottoms. hence at location where weak. The floating roof was simplified and assumed as rigid body.

Japan in 2003 [John. Roof collapse or Sinking Overtop of floating roof by the liquid inside the tank (Figure 1. 2006] Figure 1.15) Pontoon Buckling (Figure 1. Turkey in 1998 [John.15 Floating roof overtopped [Praveen.16 Failure Modes Due To Seismic Effects On Floating Roof Tank There are three cases of a few on the roof.• Hokkaido. 2007) 34 . 2006] 23 Major Tank Firs 17 Due to Sloshing Wave 50% Due to Sloshing Wave 2.16 Pontoon buckling [Tetsuaya. 2006] Fully Involved Tank Fires Fully Involved Due to Floating Roof Collapse from Sloshing waves 50% due to Sloshing Wave • Ismit.16) Figure 1.

There is one case on shell.18 Elephant-foot buckling (broad tanks) [Praveen.19 Tanks Burn Down [John.20 Tank Farm on Fire [Praveen. 2006] 35 . 2006] Figure 1. Shell Buckling caused by combination of outward pressures generated by vertical motion and compressive stresses generated by horizontal motion Figure 1.17 Diamond buckling (slender tanks) [Praveen. the tanks caught fire due to sparks generated by updown movement of the roof against the guides Figure 1. 2006] And one case on Tank Farm/ Plant Tanks burn down. 2006] Figure 1.

1986] Fitting Description Roof Drain System Roof drain sump Roof earthing equipment Roof Seal Mechanism Roller Ladder Roof Manhole Roof Compartment manhole Emergency Drain Rim Vent Roof Vent (Pressure/ Vacuum) Automatic Bleeder Vent Dip Hatch Guide Device Roof Supporting Legs Minimum Number Required One set One set One set As specified by process design One set As specified by process As specified by process One set for double deck only As specified As Specified by process design One set One set One One set Table 1.8 (b) Fitting Requirement on Floating Roof [PTS. There are minimum requirements outlined for the fitting in API 650 (2007).17 Fitting Design and Requirement A complete set of fitting and accessories are required for the floating roof to operate properly. It is essential to understand the function of each accessories and the situation that could cause the accessories to malfunction.2.8 (a) and (b) below show the fitting requirement as per PTS in the tank shell and floating roof respectively. of DN 600 As specified by process design One Set Table 1. Tables 1.8 (a) Fitting Requirements on Tank Shell [PTS. and Petronas Technical Specification (PTS) has specified a requirement on the minimum number of fitting to be installed on the floating roof tank. 1986] 36 . Fitting Description Shell Manhole Shell Inlet Nozzles Shell Outlet Nozzles Product Drain Nozzle and piping Water Drain Nozzle and piping Drain Sump Earthing Bosses on shell Shell manhole for mixers Clean out door Spiral Staircase Minimum Number Required 2 nos.

22 Liquid-filled fabric seal 37 .1 Roof Seal System As mentioned early in the principal of floating roof. Primary seals may comprise metallic shoes having flexible seals with a weight or spring-operated pusher mechanism. roof seal is used to prevent the escape of vapour from the rim gap and to minimise the amount of rain water entering the product. Figure 1.21 Mechanical Seal Figure 1. or be non-metallic tube seal. a fabric seal. There are several types of roof sealing system which consists of primary seal and secondary seal. The sealing system has to be flexible enough to allow for any irregularities on the construction of the roof and shell when the roof moves up and down and for any radial or lateral movement of the roof due to wind and seismic.18 Typical Fitting and Accessories For Floating Roof 2.18.2.

it also provide access room for maintenance personnel. More careful consideration will be required for the supporting requirement for the single deck pontoon roof as this type of roof is less rigid.23 shows that the deck is weak in bending and allows lateral deflection of the support leg. As stated in API 650 (2007). mixing propeller.2 Support Leg Support leg is the supporting element for the floating roof when the tank is empty where the roof fall to its lowest position. Secondary seals were mounted above the primary seal in which it can further reduce the vapour and odour losses from the floating roof tank. 38 .18.Primary seals were only used when floating roofs were first devised. The roof needed to be supported at a certain height above the floor not only that the roof will not foul with any internal accessories that installed at the lowest shell such as heating coil. The area of the tank floor in which the legs land shall be reinforced with a fully welded doubler plate which can distribute the leg loads into the floor plating. Figure 1. The most recent innovation on the primary seal is the compression plate type and most of the tank owners are moving toward this new sealing system.21 and Figure 1.removable type. secondary seals were the recent innovation to suit the new legislation in which the new limits of vapour emission was set.22 had been used for many years since floating roof were developed. the supporting legs can be either removable or non. The seals showing in Figure 1. 2.

18. 39 . 2. The rain water which accumulates on the floating roof is drained to the sump which normally set in the low point of the deck.2kPa. Improper roof drainage system would impair tank operation and threatens the safety of the stored product.Applied Force Figure 1. A check valve is installed at the inlet of the drain. a reliable drainage system is indispensable for floating roof storage tanks.23 Lateral Deflection of Supporting Leg There is minimum requirement stated in API 650 (2007) where the legs and attachments shall be designed to the roof and a uniform live load of at least 1. The legs thickness shall be Schedule 80 minimum and sleeves shall be schedule 40 minimum. the roof drains shall be sized and positioned to accommodate the rainfall rate while preventing the roof from accumulate a water level greater then design. The sump will then be drained through a closed pipe work system inside the tank and drained out though the shell nozzle at the bottom side of the shell wall. As addressed in API 650. without allowing the roof to tilt excessively or interfere with its operation.3 Roof Drain System Roof drainage is one of the concerns in the roof designing.

Figure 1.24 Articulated Piping System Flexible pipe system is installed in a single continuous length without ballasting or other devices. It maintains constant repeatable lay-down pattern on the tank floor.The pipe work system which operates inside the tank has to be flexible to allow for the movement of the roof. expanding and contracting with the rise and fall of the roof. Flexible pipe system consists of flexible rubber hose or steel pipe. The two most common used systems are the articulated piping system and the flexible pipe system. However rubber is not recommended for oil industry. siphon type and non-armored hose-type are not acceptable as primary roof drain.24 shows the articulated piping system in a floating tank. Articulated piping system uses solid steel pipe with a series of articulated knuckle joints or flexible swing joint. Figure 1.25 shows photo of a flexible steel pipe system installed in a floating roof tank. As stated in API 650 (2007). not interfere with the equipment of accessories inside the tank. 40 . Figure 1.

It will also allow vapour to escape from the tank as it is an open drain. but only to double deck roof.Figure 1.5 years. this would cause the product to discharge through the drain onto the roof rather than allow water to drain into the tank.27 were taken in November 1993 at one of the refinery plant in Singapore where it showed an articulated drain system installed in the tank. This system had only in service for approximately 2. 41 . however considerable corrosion was observed on the end connector and the galvanized side plate. Its purpose is to allow natural drainage of rainwater in case of malfunction of the primary drain.25 Flexible Steel Pipe System Inside the Tank Emergency roof drain shall be installed. Figure 1. Even though emergency drain was addressed in the API 650 (2007) for double deck roof.26 and Figure 1. some company had already banned the usage of the emergency drain. Emergency roof drains are prohibited by API 650 (2007) on the single deck pontoon roofs as the product level in the tank is always higher than the rainwater level in the centre deck.

27 Flexible Swing Joint 42 .26 Articulated drain pipe system installed inside the tank Figure 1.Figure 1.

The length of the push rod is designed in a way that as the tank is emptied. These vent only come to operate when the floating roof landed. This is to prevent overstress of the roof deck or seal membrane. vol. The number and size of the bleeder vent shall be sized accordance to the maximum filling and emptying rates. when the tank is filling up.28 shows the operation of the valve.15] 43 .18.1. Roof on support legs Tank filling Roof floating Roof on support legs Tank emptying Figure 1. the valve closes after all the air beneath the deck has been expelled and the roof floats.4 Vent – Bleeder Vents Automatic bleeder vents shall be furnished for venting the air to or from the underside of the deck when filling and emptying the tank.28 Bleeder vents [EEMUA 2003. and the tank is drained down or being filled. p. Figure 1. freely venting the space beneath the deck.2. Similarly. the rod touches the tank floor before the roof support leg landed and the will open automatically.

This is why the floating roof is always sized up in such a way that the tank diameter shall at least be equal to its height to enable the use of the rolling ladder for access to the roof. It shall be located near to the gauger platform and capable of resisting the lateral forces imposed by the roof ladder. the ladder can slide along and take up vary angle as required. unequal snow load and wind load.18. Gauger platform is a small access area overhangs the shell to allow the guide pole. the foam system.5 Centering and Anti-Rotation Device Anti-rotation devices also called guide pole is required as stated in API 650 (2007) to maintain the roof in central position and prevent it from rotation. 2.19 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam A fire detection system shall be installed when required. this has to be taken into consideration while designing the roof. 2. The floating roof tanks shall be equipped with the fire fighting system. which the system is designed to deliver a flame smothering expanded foam mixture into the tank rim space to extinguish the fire. There will be a reaction at the lower end of the ladder causing a localized and eccentric load on the roof.18.6 Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform Rolling ladder is the mean of access on to the floating roof. and some other instrument to pass through providing access for the maintenance personnel. This is so that as the roof moves up and down. A foam dam which consists of a short vertical plate is to welded to 44 . fires in floating roof tanks are usually in the area between the shell and the rim of the floating roof.2. The upper end of the ladder is attached to the gauger platform and the lower end is provided with an axle with a wheel on side of ladder which runs on a steel track mounted on a runway structure supported off the roof.

the top pontoon plate at a short distance from the seal. Figure 1. installed around the tank periphery. to allow the whole seal area to flooded with the foam and extinguishes the fire effectively. with the height higher than the upper tip of the seal.29 Foam Fire Fighting System 45 . Figure 1.29 shows a typical arrangement of the foam system which it consists of a foam generated and pourer.

3 m (1ft) above the bottom of each shell course.2 Shell Design The tank shell is designed accordance to the API 650 (2007) and the design considerations had been stated in the literature review under Chapter 2. The roof design will consist of roof stress design.12. 1-Foot Method was the most appropriate method to be used.9 D( H − 0. The 1-foot method calculates the thickness required at design points 0. The shell design include the shell stress design which is to size up the shell wall thickness. Based on the tank size of 39 m diameter.CHAPTER 3: TANK DESIGN 3.3). A Sd Hydrostatic test shell thickness: tt = 4. It was also mentioned in the literature review that there are several methods stated in API 650 (2007) to determine the shell wall thickness.9 D( H − 0. stability check against the wind and seismic load and sizing up the anchor bolt. top and intermediate stiffener ring.G + C. and the roof accessories and fitting design. The required minimum thickness of shell plates shall be the greater of the value computed as followed [API 650. 3. Mechcanical Design Consideation. 2007]: Design shell thickness: td = 4.3) St 46 .1 Introduction Storage tank design consists of 2 main sections – Shell Design and Roof Design.

length L. mm nominal tank diametr. Pi. MPa C. and diameter D.1 show a thin walled cylindrical in which the longitudinal force FL resulted from the internal pressure.Where td = tt = D= H= G= Sd = St = design shell thickness. MPa allowable stress for the hydrostatic test condition.2. m design liquid level.A = corrosion allowance. FL FL t D Pi L Figure 2.1 Longitudinal Stress Figure 2. m design specific gravity of the liquid stored allowable stress for the design condition. mm hydrostatic test shell thickness. mm The equation in the API 650 (2007) 1-Foot Method can be derived from the basic membrane theory. acting on the thin cylinder of thickness t. the two main stresses exerting on the cylindrical shell due to the internal pressure are longitudinal stress and circumferential stress. 3.1 Longitudinal forces acting on thin cylinder under internal pressure 47 . Let’s look into each stress individually by analyzing the stresses in the thin-walled cylindrical shell which an internal pressure exerted on it.

SL = SL = Resisting Area.2 considers the circumferential stresses caused by internal pressure. L ½ FC D ½ FC t Pi ½ FC ½ FC Figure 2. length L. tL = Similarly Figure 2.2. D 4. a = π x D x t (Shade area) Longitudinal Force. 3. acting on the thin cylinder of thickness t. Pi. t Pi. FL Longitudinal Stress.2 Circumferential Stress In term of thickness. a Pi. FL = Pi x π/4 x D2 Area resisting FL. D 4. SL We call this equation as Longitudinal Stress Thickness Equation. and diameter D.2 Circumferential l forces acting on thin cylinder under internal pressure 48 .Longitudinal force.

D SC = 2. SC = Resisting Area. The minimum required thickness from the 1-Foot method can be now be derived. replace the internal pressure. Pi. FC = Pi x D x L Area resisting FC.3.4 Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation and 1-Foot Method From the Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation.Circumferential force. 49 .2. SC We call this equation as Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation. the required wall thickness to withstand the internal pressure. pressure and fixed diameter. Circumferential stress in the thin wall will be the governing stress and hence the Circumferential Stress Thickness Equation (tC) is used. L x t (Shade area) Circumferential Force. pi to the hydrostatic pressure due to product liquid head (ρgh). with a specific allowable stress. and consider the corrosion allowance (C. 3. D 2. tC = Pi. a Pi. for circumferential stress will twice that required for the longitudinal stress.3 m height (H – 0.3 Longitudinal Stress versus Circumferential Stress Comparing the both thickness equations due to the longitudinal stress and circumferential stress.2.A) by adding in to the equation as per Figure 2. 3. a = 2.3). t In term of thickness. consider the effective head at 0. FC Circumferential Stress.

ϕgh

(H – 0.3)

t =

Pi . D 2 . Sc

+ C.A

t=

4.9D(H − 0.3).G + C. A Sd

Allowable design stress, Sd
Figure 2.3 Circumferential Stress Thickness equation to 1-Foot method equation

3.2.5 Shell Design Thickness Calculation

The design calculation for the shell wall thickness is attached in Appendix B. The calculation result for the shell wall thickness is summaries in Table 2.1 and Figure 2.4.

Table 2.1 Shell wall design thickness summary

Where, t.design = t.hydo. = t.min tsc = = Minimum required thickness due to design condition, Minimum required thickness due to hydrostatic test, The greater value of t,design and t.hydro., and Actual thickness used.

50

Excessive Thickness
2440 (11t) 2440 (11t) 2440 (11) 2440 (13t) 2440 (16t) 2440 (19t) 2440 (22t) 2440 (25t) 2440 (28t) Shell Course Hydrostatic Pressure (ρgh) ρ Shell Thk Diagram

1715.2 3,735.2 5,755.2 8,195.2 10,635.2 13.075.2 15,515.2 17,955.2 304.8 20,395.2 Static head @ 1 ft

20,700

Figure 2.4 Diagrammatic sketch of shell wall with design thickness

From the 1-Foot equation, it can be seen that the minimum required shell thickness is directly proportional to the liquid static height; hence the shell thickness diagram shall follow the same shape profile with the hydrostatic pressure due to the design liquid height as shown in Figure 2.4. However it is impractical to construct the tank with the taper thickness, therefore different shell course with different thickness is used. The use of courses with diminishing thickness will has the effect that, at the joint between two adjacent courses, the thicker lower course provides some stiffening to the top, thinner course and this cause an increase in stress in the upper part of the lower course and a reduction in stress in the lower part of the upper course. API 650 (2007) assumes that the

51

reduction in stress in the upper course reaches a maximum value at one foot (300 mm) above the joint and it is at this point, on each course from which the effective acting head is measured [Bob, 2004]. This shows how the 1-Foot method was employed.

3.2.6 Top Stiffener and Intermediate Wind Girder Design

3.2.6.1 Top Stiffener/ Top Wind Girder

Stiffener rings of top wind girder are to be provided in an open-top tank to maintain the roundness when the tank is subjected to wind load. The stiffener rings shall be located at or near the top course and outside of the tank shell. The girder can also be used as an access and maintenance platform. There are five numbers of typical stiffener rings sections for the tank shell given in API 650 (2007) and they are shown in Figure 2.5 [API 650, 2007].

Figure 2.5 Typical stiffener ring section for ring shell

52

The requirement in API 650 (2007) stated that when the stiffener rings or top wind girder are located more than 0.6 m below the top of the shell, the tank shall be provided with a minimum size of 64 x 64 x 4.8 mm top curb angle for shells thickness 5 mm, and with a 76 x 76 x 6.4 mm angle for shell more than 5 mm thick. A top wind girder in my tank is designed to locate at 1 m from the top of tank and therefore for a top curb angle of size 75 x 75 x 10 mm is used in conjunction with the stiffener detail a) in Figure 2.5. The top wind girder is designed based on the equation for the minimum required section modules of the stiffener ring [API 650, 2007].
D2H2  V    17  190 
2

Z=

Where Z= D= H2 = V= Minimum required section modulus, cm³ Nominal tank diameter, m Height of the tank shell, in m, including any freeboard provided above the maximum filling height design wind speed (3-sec gust), km/h
D2H

The term

17

on the equation is based on a wind speed of 190 km/h and therefore the

 V 2   term  190  is included in the equation for the desire design wind speed. The design

calculation for the top wind girder is attached in Appendix B section 4.0. From the design calculation, a fabricated Tee-girder of size T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10 with toe plate length 250 mm, web plate length 825 mm, toe plate thickness 10 mm and web plate thickness 8mm is used. The detail of the Tee-girder used for the top wind girder is shown in Figure 2.6.

53

007. The web length of 825 mm had exceeded the 16 times of its thickness (16 x 8 = 128 mm).700 mm. the maximum height of the un-stiffened shell shall be determined. It is essential to analysis the shell to ensure that it is stable under these conditions. Therefore the selected girder size is sufficient. nominal tank diameter of 39. supports for the girders will be provided.655.6.5. Intermediate stiffener or wind girder will be provided if necessary. support shall be provided for all stiffener rings when the dimension of the horizontal leg or web exceeds 16 times the leg or web thickness [API 650. the minimum required section modulus for the top wind girder was found to be 1. The supports shall be spaced at the interval required for the dead load and vertical live load. 2007]. To determine whether the intermediate wind girder is required.9. Accordance to API 60 (2007) clause 5.140 mm³ and the available section modulus for Tee girder T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10 is 2. 2007]: 54 .6 Fabricated Tee Girder for Top Wind Girder With the design wind speed of 140 km/h.2 Intermediate Wind Girder The shell of the storage tank is susceptible to buckling under influence of wind and internal vacuum. 3. especially when in a near empty or empty condition.000 mm and height of tank shell 20.662 mm³. The maximum height of the un-stiffener shell will be calculated as follows [API 650.2.10 mm Web plate 250 mm Shell plate 8 mm 825 mm Toe plate Figure 2.

the shell is made of up diminishing thickness and it makes the analysis difficult. The summary of transform shell height is shown in Figure 2.7. between the intermediate wind girder and top wind girder Thickness of the top shell course. The equivalent shell method is employed to convert the multi-thickness shell into an equivalent shell having the equal thickness as to the top shell course. km/h As stated in earlier section 3. 2007]:  t uniform Wtr = W   t  actual     5 Where Wtr W = = Transposed width of each shell course.25. mm Actual width of each shell course. m design wind speed (3-sec gust). mm Thickness of the shell course for which the transpose width is being calculated.47t     D  V  3 3 Where H1 = t= D= V= Vertical distance. mm The sum of the transposed width of the courses will be the height of the transformed shell (H2). in m. tuniform = tactual = 55 . The actual width of each shell course in changed into a transposed width of each shell course having the top shell course thickness by the following formula [API 650. mm Thickness of the top shell course. mm Nonimal tank diameter. t   190  H 1 = 9.

The same equation in the top wind girder can be used. 2007]: Z= D 2 H1  V    17  190  2 56 . the vertical distance between the intermediate wind girder and top wind girder is used. The total number intermediate wind girder required can be determined by simply divide the height of transformed shell with the maximum un-stiffened shell height. The maximum un-stiffened shell height is calculated to be 9. The equation will become [API 650. minimum required section modulus of the intermediate wind girder has to be determined.Figure 2.182 mm which is less then the transformed shell height. hence an intermediate wind girder is required. intermediate wind girder is required. Similarly. The detail calculation is the intermediate wind girder is attached in Appendix B section 5.0.7 Height of transform shell If the height of transformed shell is greater than the maximum height of un-stiffened shell. but instead of the total shell height H2.

including any freeboard provided above the maximum filling height design wind speed (3-sec gust).812 mm³ and a fabricated Tee-girder of size T 405 x 150 x 8 x 8 with toe plate length 150 mm. The available section modulus for intermediate Tee girder is 863.86 kPa (V/190)² and 1.7 Overturning Stability against Wind Load The overturning stability of the tank shall be analyzed against the wind pressure.2. 8 mm Web plate 150 mm Shell plate 8 mm 405 mm Toe plate Figure 2.8. The design wind pressure on the vertical projected areas of cylindrical surface area (ws) shall be 0.Where Z= D= H2 = V= Minimum required section modulus. The wind pressure used in the analysis is given as per API 650 (2007). km/h The minimum required section modulus for the intermediate wind girder was calculated to be 225. These design wind 57 .143 mm³ and proven that the selected girder size is sufficient.44 kPa (V/190)² uplift on horizontal projected area of conical surface (wr). web plate length 405 mm. and to determine the stability of the tank with and without anchorage. m Height of the tank shell. in m. toe plate thickness 8 mm and web plate thickness 8 mm is used. cm³ Nominal tank diameter.8 Fabricated Tee Girder for Intermediate Wind Girder 3. The detail of the selected intermediate Tee-girder is shown in Figure 2.

As per API 650 (2007). i. The loading diagram due to the wind pressure on the floating roof tank is shown in Figure 2. ii.9. where there will be no projected area for the roof.4 Mpi < < MDL / 1. 0.pressure are in accordance with American Society of Civil Engineer .ASCE 7 for wind exposure Category C [ASCE 7.6 Mw + Mpi Mw + 0.5 (MDL + MF) / 5 58 . the tank will be structurally stable without anchorage when the below uplift criteria are meet [API 650.9 Overturning check on tank due to wind load The wind load (Fs) on the shell is calculated by multiplying the wind pressure ws to the projected area of the shell. and the wind load (Fr) on the roof will be zero as the roof will be floating on the liquid into the tank. 2007]. Fs H/2 Moment about shell to bottom joint Dead Load (WDL) Liquid hold down weight (Wa) Figure 2. 2005]. Wind uplift load Internal pressure load D/2 Wind load on shell.

5 D. Fby is the minimum specified yield stress of the bottom plate under the shell and tb is the thickness of Bottom plate under the shell. MDL = Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from the weight of the shell and roof supported by the shell and is calculated as 0. The weight of the roof is zero since the roof is floating on the liquid. WDL.  1000  2 The liquid weight (wa) is the weight of a band of liquid at the shell using a specific gravity of 0. Fr and Fs is the wind load acting on the roof and shell respectively and Lr and Ls is the height from tank bottom to the roof center and shell center respectively. The detail calculation for the overturning stability against wind load is in Appendix B section 6.020.4 Mpi = 7.Where Mpi = moment about the shell-to-bottom from design internal pressure (Pi) and it can be calculated by the formula  π × D 2 × Pi  × D .345.   1 4  1  2 Mw = Overturning moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from horizontal plus vertical wind pressure and is equal to Fr.D or 59 × tb Fby × H .Lr + Fs.7 and a height of one-half the design liquid height H. 0.10. MF = Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from liquid weight and is equal to   wa × π × D  D × .6 Mw + Mpi = 4.964 < (MDL +MF) / 2 Figure 2.578 < MDL / 1. A summarized result is shown in Figure 2.90 H.241.Ls. Wa will be the lesser of 0. The calculation had shown that both the uplift criteria are met and the tank will be structurally stable even without anchorage.700.0.5 Mw + 0.10 Summary Result for Overturning Stability against wind load 59 .

The overturning moment will be calculated and check for the anchorage requirement.11 Seismic Diagram for a Floating Roof Tank 60 . Uplift force due to seismic Free board Convective Impulsive Base Shear. V Overturning Moment. There are three major analyses to be performed in the seismic design. Mrw Figure 2. and they are: i) Overturning Stability check .8 Seismic Design The seismic design of the storage tank is accordance to API 650 (2007) – Appendix E.2. ii) Maximum base shear iii) Freeboard required for the sloshing wave height – It is essential for a floating roof tank to have sufficient freeboard to ensure the roof seal remain within the height the tank shell. The number of anchor bolt required and the anchor bolt size will also be determined based on the overturning moment.3.

seismic design of floating roofs is beyond the API 650 (2007) scope and it will be a challenge for engineer to analyses the seismic effect on the floating roof. This seismic design is only apply to the tank shell. 2007]. 61 . Impulsive and convective shall be combined by the direct sum or the square roof of the sum of the squares (SRSS) method. The pseudo-dynamic design procedures are based on the response spectra analysis methods and two response modes of the tank and its content – impulsive and convective are considered. which is based on a maximum considered earthquake ground motion defined as the motion due to an event with a 2% probability of exceed within a 50-year period [API 650. The detail of the convective frequency is discussed in section 3. The impulsive mode is based on a 5% damped response spectral and 0. This presumption is normally made for the ambient tanks and it provides answers of sufficient accuracy. The seismic design addressed in API 650 (2007) Appendix E is based on the Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Method with the specific load combination and the ground motion requirements are derived from ASCE 7. The convective component is the part of the liquid in the upper part of the tank which is free to form waves or to slosh. It experiences the same accelerations and displacement as the tank. It has a much longer natural frequency time than the impulsive portion.8. but only to the tank shell.2. The impulsive component is the part of the liquid in the lower part of the tank which moves with the tank as though it were a solid.The behavior of liquid in a vertical cylindrical container when subjected to an earthquake was clarified by G. Houser in his paper “Earthquake Pressures on Fluid Containers” and the theory is now widely used and also applied in API 650 (2007).W. The tank is presumed to be rigid but this is not exactly true.5% damped spectral for the convective mode.4.

2. 2007]: • For 5% damped spectral response acceleration parameter at short period of 0. I = 1. API 650 (2007) defined the following substitution [API 650. which is outside the U.2.8.3.2 sec. Ss = 2.8.A region and not defined in ASCE 7. Mrw is as follow [API 650.S.0 sec.2 Overturning Stability The seismic overturning moment at the base of the tank shall be the SRSS summation of the impulsive and convective components multiply by the respective moment arms to the center of action of the forces. Sp = 0. 2007]: 62 . For tanks supported by the concrete ring wall.5 Sp • For 5% damped spectral response acceleration parameter at period of 1. S1 = 1. SUG = III This tank is to be built and installed in Turkmenistan.1 Site Geometry Design Data for Seismic Design The site geometry design data for seismic design to be used in the analysis are as follow: i) ii) iii) iv) Seismic Peak Ground Acceleration.3g Importance Factor.50 Site Class = D Seismic Group. For site not defined in ASCE 7.25 Sp 3. the equation for calculating the ringwall moment.

N Xi = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the center of action of the lateral seismic force related to the impulsive liquid force for ring wall moment. N Wc = Effective convective (sloshing) portion of liquid weight. m Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the roof and roof appurtenances center of gravity.Mrw = Where Ai = Ac = Wi = [Ai(WiXi + WsXs + WrXr )]2 + [Ac(WcXc)]2 Impulsive design response spectrum acceleration coefficient. N Ws = Total weight of the tank shell and appurtenances. any permanent attachments and 10% of the roof design snow load. 63 . %g Effective impulsive portion of liquid weight. It is also important to the civil engineer to design the tank foundation in which the tank is being supported. m This overturning moment is important for the mechanical to design the anchorage requirement and determine the minimum the number and size of the anchor bolt for the storage tank. knuckles. N Wr = Total weight of fixed tank roof including framing. m Xc = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the center of action of the lateral seismic force related to the convective liquid force for ring wall moment. m Xs = Xr = Height from the bottom of the tank shell to the shell’s center of gravity. %g Convective design response spectrum acceleration coefficient.

2007]: For Tc ≤ TL.5Q.  1 Ac = KS D1 T  c  I   Ts  I    = 2.Fa. The parameter in equation are defined the section 8. Ac[API650.3 Design Spectral Accelerations The spectral acceleration parameters are given in the equation below and they are based on the response spectrum pictured in Figure 2.4. 2007]: I  I  Ai = S DS   = 2.007 And.5K .So 2 D1  Tc   T    C Ac = KS   I   Rwc     64 .: I  I  Ai = 0.2.875Sp Rwi  Rwi  • Convective spectral acceleration parameter.T  L  I   L  2  Rwc  = 2.5S1   = 0. Ai [API650.5K .8.3.8. site class E and F only. • Impulsive spectral acceleration parameter. Ai ≥ 0.Fa.Q.So Rwi  Rwi  But.2.Fa.So    Rwc   T  Rwc    c For Tc > TL. T   Ts.Q.12.

2007].68H  tanh   D  Or it can also be determined from the figure 2.Figure 2. Tc = 1. D Where Ks = sloshing period coefficient and is defined as Ks = 0. 65 .8Ks.12 Design Response Spectral for Ground-Supported Liquid Storage Tanks [API650. in second is calculated by the following equation [API650. 2007] 3.8. Tc The first mode sloshing wave period (Tc).2.578  3.13.4 Parameter Required for Seismic Design i) Convective (Sloshing) Period.

iv) Acceleration-based site coefficient (at 0.2. Fa The acceleration. Ks [API650. Q The scaling factor. 2007]. 2007] ii) Regional-dependent transition period for longer period ground motion.13 Sloshing Period Coefficient.Figure 2. TL It was defined in API 650 (2007) that for regions outside U. 2007].2 sec period). TL shall be taken as 4 seconds [API650.2 second period.A.S. iii) Scaling Factor.0 in API 650 (2007) unless it was otherwise defines in the regulatory requirement where ASCE 7 does not apply [API650. Fa was determined directly from the Table 2. Q was defined to be taken as 1.based site coefficient at 0. 66 .

0 1.5 Ss = 0.8 1.8 1.5 S1 = 0.75.0 1.0 second period.4 0.0 1. Fv was determined directly from the Table 2.0 0.6 2. Table 2.4 3.50 0.9 Ss ≥ 1. v) Velocity-based site coefficient (at 1.9 a a a a a F Site-specific geotechnical investigation and dynamic site response analysis is required. S1 = 0.8 1.4 a a a a a F Site-specific geotechnical investigation and dynamic site response analysis is required.3 Value of Fv as a Function of Site Class [API650.8 2. Fa is to be interpolate between the value in S1 = 0.25 0. 2007] For site class of D and Ss as 2.6 2.1 1. therefore Fa is taken as 1.25 0. Mapped Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Response Acceleration at 1 Sec Periods Site Class A B C D E a S1 ≤ 0.375. 67 .0 1. where Sp = 0.2 1.2 Ss = 1.5 0.5 Sp. where Sp = 0.4.0 1.75 0.7 2.8 1.0 1.3 0.3g.8 1. Table 2.2. 2007] For site class of D and S1 as 1.2 0.0 0.3g.5 2.0 1.0 sec period). the velocity-based site coefficient at 1.8 1.25 Sp.8 1.7 Ss = 0. Fv Similarly.Mapped Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods Site Class A B C D E a Ss ≤ 0.2 1.0 1. The interpolated value for Fv is 1.1 0.65.0 1.3 1.1 0.2 Value of Fa as a Function of Site Class [API650.5 1.0 1.8 1.2 S1= 0.8 1. Ss = 0.8 S1 = 0.8 1.2 1.3 and S1 = 0.4 1.4 S1 ≥ 0.0 1.0 1.0 3.4 1.6 2.3.

therefore the response modification factors for Impulsive (Rwi) is 4 and for Convective (Rwc) is 2. The response modification factors for ASD method defined in API 650 (2007) as shown in Table 2.vi) Response modification factors for ASD Methods.63 s 4s 0. The design parameters are summarized in the Table 2. Impulsive Q Fa Fv I Rw Tc TL So SDS SD1 1 1.5 Summary of design parameter 2 68 .4.5 4 Rwc (Convective) 2 2 Table 2. There is no value defined by the regulation for this project. Rwi for impulsive and Rwc for convective are normally defined by the regulations. Rw The ASD response modification factors. 2007] The tank was designed to be mechanically anchored.5 and the spectral accelerations can be calculated. and if these value are not defined by the regulations. therefore value from API 650 (2007) will be used.5 4 6. Anchorage System Self-anchored Mechanically . the values defined in API 650 (2007) shall be used.2 Convective 1.3 0.6187 Table 2.9 0.65 1.4 Response Modification Factors for ASD Methods [API650.anchored Rwi (Impulsive) 3.

3 SD 0. Wp by the weight ratio (Wi / Wp) and (Wc / Wp) respectively as per equation below. I  I  Ai = S DS   = 2.8.6 0.Q.1 0 0 1 2 Ts = 0. (Tc > TL)  T  I   Ts.Fa.34% g Convective Spectral Acceleration.4 Ai = 0. The proportion of the product liquid in the impulsive and convective 69 .Fa.TL  I  Ac = KS D1  L   T 2  Rwc  = 2.So Rwi  Rwi  = 0.5Q.7 0.0633% g And the response spectrum curve is plotted as shown in Figure 2. The relationships between the equations are also graphically illustrated in Figure 2.0633%g 3 4 5 6 7 Tc = 6. These equations are originally developed by Housner and it is now employed by the API 650 (2007).14 Response Spectrum Curve 3.14.Impulsive Spectral Acceleration.2 0. Spectral Response Acceleration.2.5 K .138s Sai (Impulsive) Sac (Convective) Ac = 0.So Tc 2  Rwc       C  = 0.15. Sa 0.8 0.63 8 9 10 Periods. T (sec) Figure 2.69s T0 = 0.5 Effective Weight of Product The effective weights Wi and Wc are determine by multiplying the total product weight.34%g 0.5 0.

333. 2007] 70 .15 Effective weight of Liquid ratio [API650.333.218 .0 − 0.portions is a function of the tank shape and the calculation methods will be different for short tanks with D/H greater than 1. 866  H   0 . Wi = When D/H < 1. D   tanh  0 .Wp  Figure 2.230 D  0.Wp H  • For effective convective weight.Wp D  Wi = 1. 866 .367 H tanh H  D  .333.333 and for tall tanks with D/H less than 1. Wc = 0. • For effective impulsive weight. When D/H ≥ 1.

6 Center of Action for Effective Lateral Forces The moment arm from the base of the tank to the center of action for the equivalent lateral forces from the liquid has to be defined for the overturning moment. Xi and Xc are determine by multiplying the maximum design liquid height H by the ratio (Xi / H) and (Xc / H) respectively as per equation below [API 650. D  Xi = 0.5 − 0.H H  • For convective force. When D/H ≥ 1. The center of action for the impulsive lateral forces for the tank shell.16.67 H sinh   D  D    . The relationships between the equations are also graphically illustrated in Figure 2.   3.333.8. roof and appurtenances is assumed to act through the center of gravity of the component.67 H   3.3.67 H  cosh  −1   D  Xc = 1. 375 H When D/H < 1. • For impulsive force. 2007].2.333. Xi = 0 .0 − 3. The heights from the bottom of the tank shell to the center of action of the lateral force seismic force applied to the effective weights Wi and Wc.094 .H    71 .

2.2. this moment is the portion of the total overturning moment that acts at the base of the tank shell perimeter and is used to determined loads on a ring wall foundation.7 Ring Wall Moment The ring wall moment. 72 .6 are defined. V = Vi 2 + Vc 2 Where Vi = Impulsive force and is defined as Vi = Ai ( Ws + Wr + Wf + Wi). 3.3 to 3. Mrw now can be determine after all the parameters in 3.8.2. the tank anchorage forces.8. and to check the longitudinal shell compression.2.8 Base Shear Force The seismic base shear is defined as the SRSS combination of the impulsive and convective components with the following equation [API 650.8.X/H Xc /H Xi /H Figure 2.8. 2007]. 2007] 3.16 Center of Action for Effective Forces [API650.

8 m Figure 2. N Not that the tank is a floating roof tank.998 KN Convective Xc =12.7 m V = 48. N Wf = Total weight of the tank bottom. N Wr = Total weight of fixed tank roof including framing.636 KN Impulsive Xi = 7. N Ws = Total weight of the tank shell and appurtenances. N Wc = Effective convective (sloshing) portion of liquid weight.453 KNm 73 . therefore Wr = 0 and the total weight of the tank roof is added to the weight of the tank content. any permanent attachments and 10% of the roof design snow load.Vc = Convective force and is defined as Vc= Ac.17 Seismic Moment and Force Diagram Mrw = 381. as the roof is floating on the liquid.Wc And Wi = Effective impulsive portion of liquid weight. Wc = 100. The base shear force and the ring wall moment due to the seismic effect is summarized the seismic moment and force diagram in Figure 2. knuckles.17.327 KN Wi = 137.

i) Anchorage requirement The resistance to the design ring wall overturning moment at the base of the shell will be provided by the weight of the tank shell.8.9 Resistance to Overturning There are three resisting components to resist against the overturning due to the seismic.785 Criteria No calculated uplifted under the design seismic overturning moment. Modify the annular plate if L < 0.035D is not controlling or add mechanical anchorage.3. ii) annular plate width which sits directly under the first shell course and iii) the shell compression at the bottom of the shell.785 < J ≤ 01. 2007] 0. they are the i) anchorage. Tank is selfanchored.54 J > 1. Table 2.6 will determine whether the tank can be self-anchored or mechanically anchored. The tank is self-anchored. J. Anchorage Ratio. J J ≤ 0. The anchorage requirement is checked by the Anchorage Ratio. Tank is not stable and cannot be self-anchored for the design load.54 74 . Wrs. but the tank is stable for the design load providing the shell compression requirements are satisfied. Tank is uplifting.2. by the weight of a portion of the tank contents adjacent to the shell for unanchored tanks or provided by the mechanical anchorage devices. and the anchorage ratio criteria in Table 2.6 Anchorage Ratio Criteria [API650. weight of the roof reaction.

75 . specified yield strength of bottom annulus.19 which is more the 1.7 (as defined in Site Design Data) Wint = Uplift due to product pressure = 0 (for floating roof tank ) wrs = Roof load acting on shell. G = 1. 28 H . J is determined as follow [API650. 9 ta Fy . m Ge = Effective specific gravity including vertical seismic effect = G. D . therefore the tank has to be mechanically anchored.Ge ≤ 1 .Ge And Fy = Min.4 Av ) + wa − 0.(1 .54.D Resisting force of annulus which is defined as 7 .0. 2007]: J= Mrw D [wt (1 − 0.4 wint ] 2 Where wt = Weight of tank shell & portion of roof supported by shell and is define as wt = wa = Ws + wrs π .4 Av) . = 241 N/mm2 H= Maximum design product level.The anchorage ratio. Anchor bolt will have to be design and sized up. Specific gravity Av = Vertical earthquake acceleration coefficient = 0. H . including 10% of specified snow load = 0 (for floating roof) The anchorage ratio was found to be 2.

4 Av ) +   1.ii) Annular plate requirement Before going into the anchor bolt design. For the thickness of the bottom plate or annular plate (ta) under the shell is thicker than the remainder. Shell Bottom ts= 28 Annular Plate Bottom Plate ta= 16 mm L = 1.57 mm and the actual width used in 1.108. and ts is the thickness bottom shell course less corrosion allowance [API 650.035D) The minimum annular width.200 mm. annular plate width shall be check to the stability due to the seismic.18 Annular Plate Requirement iii) Shell Compression The maximum shell longitudinal compression stress at the bottom of the shell for the mechanical-anchored tanks is determined by the below formula. Hence the annular plate width is sufficient for the seismic loading. σ c =  wt (1 + 0. 2007].57 mm Figure 2.273Mrw  1  D2  1000ts 76 .01723 ⋅ t a Fy H . and L = 0.Ge (450 ≤ L ≤ 0.035 times the tank nominal diameter.108. the minimum projection of the supplied thicker annular plate inside the tank wall shall be at least equal to L and not more than 0. L was calculated as 1.

8 time its specify yield stress. and Fc is found to be 57.69 N/mm².10 Anchorage Design As the tank was found to be structurally unstable and cannot be self-anchored for the design load. Fc = 83ts D When GHD 2 t 2 < 44.The calculated maximum longitudinal shell compression stress has to be less than the allowable stress Fc.5 D And Fc < 0.4 Av)  + wint D2   And it calculated to be 36. 3. which can be determined as follow [API 650.L7.5Fty The maximum longitudinal shell compression stress. with the minimum specific yield stress of 551. 2007]:  1. Fty.273Mrw  w AB =  − wt (1 − 0. and the allowable 77 .5 (G ⋅ H ) 2. which is 0.8.2. the design uplift load on the anchor bolts due to the seismic is determined by the following [API650. the tank has to be anchored with the anchor bolts. 2007]: When GHD 2 t 2 ≥ 44.5 N/mm². Sy. The material used for the anchor bolts is the high strength bolt SA 320 Gr. The anchor bolts are sized to provide the minimum anchorage resistance.94 N/mm² which is less than 0. GHD 2 t2 is 40. Fc = 83ts + 7. σc is calculated to be 12.796 KN.22 which is less than 44. the tank is structurally stable. Therefore. The tensile stresses in the anchor bolt which the uplift load applied on have to be check against the allowable tensile strength.5 time the minimum specific yield stress of the bottom shell.

5 D. δs Convective Impulsive Figure 2.94 N/mm². and hence the tensile stress on each of the anchor bolt can be is determine by σ b = W AB and found to be 161.2 N/mm². 3.11 Freeboard The minimum freeboard required above the top capacity is determined by considering the sloshing of the liquid inside the tank. Af Where.S D 1 TL T C2 T T = 2 .8. Total 86 numbers of M64 bolts are pre-selected for the design.2.tensile strength for the bolt will be 0. hence proving that the N ⋅ Ab selected number (N) and the anchor bolt size (Ab) is sufficient. FaSo  s 2L  T  C     78 . for Tc > TL in the seismic group SUG III. 5 K . A f = K .8Sy = 441.19 Sloshing Wave of Liquid Inside Tank The sloshing wave height above the product design height can be estimated by the following equation [API 650.Q .2007]: δs = 0.

δs [API 650.08 and δs will be 1.8. 2007].section 7 at the end of the report. the minimum required freeboard for the SUG III tanks and shall be equal to the sloshing wave height. Accordance to API 650 (2007). 79 .2.647 mm.12 Seismic Design Summary The complete seismic design calculation can be found in Appendix B . 3.Af was found to be 0.

3. The pontoon type . Therefore it is not worth to repeat here. In view of out tank diameter of 39 m. 3.3 Roof Design There is limited procedure and rules provided for the floating roof design as most of the components. where the insulation effect due to the air gap between the decks plate in the double deck floating roof is not favorable.1 Single deck Floating roof 80 .single deck floating roof was normally used for tank diameter less than 65 m due to flexibility of the deck plate. the consideration of melting the snow from the product is essential. the single deck floating roof was selected. particularly the fitting and accessories in the floating roof are proprietary design. roof stress design and the fitting and accessories design and operation. buoyancy design.3. Figure 3.1 Roof Type Selection Different types of floating roof had been discussed in the previous chapter – literature review. The roof design consists of roof type selection. double deck will be used for larger diameter tank as double is more rigid and stable. As our tanks are to be built in a country with extreme winter and snow. Further consideration of the insulation effect of the double deck roof was also considered. and the cost effectiveness.

Bulkhead Pontoon 2 adjacent pontoon & center deck flooded Figure 3.3 shows the minimum requirement for the single deck pontoon floating roof 81 . Figure 3.3. and this thickness will be verified the design calculation.7 or lower for the product and inoperative of roof drain for: – Deck plate & any two adjacent pontoon compartments punctured and flooded the center deck as per figure 3.2 Pontoon and Center Deck Design The basic requirement as stated in API 650 (2007) for the pontoon design is that the pontoon has to be designed to have sufficient buoyancy to remain on the product with the design specific gravity of 0.2 Center deck and 2 adjacent compartments puncture API 650 (2007) required all the deck plate to have a minimum nominal thickness of 5 mm and the deck of the single deck pontoon floating roof has to be designed to be in contact with the liquid during normal operation. – Rainfall of 10” (250 mm) in 24 hour period over roof area. The design shall be able to accommodate the deflection of the deck caused by trapped vapour.3. A nominal thickness of 8 mm was used in my center deck design.2.

Figure 3. p118] 3.1. W(deck) Figure 3.3. i) Dead Load Only – No flooding in center deck Buoyant force. There are two load cases used. Fb Deck self weight. vol.4 Case 1 – Dead Load Only 82 .with the inoperative roof drain.3 Minimum Requirement for Single Deck Pontoon Floating Roof [EEMUA 2003. compartments puncture and deck plate flooded and holding of 250 mm of rainfall.1 Roof Stress Design Roof stress design is performed on the center deck by studying the stresses and analyzing the effects of the stresses on the roof.2.

When the deflection becomes larger and exceeds one-half the plate thickness.3. the middle surface. Figure 3.2 Effect of Large Deflection on Center Deck When a flat plate deflects under the normal condition.Unit Lateral Pr essure = W (deck ) − Fb Deck Area ii) Dead load plus 250 mm of rain accumulation Buoyant force. Figures 3. the middle surface will become appreciably strained and the stresses in it would cause defect or failure and hence it should not be ignored.6 (a) and (b) show the defection of the center deck under the two cases.5 Case 2 – Dead Load + 10” Rain Accumulation Unit Lateral Pr essure = W ( deck) + W ( rain) − Fb Deck Area 3. halfway between top and bottom surfaces will remains unstressed. This will be the case in the thin deck plate of 8 mm. Fb 10" Rain Rain weight Deck self weight. at other points there will be biaxial stressed in the plane of the plate.2. 83 .

and it enables the plate to carry part of the load as a diaphragm in direct tension.6 (b) Deck Deflection in Case 2 This middle surface stress is called the diaphragm stress. This tension may be balanced by radial tension at the edges if the edges are held or by circumferential compression if the edges are not horizontally restrained.Fixed and held by pontoon Unit lateral pressure δ Bouyant Force Figure 3. 84 . or direct stress.6 (a) Deck Deflection in Case 1 Fixed and held by pontoon Unit lateral pressure Rain δ Bouyant Force Figure 3. This circumferential compression may cause buckling in the thin plate.

mm Outer radius of deck plate.86 K2 = = 2. N/mm² α= q= y= σ= = σb = σd = The K constants are determined in the Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain for different cases and edge condition. N/mm² Maximum deflection. 2002].3 [Roark. 2002]. v is the poisson ratio which is equal to 0.33 1− v2 2. N/mm² Diaphragm stress. For circular plates. the plate is stiffer than indicated by the ordinary theory and the load-deflection and load-stress relation become non-linear. The center deck plate is fixed and held at its outer edge by the pontoon. mm Maximum stress due to flexure and diaphragm tension combined σb + σd Bending stress. where the maximum deflection exceeded half the thickness. qα 4 y  y = K1 + K 2   Et 4 t t 3 σα 2 Where t= y  y = K3 + K 4   2 Et t t 2 Thickness of plate (deck plate).In the large deflection of the thin plate. the below formula shall be used for more accurate and precise result [Roark. 3 – edge condition fixed and held with uniform pressure q over entire plate. mm Unit lateral pressure on deck.6 1− v2 = 5.86 85 . The constants will then be determined as below. K1 = 5. hence the condition is considered as case no.

14 30.34 5.81 35.38 Table 3.43 LOAD CASE 2 Deck Center Deck Edge 214. Deflection.52 5.0 54.1 Summary Result for Maximum Deflection and Stresses in Center Deck 3.40 K4 = 1.94 59.86 K4 = 2.84 3.38 33.41 32.86 At Edge : K3 = 4 1− v2 = 4.At Center : K3 = 2 1− v = 2. Rh = σ diaphgram x deck thickness 86 .3. hence there will be radial force acting at the inner rim of the pontoon.2.37 3.1.92 62. The relationship between the radial force and the diaphragm stress as shown below.40 57. y (mm) σ total (N/mm2) σ bending (N/mm2) σ diaphragm (N/mm2) LOAD CASE 1 Deck Center Deck Edge 215. Max.3 Pontoon Stability – Pontoon Ring Design The diaphragm stresses at the deck edge caused the tension at the outer edge of the deck.73 The maximum deflection and the stresses for the both cases are summarized the Table 3.

7 Radial Forces Acting on Pontoon Inner Rim The pontoon stability due to the radial loads is designed with reference to the Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain. and angle α = 1 360 ⋅ 2 Nlp Figure 3. with a very small angle between load points approximated to uniform distributed load in the circular ring design.2 in Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain. however this assumption is of little concern for thin ring. 2002]. It is not so severely deformed as to lose its essentially circular shape. ii) All loading are applied at the radial position of the centroid of the cross section. 2002]. iii) iv) v) It is nowhere stressed beyond the elastic limit. This is not the case for our pontoon ring as the radial load acting on the inner rim are in the lower position. i) The ring is of uniform cross section and has symmetry about the plane of curvature. it is model as closed circular ring and regarded as a statically indeterminate beam and analyzed by the use of Castigliano’s second theorem [Roark. 87 . Its deflection is due primarily to bending. and they are based on several assumptions as listed below [Roark.Rh acting on the Inner Rim is modeled as load point at each mm of circumference. Formulas used are taken directly from the Table 9. Rh mid-pt α Number of point loads at each mm is. Nlp = π x Rim Diameter (Øir) .

Za is calculated to 27. Tr = Rh 2 tan α The pontoon ring stability is checked against the pontoon properties. Mr = Rh.019.2 in Roark’s Formula for Stress and Strain is selected and the formulas for the bending moment and circumferential tensile force between and at the load point are as follow [Roark.626 mm³. Tensile Force. Tm = 2 sin α ii) At load-point: Bending Moment.8 shows the basic geometry for the pontoon and the results are summarized in the Table 3.Do  1 1   −  4  α tan α  Rh Cir. 2160 525 12 900 9 2187 α Rh Figure 3. The pontoon section modulus. 2002]: i) At mid-point: Bending Moment.Case 7 . Mm = Rh.8 Sectional Detail of Pontoon 88 .Ring under any number of equal radial forces equally space from Table 9. Figure 3. Tensile Force.2.Do  1 1 −   4  sin α α  Cir.

89 .14 7. Each of the fitting and accessories has its own unique importance. Bending Stress + Actual Circ.0000007 159.2 Summary Result for Pontoon Ring Stability Where.209 0.3 Fitting and Accessories Design Figure 3.29 7.92 OK -36.08 7. 3.0000007 151.3.9 shows the typical standard accessories and fitting for single deck floating roof which are essential for the operation of the floating roof tank.000001 159. Bending Stress (N/mm2) Allow.867.429 -0.8 discussed in the Literature Review chapter. Stress (N/mm2) Allow. Unity = Actual Bending Stress Allow.429.98 183 165 0. Comp.867. Axial Stress (N/mm2) Unity Check Condition 19. The minimum requirement for the roof fitting had been outlined in the Table 1.POINT MID .429.15 7.POINT LOAD.97 OK -38.07 183 165 0.POINT LOAD.POINT Bending Moment (Nmm) Circ.429 0.209 -0. Stress Allow. malfunction of any one of the fitting would cause roof failure and potentially leading to fatality.000001 151.97 OK 18.98 183 165 0.RING STABILITY CHECK LOAD CASE 1 LOAD CASE 2 MID .07 183 165 0.92 OK Table 3. Force (N) Bending Stress (N/mm2) Circ. Stress The complete design calculation on the roof stress design in attached in Appendix B section 5 of this thesis report.

4. The seals design are the proprietary design by the seal company. they are i) primary seal and ii) secondary seal. The main purpose of the roof seals are to close up the gap between pontoon & shell wall. 90 . the most that the engineer or tank designer can do is to study on each of the different seal and based on the previous experience to do the seal selection. The seals are also to allow irregularities of the tank and roof construction and to account any radial or lateral movement of the roof due to the wind and seismic. hence preventing the escape of vapor from the tank product to the atmosphere and minimize the amount of rain and pollutant entering the product.2 principles of the floating roof. and the appropriate seal has to be selected for suit the tank service.9 Standard Fitting and Accessories for Single Deck Roof 3.Rim Seal Gauge Hatch Pontoon Manway Deck Manway Bleeder Vent Support Leg Deck Liquid Gauger Platform Roller Ladder Rail Track Drain Sump with isolation valve Drain Pipe Figure 3.1 Roof Seal System As discussed in the chapter 2. There are several different types of primary seal available in the market today.3. there will be a 200 mm of gap between the inside of tank shell and the outer rim of the floating roof pontoon.3. Normally there will be two types of seals installed in the floating roof tank. Therefore the seal must be flexible enough to take in all these purposes.

ensuring the sealing ring is held in constant contact with the tank shell. it is the pusher bar to push the shoe plate instead of the counter weight. pressing the sealing ring against the tank shell. The design principles are basically similar to the Pantograph Hanger. The sealing ring was supported by the weighted pantograph system which the steel weights activate the tank lever system. • Mechanical (Metallic) Shoe Seal The Mechanical Shoe Seal which was recommended in API 650 (2007) has two different kinds of seals. Scissor Hanger is more much simple design and economic compared to the Pantograph Hanger.10 is the convectional mechanical seals. rain form the rim gap.i) Primary Seal The functions of the primary seal are to minimize vapour loss. 91 . Primary seal could be in metallic (Mechanical Shoe Seal) or non metallic (Resilient Filled Seal) type. and stainless steel shunts for lighting protection.11 was introduced to the market in the recent years. it consists of a galvanized steel or stainless steel sealing ring with the bottom located below the liquid surface. which are Pantograph Hanger and Scissor Hanger. Pantograph Hanger as shown in Figure 3. a vapour tight fire-resistant continuous seal to close the rim space. This seal is able to provide a rim space variation of ± 130 mm in a nominal 200 mm rim space. also the easier installing and assembly without any hot welding work. Different seal supplier could have different name for it. The shoe plate is designed with Flexures built into the sheet at intervals of approximately 550mm to ensure conformity with the tank shell and allow expansion and contraction. centralize the floating roof and exclude snow. Scissor Hanger as shown in Figure 3.

10 Pantograph Hanger (Courtesy of VACONOSEAL) Figure 3.12 Completed Assembled Pantograph Hanger (Courtesy of WB) Figure 3.12 and Figure 3.Figure 3.11 Scissor Hanger (Courtesy of HMT) Figure 3.13 shows the complete assembled and the end section of the Pantograph Hanger respectively. Figure 3.13 End Section Pantograph Hanger (Courtesy of WB) 92 .

the mechanical force is obtained by taking a compressible foam material and inserting it between the floating roof rim and the tank shell. The liquid mounted seal has better vapour conservation characteristics. it is vapour mounted.15 Liquid-Filled Seal (Courtesy of VACONOSEAL) 93 . where the lower part of the seal touches the stored liquid.15 shows the liquid filled.14 Foam-Filled Seal (Courtesy of VACONOSEAL) Figure 3. Figure 3. In the foam filled seal. Figure 3. and if it is mounted above the liquid.14 shows the foam filled and Figure 3. Resistance to the scuffing action of the roughened tank shell plates is achieved by wrapping the resilient foam in an envelope of reinforced plastic sheet or rubber sheet. the seal is said to be liquid mounted.• Resilient Filled (Non-Metallic) Seal The resilient filled seal can be of the foam filled or liquid filled. The foam and envelope may be mounted in a number of variants.

Figure 3. It was recommended by the API 650 (2007) and the liquid filled resilient seal was prohibited by some of the oil company. it reduced vapour loss which in turn cost saving. After the study of the above seal system. a looped envelope of reinforced rubber sheet is supported in the rim gap and the envelope is filled with a neutral liquid such kerosene. the Mechanical Shoe Seal Scissor type was selected for its highly reputed performance. Figure 3. The envelope is normally ribbed and a tube may be fitted to contain the kerosene. lower cost and simple installation. By virtue of its depth and density the liquid spreads the envelope and exerts a force against the tank shell.16 show one kind of the secondary seal. ii) Secondary Seal Secondary seal is mounted on top of the primary seal.In the liquid filled seal.16 Secondary Seal (Courtesy of VACONOSEAL) 94 . enhanced safety by protection against rim fires. environmental protection with less odour and compliance with the air standards and it significantly reduces the amount of rainwater entering the tank contents by running down the shell.

urethane. The basic requirement of the seal material is the chemical resistance. The primary seals should always be hydro-carbon resistance since they are in direct contact with the product and product vapour and the top coat of the secondary seals shall be ultraviolet resistant and flame retardant.urethane.3 Common Material for Select Product 95 . or Buna-N-Vinyl Fluoropolymers.3.3. the ultraviolet resistance in which the seal expose to direct sunlight and the material has to be flame retardant.3 and the properties of the common material are shown in Table 3.2 Roof Seal Material It is essential to select the correct material for the primary and secondary rim seals. which is related to the stored product. Some common materials for the selected product are listed in the Table 3. which is hydrocarbon resistance material at the bottom section and Ultraviolet resistance at the top section. The tip structure of the secondary seals which slides along the tank shell would preferably be made of two kinds of material. Fluid Stored Crude Oil Refined Products Gasoline/ MTBE blend Seal Material Fluoropolymers. nitrile Fluoropolymers. fluoroelastomers. nitrile Table 3. urethane laminate.3.4.

96 .2. The basic requirement for the roof support legs had been discussed in the Literature Review in chapter 2. for tanks diameter up to 60 m. p118] 3.Material Vition ® (FPM)/ nylon (PA) Teflon ® (PTFE)/ glass Neoprene (CR)/ calcium silicate Polyurethane (EU)/ nylon (PA) or polyester (TPE-E) PVC-nitrile (PVC-NBR)/ nylon (PA) or polyester (TPE-E) or glass Nitrile (NBR)/ Nylon (PA) or polyester (TPE-E) Resistance Against Hydrocarbons Very Good Very Good Reasonable Good Good Reasonable UV light Very Good Very Good Good Good Reasonable Poor Flame Retardant? Yes Yes No No No No Table 3. and for the centre deck support leg. In designing the roof support legs. mixers. one leg per 6 m of tank circumference was approximated. For the pontoon support leg. heating coil and drainage system. the number of support legs required for a single deck roof can be roughly approximated before a structural check on the legs is performed. There will be two type of roof support which is the pontoon support leg and the deck support leg.3.18.3 Roof Support Leg Roof support legs are provided in the floating roof tank to support the roof when landed and keep the roof away from any tank appurtenances that locate at or near bottom of the tank such as inlet and outlet connection.3.1. The supports legs are adjustment in height to provide both a low operating position and a high cleaning position.4 Properties of Common Seal Material [EEMUA 2003. vol. one leg per 34 m² of center deck area and for tanks diameter larger than 60 m one leg per 26 m² of center deck area was approximated.

Numbers and location of the support legs for the floating roof was as shown in Figure 3.The supports legs are to be designed to carry only the weight of the roof and a uniform live load of 1. but not the weight of any accumulated rain water on the deck.716 22 Nos. at R 4267 High Position 97 The compressive stress in each support leg at each radius location was determined and checked against the allowable stress as per AISC standard [ANSI/AISC 360. at R 8839 5 Nos. 15 Nos. at R 18. Therefore it is important to ensure that drain out all the rain accumulation before landing the roof. at R 13.2 KN as specifed in API 650 (2007) [API 650.17. The summary stress result was tabulated in Table 3. 2007]. The complete stress design calculation for the roof support leg is attached in Appendix B Section 6.541 Pontoon Leg Deck Leg Low Position Figure 3. Standard pipe are used to design and fabricate the support legs and the pips size used are 3” Schedule 80 which has a thickness of 7.17 Number and Location of Support Legs 10 Nos. .5 and it shows that the actual stresses of all the legs are less than the allowable stress hence proven that the pre-selected number and size of the support legs are sufficient. 2005] using the slenderness ratio.62 mm.

hence avoid vapour pocket and pressure formation.00 No.00 22. hence avoid vacuum.1 Operation of Bleeder Vent Automatic bleeder vents/ valves only come into operation when the floating roof is landed and tank is drained down or tank is filled up. 98 .4 Venting System The venting system is designed to API 2000 (1998) – Venting Atmospheric and LowPressure Storage Tanks [API 2000. 1998].08 74.33 Allowable stress. Automatic Bleeder Vent is the only venting fitting installed on the floating roof.00 10.08 75.08 75. where during in-breathing. The bleeder vent is simply a short piece of steel pipe fabricated with a push rod inside attached to the top cover or stopper.00 13716. They only vent the air to and from under of a floating roof during filling and emptying.59 31. 3. it allows the air under the roof to escape when tank is filled up.62 RESULT OK OK OK OK Table 3. it allows air to enter space under the roof as product drain out from tank.5 Summary Result for Roof Support Legs 3.3.3. of leg 5.00 15. It allows product movement.4. It should not be over design. (N/mm2) 75.00 Actual stress. Similarly during out-breathing. venting requirement shall be at minimal to prevent vapour loss.00 18541. (N/mm2) 25.70 21.3.3. Operation of the automatic bleeder vent can be explained by the Figures 3.18 24.19 (a) and (b) for filling in (Out-Breathing).18 (a) and (b) for emptying (In-Breathing) and Figures 3.00 8839.Leg at radius 4267.

Valve closes Start Emptying Figure 3. Valve opens Air in Air in Emptying Push rod touches floor before roof legs Figure 3.18 (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Finishing) 99 . venting the space beneath the deck.18 (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during In-Breathing (Starting) In the case of emptying (In-breathing). The product continue flowing out of the tank till the push rod in the valve touches the tank floor before the support legs. pushing the valve opens and letting air flowing in freely. the roof is floating on the product when the tank start emptying and the valve is intially closed.

The product start filling in.19 (b) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Finishing) 100 .19 (a) Operating of Bleeder Vent during Out-Breathing (Starting) Valve closes Roof floats Product Filling In Figure 3. The valve will close after all the air beneath the roof had been expelled and the roof start floating on the product.In the case of filling in (Out-breathing). Valve initially open Air / Vapour out Air / Vapour out Product Filling In Roof resting on support leg Figure 3. taking up the air space underneath the deck hence pushing the air/ vapour out through the valve. the roof is resting on the support legs and the valve is initally opened.

3.4.23 m³/h Thermal Breathing consideration is not requirement for the floating roof tank. 1998]. Vv1 = Vo/ 15. The maximum flow of the vacuum venting and pressure venting will be used to determine the minimum size and number of the bleeder vent.2 Bleeder Vent Design The bleeder vent is to design accordance to API 2000 (1998) and sized up by using general flow equation. which is Flow rate of free air for liquid movement.9 m3/h of maximum empty rate at any flash point [API 2000.3.3.097.9 *15. therefore 101 . Vi = 427 m³/hr Design Emptying Rate.86 m3/h of free air for each 15. Vo = 1.86 = 1. i) The vacuum venting (In-Breathing) The requirement for venting capacity for maximum liquid movement out of a tank will be 15. 1998].000 m³ Product Flash point = 67°C Design Filling Rate.100 m³/hr The venting capacity for both In-Breathing (Vacuum venting) and Out-Breathing (Pressure venting) has to be determined as per API 2000 (1998) requirement before the bleeder vent can be sized up. The design data for the venting design is as follow: Nominal Capacity = 24. The requirements for normal venting capacity specified in API 2000 (1998) is that the total normal venting capacity shall be at least the sum of the venting requirements for oil movement and thermal effect [API 2000.

Vv = Vv1 + Vv2 = 1.Flow rate of free air for thermal breathing. A 2.097 m³/h. Vv2 = 0 m³/h The total vacuum flow required will be. The below general flow equation below will be used. which is Flow rate of free air for liquid movement. 1998].g .9 *17 = 457 m³/h Thermal Breathing consideration is not requirement for the floating roof tank.H 102 .9 m³/h (100 Barrel) of maximum filling rate [API 2000. therefore Flow rate of free air for thermal breathing. Vp1 = Vo/ 15. Q = K . Vv2 = 0 m³/h The total pressure flow required will be. Q is the vacuum flow which is 1.097 m³/h ii) The pressure venting (In-Breathing) The requirement for venting capacity for maximum liquid movement out of a tank will be 17 m³/h of free air for each 15. Vp = Vp1 + Vp2 = 457 m³/h Therefore the maximum flow.

0. the minimum number of bleeder vent required for the pre-selected size will be determine as Av _ req Av N vent = = 1 no.81 m²/s Cross sectional area of vent Discharge Coefficient.∆P Based on the equation. where H= ∆P . A vent size of 8” was pre-selected and the cross-sectional area available is 32.124 mm². the minimum required venting area for the maximum flow capacity. 103 .Where H= Head measures as pressure different. total of 2 numbers will be installed in case one of it was blocked or not able function. the equation becomes Av _ req = Q K γ 2.62 for circular Re-arranging it to have it in term of area required. There fore.g. Q was found to be 24. γ ∆P = Pressure different γ = Specific weight of air g= A= K= gravity of acceleration. 9. 251 mm². of vent required (Minimum) However.

104 . Helical Flexible Hose or Pipe system. Rubber hose are strictly prohibited to be use in the oil tank and the two common systems used in the oil industry are the Articulated Piping System and Flexible Drain Pipe System. The rainfall accumulated on the surface of the floating roof is drained to center sump which set into the lower point of the roof deck.3.5 Roof Drain System The roof drain system is to be installed in the floating roof tank to effectively drain the rain water from the floating roof without causing rain water to enter & contaminate the store product.20 (b) Roof Drain with Roof Fall There are several different drain systems available such as Articulated Piping System. and then final selection of the system at the end of the evaluation.20 (a) Roof Drain with Roof Rise Figure 3. As the floating roof moves along with the product height. if required. Figure 3.3. Armoured Flexible Hose.20 (a) and (b) show the drain system within the tank with the roof movement. The sump is then drained through a closed pipe work which operated with the tank. Figure 3. The drain pipe has to be removable for maintenance purposes. Therefore these two systems are selected for the study and evaluate their pros and cons.3. which is to prevent the roof from being flooded with product in the event of a failure in the drain system. There is a non-return valve fitted to the outlet of the sump. the basic requirement of the roof drain system has to be flexible to accommodate the roof movement.

5. as can be seen in Figure 3. shackles and pad eyes. 105 . The rigid pipes are connected to the swing/ swivel joint by flange connection.21 shows the typical arrangement of an articulated piping system inside a floating roof tank. 8 flange connections Flexible Swing Joint Rigid Pipe 90° bend Figure 3. Min. Figure 3.3.1 Articulated Piping System This drain system uses solid steel pipe with series of articulated knuckle joints such as flexible swing joint/ swivel joint. There is a short 90° bend in the system and this short bend radius would able accumulate foreign material and blocked the drain. and two per each joints and each of these connections are potential to leak and also causes effect on the flow rate.3. It also requires chain.3. There is also possibility of causing horizontal forces on to the roof which leads to wearing of the roof seal. there will eight (8) connections.21.21 Articulated Drain Pipe System The rigid pipes in the system caused the heavy weight to the system and may stress and distort the deck plate in the floating roof.

Figure 3.26 and 1.22 (b) Swing Joint Assembly (Courtesy of WB) 106 .22 (a) and (b) show a diagram of a typical swing joint and its assembly. which causes difficulties to perform any preventive maintenance.27 in the Literature Review Chapter. The swing/ swivel joints and the flange connections are not easily accessible.Although this drain system is cheaper as compared to the Flexible Pipe System. The actual articulated system and swing installed inside a floating tank can be seen in the Figure 1. Figure 3. but the installation of this system is considerably complicated and requires longer time which in turn causes a higher labour cost.22 (a) Typical Swing Joint in Articulated Drain Pipe System Figure 3.

Figure 3. hence easy installation with lower installation and labour cost.5. The flexible pipe in the system is known as COFLEXIP Flexible 107 .3. the only connection is at the end fitting where it joins the flexible pipe to the top and bottom rigid pipe.3.23 shows typical arrangement of the flexible drain system inside the floating roof tank. The end fitting are integral part of the flexible pipe and hence the possibility of leakage is eliminated. However the material cost for the flexible is expensive.23 Flexible Drain Pipe System There are no joints in the full length of the flexible pipe. The flexible pipe is considerably much lighter then rigid pipe in the articulated pipe system and the arrangement is much simple. The preventive maintenance is also eliminated.3.2 Flexible Drain Pipe System The flexible drain system consist only single continuous pipe which expands and contracts with the rise and fall of the floating roof. Full length of the pipe is flexible and uniform without any joint. End Fitting Flexible Pipe Rigid Pipe Figure 3.

24 (b) COFLEXIP Pipe of different size (Courtesy of TECHNIP-COFLEXIP) Figure 3. rotating raised face flange is fitted behind the neck. 1.24 (a) shows the inner section of a COFLEXIP pipe and Figures 3.24 (a) Inner Section of COFLEXIP Pipe (Courtesy of TECHNIP-COFLEXIP) The inner carcass is strong and flexes like hose but it will not kink or collapse. This inner carcass is designed to prevent leakage. Figure 3. A slip on Class 150 ANSI. spiral wound inner carcass covered by an outer extruded sheath of RILSAN Nylon 11. Figure 3.25 End fitting of COFLEXIP Pipe (Courtesy of TECHNIP-COFLEXIP) 108 . Inner interlocked Stainless Steel carcass (anti collapse) AISI 304.pipe which the structure composed of an articulated stainless steel grade 304. instead it is the thick outer protective thermoplastic jacket made of RILSAN Nylon 11 which extruded over the inner carcass and form the water tight seal. External plastic sheath (RILSAN) Figure 3. Figure 3.24 (b) shows the cut section of several different size of flexible pipe. 2.25 shows the end fitting which is swaged around the drain pipe.

3 Drain System Selection It is obvious that the flexible drain pipe system has more advantage over the articulate piping system. Figure 3. except for the higher material cost. It can be seen that the flexible pipe gives repeatable lay pattern which ensure no-fooling with the roof support leg.3.5.26 Flexible Drain Pipe System Installed in Different Tank 109 .26 shows some example of actual flexible drain pipe system installed in different tank. Figure 3. the flexible drain pipe is selected for my roof drain system.3.3. By looking into the cost saving of future maintenance and the service life.

the flow velocity can be determined as follow: V= 2 gH    d  ' K1L1 +  K 2 L'2 + 1  d  110 . d = 84.3. V. z = 225 mm The total head equation is given as. The drainage design data is as follow: • • • • • • Design Rain Fall. H = h+ v2 .6 x 8. h= ' v 2  K1 L1 K 2 L'2  × + .3.3.  d  d    Re-arrange the equation. 2g  d d    Then. 2g And the total head loss of drain. The drain pipe size was pre-selected as 4” Schedule 80 and the minimum number of drain pipe required is to be determined.5.48 mm Roof Lowest Height = 1500 mm Drain outlet nozzle elevation.D 101.56t) Drain Pipe Inside Diametr. RH = 50 mm/hr Design Drainage Required = RH x deck area = 46.4 Drain Pipe Design The roof drain pipe is sized up using the general flow equation of Q = A. the total head equation becomes H = v2 2g '  K1 L1 K 2 L'2  + + 1 .01 m³/hr Design Drain Pipe = 4” Sch 80 (O.

and substitute it into the flow equation of Q = A. p15] The flow velocity was calculated as 1. fitting and the rigid and flexible pipe lengths.3 m³/h.Rigid Pipe. the drainage flow rate for one drain pipe is found to be 23.97 Minimum two number of drain pipe with size of 4” schedule 80 will be used. L1’ . The total equivalent pipe length will be the summation of the total equivalent length of the valve.Flexible Pipe.0168 = 0.Where K= Flow Coefficient . 2007]. K1 .6 Equivalent Pipe Length Chart [NFPA 15.V. Therefore the minimum roof drain required are determined as Nreq = Drainage Flow Rate Req.15m²/s.Rigid Pipe. K2 L’ = = 0. Actual Flow Rate = 1. L2’ The equivalent pipe length of valve and fitting is determined accordance to Table 3.03 Total Equivalent Pipe Length . 111 .Flexible Pipe.6 [NFPA 15. Table 3.

Figure 3. The gauger platform is a small access area which overhangs on the shell. The ladder consists of self-levelling treads and it slides along the track as the roof move up and down. The wheels run on a steel track mounted on a runway structure support off the roof. allowing instrumentation and guide pole to pass though.27 Sketch of Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform in a Floating Roof Tank 112 . Figure 3.6 Rolling Ladder & Gauger Platform The rolling ladder installed on the floating roof tank is to provide safe access onto the floating roof. It also provides access for the maintenance personnel.3.28 shows some typical rolling ladder with the wheel and gauger platform installed in a floating roof tank. The track and ladder length are matched to maximum and minimum roof height. Figure 3.27 shows the sketch of the rolling ladder and the gauger platform.3.3. The upper end of the ladder is attached to the gauger platform by hinged brackets and the lower end is provided with an axle with a wheel at each side of the ladder.

Most lighting ignited rim fires result from induced charges on the roof and not direct strikes. 113 . The main cause of he the floating roof rim fires is lighting.28 Rolling Ladder and Gauger Platform Installed in a Floating Roof Tank 3. The system is to be designed accordance to NFPA-11 (Standard for low-medium.3.29. Fire fighting system is to be designed and installed on the floating roof to fight over and extinguishes the rim fire. 2005].3. There are several techniques available for the fire fighting and multiples foam chamber method is one it which will be discussed in detail here. this was called as rim fires.& high-expansion foam) [NFPA 11.Figure 3.7 Fire Fighting System and Foam Dam Fire on the floating roof tanks are common and it usually happened in the rim space where the vapour escaped. The multiple chamber method is which the foam is discharged by the foam chambers or foam pourer which mounted at equal spaced around tank periphery as shown in Figure 3.

114 . allowing the whole seal area to be flooded with foam and extinguish fire effectively. The foam generations are designed in such a way that to draw air into the mixture.Figure 3.30 (a) show a typical arrangement of the fire protection for a floating roof tank and Figure 3. The pourer inject the foam onto the internal surface of the extension of plate and hence onto the tank shell. The foam is contained and concentrated within the rim space by a foam dam.30 (b) show an actual foam dam installed on a floating roof tanks. causing the foam to expand as it was injected to the tank via pourer. measures amounted of propriety foam making compound will be injected into the fire water system leading to the foam generating point of the tank. It's height shall be higher than upper tip of seal.29 General Arrangement of the Multiple Foam Chamber on the Floating Roof Tank [NFPA 11. Figure 3. P53] When the fires were detected. causing it to flow down to the shell and collect and spread around the rim space. Foam dam is a short vertical plate welded to pontoon at short distance from the seal.

30 (b) Foam Chamber Figure 3. p20] 115 .Figure 3.30 (a) Fire Protection for Floating Roof Tank Figure 3.31 Typical Foam Dam [NFPA 11.

1986] 116 . Few erection methods are illustrated in Figure 4.1 Introduction Just as most of the construction task. welded vertical tanks can be erected satisfactorily in several ways. and have developed the erection technique most suitable for economical working and good workmanship by their field crews.1 (a) Progressive Assembly & Welding and Complete Assembly Followed by Welding of Horizontal Seam Method for Welded Vertical Tank [PTS.CHAPTER 4: TANK CONSTRUCTION 4. Figure 4. erector contractors normally have a particular method. The method discussed here are simply the general method to give a basic idea on how a tank is built. correct welding sequences should be adhered to and adequate supervision provided. which they have adopted as the result of experience.1 (a) and (b). good appearance and free from excessive buckles or distortion. To build tanks which are of sound quality.

anchor bolts are to be cast into the foundation as shown in Figure 4.Figure 4. The construction and design will not be discussed in detail as our main concern is the tank itself. One of the majar parameter in designing and construction the tank foundation is the overturning moment and base shear force of the tank due to seismic and the anchor bolt arrangement and size.2 Foundation Foundation has to be prepared well ahead before the tank construction start. API 650 (2007) Appendix B provides recommendations for design and construction of Foundation for above ground storage tanks. The foundation was built in a height of 300 mm from the ground level. A successful construction and operation of the tank relies on the tank being built on a firm foundation.2. 1986] 4. 117 .1 (b) Jacking-Up and Flotation Method for Welded Vertical Tank [PTS.

2 Tank Foundation with anchor bolt installed 4.3 Bottom Plate Placement When the tank foundation is done and ready for the tank erection. 118 .Anchor Bolt Bottom Plate Concrete Ring Foundation Figure 4. bottom plate will start laying on top of the foundation and welded in sequence. It is important to lay and weld the bottom plate in correct sequence to avoid any weld distortion.

with reference to Figure 4. welding short seams first 3 to 11. After complete assembly and welding of lower shell courses. 6. Weld centre sump in position 1 and 2 3. weld lower shell course to annular 12b for prevention of welding distortion.Figure 4.2 is as follow: 1. Lay plates and lightly tack –weld 2. Weld remaining part of radial weld of annulars at 12c 7. Weld only outer part of radial seams of annular plates before erection of shell plates at 12a 5. 1986] The welding sequence for bottom plate layout with annular plates. seams between rows of plates shall be free of tack-welds before making final weld 4. 119 .3 Bottom Plate Layout [PTS. Weld rectangular plates together commencing at centre. Weld rectangular and sketch plates together at 13 to 22 and finally to annulars at 23.

Figure 4.Figure 4.4 shows the actual bottom plate laying in top of the foundation on site.5 Typical Cross Joint in Three Plate Lap 120 . Figure 4. it shows that the bottom plates are laid in the lapping way.5 shows the detail of lap joints where three thicknesses occur.4 Bottom Plate Laid on Foundation Figure 4.

2007].6. Figure 4.1 (b) might be used. Refer to Chapter 5 for the soil settlement topic. water being pumped in as each course is completed. No course can be added as long as the previous course had not been entirely welded. Flotation Method as shown in Figure 4. using the floating roof as a working platform.4 Shell Erection Shell plates will be erected when the bottom plates are done. And the bottom plate need to be welded on the top side only. the shell plates are held in place. and from joints between annular plates and the bottom [API 650. 121 . For the floating roof tank. However this method may only be used only at site where soil settlement is very limited. working upwards to the top curb angle.7 show the complete erection of the first shell course and Figure 4. the floating roof is assembled on the tank bottom and completed. tacked and completely welded. the third and subsequent course are erected and welded. from butt-welded annular plate joints.8 (a) and (b) show the erection of the upper shell course from the inside and outer of the tank respectively. Figure 4. from the tank shell. This will be done course by course.Requirement in API 650 (2007) stated that the three-plate laps in the tank bottoms shall be at least 300 mm from each others.6 Welding Detail for Bottom Plate 4. with continuous full-fillet weld on all seams as shown in the welding detail in Figure 4. The tank is then filled with water and. where upon completion of the bottom plating and erection of the two lower course of the tank.

7 Completed Erection of First Shell Course Figure 4.Figure 4.8 (b) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Outside Tank 122 .8 (a) Erection of Upper Shell Course – Inside Tank Figure 4.

The water test not only to ensure no leakage of the tank. The bottom plates has to be tested before water is put into the tank for hydrostatic testing. A vacuum gauge is incorporated in the box which has two connections: one is the suction tap fitted with a non-return valve. around which a continuous rubber seal and former are secured. The tank will be filled up with water to its design level.5 Tank Testing 4.9. it also tested the foundation for its capability of taking the filled tank load. A typical vacuum box and pump is shown in Figure 4. 123 . The seal forms an airtight joint around the section of the weld to be tested when the box is pressed against the bottom plates.5. Settlement will also be measured during the water testing. A partial vacuum can be created by means of a hand or motor-driven vacuum pump. the other is a vacuum release valve.5. which enables any leaks in the seams to be positively located by visual examination. This can be done by using a vacuum box. The test is preferably be made as soon as possible after welding of the bottom but before any surface coating is applied. where the vacuum box is fitted with a glass viewing panel on its top and has an open bottom.2 Tank Shell Testing The tank shells should be water tested/ hydrotested after completion of the wind girder. all welds will be tested to ensure that the tank bottom is free from leaks.1 Tank Bottom Testing After welding of the bottom plates has been completed. 4.4.

1986] 124 .9 Vacuum Box and Pump [PTS.Figure 4.

These should be tested with particular care. The welds at the bottom comers of the bulk heads.5. they will be inspected and tested in a more careful way. The single-fillet welds between the bulk heads and the bottom and side walls of the pontoon. for all the weld seams and joints has to be liquid-tight.4. 1986]: i) Centre Deck The weld seams of the centre deck plates should be controlled on liquid-tightness by the vacuum box method or by the penetration oil/chalk method.3 Floating Roof Testing The floating roof has to be liquid-tight in order for it to function safely and effectively. as follows [PTS. using liquid dye. 125 . The gaps so formed in the comers must be effectively closed. ii) Pontoon Before the top plates of the pontoons are installed. The single-fillet welds between the bottom and the side walls of the pontoon.penetrants. as the bulk heads are mostly shaped at these points to clear the longitudinal weld between the bottom and the side walls. The longitudinal welds joining the centre deck to the pontoon. as leaks in one compartment win allow oil to penetrate into the adjacent compartments. the following seams have to be tested for tightness. The single-fillet welds on the upper surface of the pontoon bottom plates.

126 . the roof drains should be kept open and observed for leakage of tank contents into the drain lines. and during the flotation test. each individual pontoon compartment will also be checked by filling it with compressed air at a maximum pressure of 0.25 bar.5 bar. iv) Roof Drain The roof drain pipe systems for the floating roof will be tested with water to a pressure of 3.iii) Air Testing of Pontoon Compartments After the completion of the liquid-tightness test for the floating roof pontoon.

see Figure 5. i) Center-to-edge Settlement Center-to-edge settlement results stretching of bottom plate. Excessive sagging causes the bottom-to-shell joint stress become excessive and eventually causes buckling. 1986]: f = D  100 f o    + 3. The roof seal as discussed in Chapter 3.CHAPTER 5: SPECIAL CONSIDERATION 5. no matter how good the tank design is. Uneven foundation settlement on floating tank is a special problem.1.1. it will impair the roof seal efficiency and caused roof jamming. Pour foundation would threaten the integrity of the tank.1 were designed to compensate for variation in tank diameter such as outof-round.75 100  D  2 127 . however in extreme condition. The maximum allowable sagging.1 Design Consideration of Foundation As mentioned earlier in Chapter 4 that providing adequate foundation is an important part of ensuring an economical and safe installation of storage tank.1 Design Consideration 5. There are several types of soil settlement and only two of the common will has most effect on the floating roof will be discussed here.3. Therefore proper design of the foundation is essential to avoid the problem. give rise to biaxial membrane tensile stresses.3. can be calculated as follow [PTS.

zero or negative) Figure 5.Where f= D= fo = Maximum allowable sag in the tank bottom. cm Diameter of tank. The tank can also be lifted and re-pack the foundation before the settlement occurs. ii) Uneven Settlement around Circumference Uneven or differential shell settlement around tank circumference would cause the tank tilted and significant out-of-roundness which result the floating roof to malfunction such as holding up. jamming. cm. vol. inrelation to bottom curb when the tank is erected (positive. the bottom can be specified as cone-up bottom to minimise stresses in bottom plate and shellto-bottom joint. cm Deflection of bottom center.1. p82] Some suggestion to the tank designer is that when large settlement is predicted. excessive emission of product vapours though seal gap and roof sinking.1 Maximum Allowable Sag [EEMUA 2003. 128 .

an in service settlement survey should be carried out preferably with the tank full.1. but should not be fewer than 8 and spacing between the survey points should not exceed a circumferential distance of 10 m. taking elevation reading at each survey point around the circumference. 129 . p81] 5.2 Maximum Tolerances for Out-of Verticality of the Tank Shell [EEMUA 2003. Shell wall are relative thin with respect to the large diameter. And the maximum out-of verticality at top of tank shell should not exceed 1/100 of tank height. that is 1%. The pipe supports shall be designed for the minimum load. vol. see Figure 5. relevelling the tank and foundation should be considered. The minimum number of survey points would be diameter D in metres divided by 3. The limitation will have significant influence to the roof rim and rim seals design. or nearly full. The maximum differential settlement between any two points at 10-metre intervals should not exceed 100 m. This limit was established to avoid severe localised stress increase in tank components. Figure 5. Pipe support for the nozzle is one of the attachments which attached to the shell wall and exert a significant of load to it.As recommended in the EEMUA (2003).2 Design Consideration on Tank Shell One of the major considerations on the tank shell is the local load acting on the tank shell wall. hence it has filmsy behavior. Any significant load acts on the shell wall has the potential causing buckling in the tank shell wall.2.1. When limit is exceeded.05.

2. extra length and width should be ordered for this irregularities and allowance to trim off the un-square side without affecting the over tank height and dimension. 130 . and the whole piece will use directly without any cutting except the edge preparation for the welding.5.3 Alignment of Shell Plate for Welding 5. there are always plates come in an irregular shape where the square-ness were out. (√) (X) Figure 5.2 Plate Square-ness Constructing a large tank requires plenty of steel plate.1 Nominal Diameter Versus Inside Diameter Shell plate shall be aligned with inside diameter instead of the outside or nominal diameter during shell fit up. This is so that the shell wall would have a smooth surface for the roof seal to smoothly slide up and down without any jamming.2.2 Construction Consideration 5. Therefore. However it is never the case. the plates are normally milled in rectangular shape.

never dewatering from the Manway or the clean out door. Some contractor who has limited knowledge on the tank and material properties.3 Testing Consideration 5. After the water test.3.3 Wind Damage The partial erected tank is very vulnerable to severe damage from the high wind load. However sea water contains very high chlorine and it would cause corrosion to the tank.1 Hydrotest/ Water Test Water is always an issue on construction site to fill up and test the huge tank. 5. The materials selected were not designed for the sea water. 131 . for cost saving purpose. temporary steel angle to be stitch welded to the shell acting as the temporary wind girder to resist buckling.2. they would use sea water as water medium to perform the water test.5. the tank venting were not designed for emptying in such big opening.

NFPA 11 (2005). The spreadsheet was created accordance to design codes and standard and the following designs were completed in the project: i) Shell Stress Analysis ii) Roof Stress Design iii) Selection of roof fitting iv) Sizing of roof fitting In the shell stress analysis. the roof buoyancy was checked for the pontoon volume and the pontoon stresses was check and found structurally stable. In the thesis. In the roof stress design. Several design spreadsheets was created to perform the tank design. the minimum shell wall thickness at the bottom course is 28 mm. I had provided a basic design guideline on how to design a new floating roof tank with the special consideration upon the completion of the tank design. however it was structurally unstable for the seismic. Total 22 numbers of pontoon support legs and 30 numbers of deck support legs with size 4” pipe schedule 80 was designed.CHAPTER 6: CONCLUSION In completion of this thesis. NFPA 15 (2007). Flexible drain pipe system was selected for the roof drain system and 132 . Petronas Technical Specification (PTS) and many more. The tank was found to be structurally stable without anchorage during the wind load.API 650 (2007) was strictly followed together with other standard such API 2000 (1998). by using the 1-foot method in API 650 (2007). Throughout the design process in the project. the design code . The bleeder vents were sized up to (Ø 200 mm) 8” schedule standard pipe. minimum one number is required but total two were used as one will be designed for the standby purpose. I have understood what exactly a floating roof tank is all about. and the thickness reduces accordingly with the liquid static head to 11 mm at the upper top course. Therefore anchorage is required.

it was realized that the result given from the analysis is not helpful and essential. In the middle of the project. design verification was performed by using the finite element analysis (FEA) software . The Scissor Hanger Type in Metallic Mechanical Shoe Seal was selected for the primary seal in the roof seal system. In completion of this dissertation. Mechanical stress design for the tank and research of different type of roof fittings from different suppliers were carried out in the roof fitting design. It is not practical to verify their design in this project. The design code used in my shell stress design had been well established. this dissertation had gives a basic guideline and summary to the tank designer on the Floating Roof Tank. The tank can only be design only when the operation of the tank is well understood. Special consideration on the design and construction was also addressed.Abaqus. In summary. One example is the formulas for the minimum shell thickness in API 650 (2007) were derivate from the basic stress theory.minimum 2 numbers with size Ø 100 mm is required. the operation of the floating tank was addressed thought the tank design. however some derivation of formula were performed by studying and research of the basic stress theory. 133 . however after spending numerous of hour on the software. The tank construction chapter had provided a basic understanding on how a floating tank is built and tested. and had been used worldwide in the petrochemical industry over the past decades since 1919.

REFERENCE

1. API Standard 650, June 2007. Welded Steel Tanks For Oil Storage. Eleventh Edn, American Petroleum Institute. 2. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2007. Section VIII, Division, Rules of Construction for Pressure Vessels, Amer. Soc. Of Mech. Eng., New York. 3. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2007. Section II, Part D, Maximum Allowable Stress Values – Ferrous Materials, Amer. Soc. Of Mech. Eng., New York. 4. BS 2654: 1989, 1989. Manufacture of Vertical Steel Welded Non-Refrigerated Storage Tanks with Butt-welded Shells for the Petroleum Industry. British Standards Institution. 5. EEMUA Publication No. 159:2003, 2003. Users’ Guide to the Inspection, Maintenance and Repair Of Aboveground Vertical Cylindrical Steel Storage Tanks. Volume 1, 3rd Edition, The Engineering Equipment and Materials Users’ Association. 6. John M. Lieb., 2004. “Floating Roof Design Considerations”, Tank Issue 37-2, Spring/ Summer 2004. 7. John M. Lieb., 2006. “Update API 650 Appendix E – Seismic Design of Liquid Storage Tank”, Proceedings of API’s annual storage tank conference, American Petroleum Institute, Houston Texas.

134

8. Hendry H. Bednar, P.E. 1991, Pressure Vessel Design Handbook. 2nd Edn, Krieger Publishing Company, cited in Moss, D.R., 2003. “Pressure Vessel Design Manual,” 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, New York.

9. NFPA 11, 2005. Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam. National Fire Protection Association.

10. Praveen K. Malhotra, 2006. “Seismic Design of Liquid Storage Tanks”, American Society of Civil Engineers. 11. PTS 20.156A, 1986. Manual - Standard Tanks. Vol. 1 – Part 1. Petronas Technical Standards. 12. W. B. Young, “Design and Application of Floating Roofs for Refinery Storage Tanks” Oil and Gas Journal, Vol. 71, No. 49, Dec 1973, pp.48-51.

13. “Material Selection Study for OGT”, Turkmenistan Block 1 Project Specification. 14. Norsok Standard M-056, Rev. 1 June 1998, “ CO2 Corrosion Rate Calculation Model”, http://www.standard.no/imaker.exe?id=535 15. Mark.B, 2006. “Floating Roof Working safety”, Proceeding of 2006 storage tank conference and safety workshop.

16. R.S. Wonzniak & W.W.Mitchell, 1978. Basic of Seismic Design Provisions For Welded Steel Oil Storage Tanks, Presented at session on Advance in Storage Tank Design API, Refining 43RD Midyear Meeting.

17. G.W. Housner, 1954. Earthquake Pressures on Fluid Containers, A report on research Conducted under contract with the Office of Naval Research, California Institute of Technology, Pasedana, Earthquake Research Laboratory.

135

18. API Standard 2000, April 1998. Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks. Fifth Edn, American Petroleum Institute.

19. ANSI/ AISC 360-05, March 2005. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. American Institute of Steel Construction.

20. NFPA 15, 2007. Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection. 2007 Edn, National Fire Protection Association.

21. Warren C.Young & Richard G. Budynas, 2002. Roark’s Formulas For Stress and Strain. Seventh Edn, McGraw-Hill International Edition.

136

APPENDIX A (PROJECT SPECIFICATION) .

.

.

.

APPENDIX B (DESIGN CALCULATION) .

etc ) Top Curb Angle Intermediate Wind Girder A 516 GR.00 241.3 (Atmospheric) = = = = 0.028 39. Dc ( corroded ) ( based on 1st shell course ) Tank height (tan/tan). 65N A 516 GR.00 241. 65N A 516 GR.006 39.API 650 1 .00 448.000 3.00 448.000 3.700 mm mm mm mm m³ mm 1 .bracing.00 448.00 Corrosion Allowance c.(mm) 3.00 : API 650 11th Edition 1 . 65N A 516 GR.00 Yield Stress Sy(N/mm²) 241.000 3. Pu : Lower .1 : 7061T-3901 : Close : Floating Roof 1 . Pl Design temperature : Upper . H Specific gravity of operating liquid .4 PLATE Shell Plate ( Mat'l Code # 1 ) (bot) ( Mat'l Code # 2 ) (top) Annular Plate Bottom Plate Roof Plate STRUCTURE MEMBERS Roof structure (rafter.000 3. Dn ( new ) ( based on 1st shell course ) Nominal diameter.G. 65N A 516 GR. S.0 DESIGN CODE & SPECIFICATION DESIGN CODE TANK Item number Roof ( Open/Close ) Type of roof ( Cone-roof / Dome-roof / Flat-roof / NA ) GEOMETRIC DATA Inside diameter .00 448.00 241.000 mm ) Nominal diameter. 65N A 516 GR.00 0. Di ( corroded ) (@ 39.00 241. 65N A 516 GR.00 241.000 3.00 448.00 24736 20.700 0.G.00 3. HL PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE Design pressure : Upper . S.00 241. 65N A 516 GR.00 448.00 70 -17 mbarg mbarg Vac °C °C 1 . Tl MATERIAL & MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Component Material Tensile Stress St(N/mm²) 448.00 241. (Design) Nominal capacity . Tu : Lower . V Maximum design liquid level.790 1.00 3. (Actual) Specific gravity of operating liquid .STORAGE TANK DESIGN CALCULATION . 65N .031 20.a.2 = = = = = = = = 39.00 448.

45 5.G td = + c.440 mm 1. tensile min.81 m/s t. ( in mm ) 4.700 18. of t.00 448.00 11.68 6. 65N 2.40 21.040 2.10 3.000 1. 65N A 516 GR.000 1.00 11.00 25.00 241.67 160.30 24.00 448. 65N A 516 GR.0.00 3.58 15.58 15.67 160.000 1.00 3.00 11. 65N A 516 GR. 65N A 516 GR.000 160.test stress stress ( App. ( in mm ) 4. 65N A 516 GR. thickness as per PTS.a (mm) 3. 65N A 516 GR.000 1. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CALCULATION & RESULTS Material Width (mm) Height (mm) t.00 22. .00 3.1 ) SI METRIC UNIT :Design shell thickness.K.a Sd Hydrostatic test shell thickness .940 8.440 2.75 180.3 ). 65N - 2 .67 160.K.00 3.00 3.00 28.02 16.77 9.5 No.00 241.00 241.85 11.67 160.0. 65N A 516 GR.min (mm) tsc.K. (mm) t.00 1.04 21.40 21.00 448.4 SHELL THICKNESS CALCULATION BY ONE-FOOT METHOD ( CLAUSE 5.67 12.min = Min. tsc = Thicknes selected & used 2 .020 2. 65N A 516 GR.67 160.01.96 1.51.67 160. O.00 448.1 PTS 34.51. Mat'l Code No.75 180.00 11. M ) stress stress St (N/mm²) Sy (Nmm²) k Sd (N/mm²) St (N/mm²) 448.75 180.440 2. O.K.9Dn ( H . (mm) Result A 516 GR.500 mm 2 .500 6. t.67 12.060 4.75 180.00 448.9Dc ( [H+Hi] .77 11.3 ) tt = St Gravitational force = 9.K.020 2.design (mm) t. 65N A 516 GR.0 2 .hydo & min.440 2. allow min. 65N A 516 GR.00 16.3.00 448.020 27.000 1.3 Shell plate min. 65N A 516 GR. yield reduction fac design hydro.75 180.82 27.2 No Corrosion allowance c.00 3.1 SHELL THICKNESS CALCULATION BY ONE-FOOT METHOD SHELL DESIGN GEOMETRIC DATA Plate size used PTS 34. 65N A 516 GR.75 180.hydro. allow Max.3 SPECIFIED MINIMUM SHELL THICKNESS Specification Minimum thickness as per API 650 cl 5.75 180.01.60 19. O. 65N A 516 GR.00 3.000 1.00 - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A 516 GR.00 241.00 mm = 11.31 clause 6.260 15. O.440 2.440 2.440 2.49 18.1.020 20.00 241.26 8.000 1.49 18.00 mm 2 .K.00 O.00 19.75 180.00 241.00 13.6.00 11.67 160.86 7.6.00 241.67 160. O.31 Minimum thickness as per : API 650 11th Edition = 8.380 10. 65N A 516 GR.00 3.2 . width as per MATERIAL & MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Material used Specified Specified Yield stress Max.30 24. O.000 1.K.00 448.00 241.00 241.75 - : : 2.design. 65N A 516 GR.K.00 448.820 13. 65N A 516 GR.K. O.43 13.67 180. O.

260 15.060 4.00 11.82 9.591.025.940 8.00 20.49 18.43 7. Max.06 2.30 13.746.53 446.27 5.94 2.59 7.225. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS Height (mm) t.378.803.06 2.53 16.6 No.00 28.016.020 H' = H' max = P'max = Pmax = 27.470.00 16. (mm) H' (mm) H' max (mm) H (mm) P'max N/m² Pmax N/m² 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20.58 15.06 285.165.952.18 3.020 21.00 22.30 24.41 5.025.060 4. Max.82 2.29 4.07 Effective liquid head at design pressure Max.00 11.87 29.260 15.00 19.500 6.41 5.82 9.266.705.94 2.380 10. allowable stress at shell course.30 366.040 2.77 11.40 21.380 10. liquid head for tsc.82 205.786.00 11.87 29. .591.940 8.700 18.103.165.2 .500 6.820 13.29 4.18 3.470.700 18.803.952.016. allowable stress for tsc.77 526.287.43 5.025.00 13.00 11.00 25.43 2985.306.07 49.040 2.00 11.016.min (mm) tsc.43 7.820 13.59 965.82 8.77 18.43 606.67 12.378.287.06 11.43 5005.

width of overlapping (cl.00 Therefore .0 BOTTOM & ANNULAR PLATE DESIGN BOTTOM PLATE & ANNULAR PLATE DESIGN Annular plate used ? ( yes/no ) BOTTOM PLATE (i) Minimum thickness as per Minimum thickness required Therefore.5. 5.9Dn(H-0.3) St = tsc1 where Dn = Nominal diameter. 4. use thickness of = = 28.a ) 9.2) 215 ta La = (HL.5 where ta = Annular plate thickness HL = Maximum design liquid level SG = Design specific gravity (v) Min.2) .a.4. use thickness of (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) : yes (@ API 650 Clause 5.33 N/mm² = = = = = 39. 5.000 mm 6.7) (iii) Min.4.00 mm 9. tsc1 Hydro. shell-to-bottom fillet welds size (cl. radial width of annular plate (cl.5) Min.00 mm 9.028 m 20.1 3. ) mm (ta) is satisfactory.700 m 28. 5.3.2) (iv) Min. 5. width of plate (cl. SG )0. 5. Dn ( new ) ( based on 1st shell course ) H = Design liquid level tsc1 = Nominal thickness of 1st shell course Annular plate thickness ( As per Table 5-1a ) Minimum thickness required (@ 3.1.00 mm mm c. width projected inside of shell to edge of overlapping (cl.00 50 mm (ii) Min.5.3 . 5.00 mm 139.5. = = = = = = = 13.000 mm 20.00 mm 600 mm 756.1) - mm 25 mm 1800 mm 50 mm ANNULAR PLATE (i) Nominal thickness of 1st shell course.00 16.5.00 mm Min.09 mm 16.00 mm (tb) is = = satisfactory. test stress in 1st shell course.00 mm c. width projected outside of shell ( cl. == = = 6.1.70 m 1.

000 400. t3 Min. .39 TOTAL 11. therefore the angle size selected is A. C1 Moment of inertia of section .500 838.506 = 438 mm = 1. shell thickness where top wind girder located. Za Since Za > Zmin .375.148. top curn angle shall be provided.095.9.492 Neutral axis of combined section.162.00 mm mm = 128 mm 3 A Y AY h (mm²) (mm) (mm³) (mm) 1 2048 4. t2 Toe plate thk.1114101 3 2.Girder Web plate length. L3 Web plate thk. Za Since Za 4 .7 m 140.Z min MEMBER SIZE USED FOR TOP CURB ANGLE Actual size for top curb angle Section modulus.161 mm4 = 2.1.TOP STIFFENER RING TOP CURB ANGLE If the top wind girder is located 600 mm below top of the tank.1 4 .00 2.cor = 8.923 374343750 20. 13500 mm 3 TOP WIND GIRDER The required minimum section modulus of the stiffening ring shall be as follows:Z= where Dc H2 V Dc².tsc.2 > Zmin .772. Ix-x Section modulus available.00 km/hr = Nominal Tank Diameter = Height of tank shell = Wind Velocity MEMBER SIZE USED FOR TOP WIND GIDER Available section modulus Fabricated Tee.4 8380 mm3 = 75 x 75x 10 = satisfactory.031 m 20.35 400.655.148 4. top curb angle is required.140 mm³ 39. therefore the angle size selected is = = 76 x 76 x 6.5 2775300 17.007.00 mm 10 mm X 2 8 250 mm 1 X 825 mm L1=16.777. L2 Toe plate length.cor C1 D= 39037 : T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10 = 825 mm = 250 mm = 8 mm = 10 mm = 8. tsc.833 374. Location of top wind girders from top of tank.h² (mm4) 385062615 1932482.cor tsc.1.00 8192 433.H2 17 V 190 2 = = = = = 1007 cm³ 1.557 787.878. L = Since L is > 600mm from top of tank.655 I = (bd³)/12 (mm4) 10.ROOF TO SHELL JUNCTION CALCULATION 4 .662 mm³ satisfactory.61141 2 6600 420.1 DESIGN OF OPEN ROOF TANK .3. 1000 mm MINIMUM REQUIREMENT Minimum required size as per API 650 clause 5.2 Section modulus.

020 8 8. therefore the intermediate required wind girder is/are Minimum number of intermediate wind girders required.1 INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS CALCULATION INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS DESIGN MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE UNSTIFFENED SHELL ( CLAUSE 5.00 2.00 2.9. = 1 Location of intermediate wind girders from top of tank.182 m 9182 mm 8.00 2.cor) where ts.47 ts.00 2.230 mm 5 . L1 = 4615 mm L2 = .440 1.440 195 3 19.020 9 8.cor = Top shell course thickness Dc = Nominal tank diameter V = Wind design speed LOCATION OF INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS Shell Shell Actual Transposed course thickness width width tsc.cor Dc 3 x 190 ² V = = = = = 9.020 2.00 2.cor W Wtr (mm) (mm) (mm) 1 25.mm .020 2.0 5 .020 2.440 141 2 22.440 431 5 13.mm .5 .2 Since H1 < H2.00 mm 39.00 km/hr ts.397 7 8.00 2.mm L3 = .00 2.mm L4 = L5 = .020 10 11 12 13 14 15 Height of transformed shell.440 281 4 16.1 ) SI METRIC UNIT :H1 = (9.00 2.00 2.7. H2 = 9.03 m 140.440 725 6 10.

L3 Web plate thk. .812 cm³ 225.200 462.36 TOTAL 6.032 mm³ : T 405 x 150 = 450 = 150 8 = = 8 = 8. wind girder & top angle V = Wind design speed (b) Available section modulus for intermediate wind girder Fabricated Tee.cor = 8.642523 2 3600 233 838800 28. t2 Toe plate thk.h² (mm4) 82447200.3574766 3 1.6 ) SI METRIC UNIT :Z.323 = 205 mm 4 = 225. t3 Min.767.3 SIZE OF INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS (a) Required minimum section modulus of intermediate wind girder ( clause 5.7.9. L2 Toe plate length.031 m 4.400 60. Ix-x Section modulus available.573 I = (bd³)/12 (mm4) 10.cor = 128 mm C1 D= 39037 = = = 39.401.821.588.143 mm³ satisfactory.923 60750000 6. therefore the angle size selected is A. tsc.848 1.5 .33 79. C1 Moment of inertia of section .400 257. H1 17 V 190 2 = = 225.tsc.812.896 mm = 863.00 8192 200.479. Za Since Za > Zmin .392 Neutral axis of combined section. between inter.00 mm mm mm mm mm mm 3 A Y AY h (mm²) (mm) (mm³) (mm) 1 2048 4.40 km/hr Dc².min = where Dc = Nominal tank diameter H1 = Vertical dist.00 mm 8 mm X 2 8 150 mm 1 X 450 mm L1=16.615 m 140.6 2894927.Girder Web plate length.445 164.cor tsc.00 554. shell thickness where top wind girder located.

k.350 20.700 0 mm mm ° mm mm mm mm 5.939 N 0N 3.0008621 N/mm² 1.Lr + Fs.1 WIND LOAD CALCULATION (OVERTURNING STABILITY) WIND DESIGN CALCULATION Internal design pressure. Ww Weight of shell + top angle (corroded ). ti Nominal diameter of tank.700. D Tank height . D = 0 Nmm Overturning moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from horizontal .395. kw (= V /190)² Projected area of roof.As ) Total wind moment on tank. ) Insulation thickness.964 Nmm 6 .2 WIND FORCE CALCULATION As per API 650 clause 5.Lr Min.3 OVERTURNING STABILITY AGAINST WIND LOADING Wind Uplift Load Internal Pressure Load D/2 Wind load on shell.6 Mw + Mpi < MDL / 1.Ar ) Total wind load exerted on shell. Ar ( = 0.5. Pi ( @ 0. depth of product (always present in tank) .Ls ) psf ) psf ) = = = = = = = = 0.kw.0014369 N/mm² 0. ß° Roof height.Do. Fr ( = wr. Fr H/2 H Momment about shell to bottom joint Dead Load (WDL) Liquid hold down weight (wa) For tank to be structurally stable without anchorage.2. Ls Height from tank bottom to roof centre.Do.kw. 1/2.Hs ) Total wind load exerted on roof.00 Wind pressure on conical surfaces.045 327.700 0.1(j).0 mbarg. Mw ( = Fr. Hw Weight of tank.898 N 6 .Hr ) Projected area of shell. Pi ). Fs ( = ws.00 Wind correction factor.564. wr (@ Wind pressure on cylindrical surfaces.200 mm² 0N 699.000 20. As ( = k.681 N 7.241.5 Criteria 2: Mw + 0. Hs Roof slope.212.000 0 10. ws (@ 18.4 Mpi < (MDL +MF) / 2 where: Mpi = = = Mw = Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from design internal pressure Uplift thrust on roof due to internal pressure x 1/2 tank diameter 2 ( 1/4 π.00 0 mm² 811. the wind pressure are as follows:30.6 . Hr Height from tank bottom to shell centre.512 kg ) kg ) = = = = = = = = = = = = 0 N/mm² 75 mm 39. D .Wt (corroded condition) (@ Weight of product (always present in tank) . the following uplift criteria shall satisfy: Criteria 1: 0. WDL (@ 550.0 6 .

WDL Weight of roof = 0. D.5 FOR CRITERIA 2 Mw + 0.440.2 m 16 mm 2 241 N/mm FOR CRITERIA 1 0.4 Mpi < (MDL +MF) / 2 = 7.668.Ls ) Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from the weight of the shell and the roof supported by the shell.964 Nmm = 62.345.241.= MDL = = plus vertical wind pressure Total wind moment on tank.779 Nmm < < MDL/1.181 Nmm wa = H= tb = Fby = = = = = 64.379.6 Mw + Mpi Mw +0.4 Mpi (MDL +MF) / 2 Since.700.700.376 Nmm MF = = = 153.214. H Design liquid height Thickness of Bottom plate under the shell Minimum specified yeid stress of the bottom plate under the shell 0. and 1/2 (MDL+ MF) The tank anchorage is NOT REQUIRED.4 Mpi = 4.964 Nmm = 108.since it is floating on liquid Moment about the shell-to-bottom joint from liquid weight (wa) (wa.502. 0.21 N/m 19.6 Mw + Mpi < MDL / 1.578 Nmm = 41.241. π D).020. 0.651.767.5. ( = Fr.5 = 7.6 Mw + Mpi MDL / 1.Lr + Fs. D 1000 2 Weight of liquid = 59 tb Fby.251 Nmm Mw + 0.5.419. .035.

3 4 2 4s 6.700 0 1 3.350 20.5 K Q Fa So Ts Tc I Rwc ≤ Ai = - When Tc > TL Ac = where Q = K = Fa = Fv = So = Rwi = Rwc = TL = Tc = Ts = 2.Xr Design specific gravity of liquid.462.from bottom shell to COG of roof. Wr Total weight of tank contents.728. since the roof is floating on the liquid. I Site Class Seismic Use Group. Wf (@ (@ (@ (@ 352.5% Acceleration based site coefficient as per Table E-1 Velocity-based site coefficient as per Table E-2 Substitution for seismic peak ground acceleration Sp Force reduction coefficient for impulsive mode as per Table E-4 Force reduction coefficient for convective mode as per Table E-4 Regional dependent transition period for longer period ground motion First mode sloshing wave period for convective mode Fv. S1/ Fa.from bottom shell to COG of shell.961 kg ) kg ) kg ) kg ) = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 0. Sp Importance factor.5 Q Fa So I Rwi = 0.700 10.063298299 Scaling factor Coefficient to adjust the spectral damping from 5% .1.418 0 242.026 84. Ht Ht.948 0 24.2 Note: The total weight of the tank roof will be added to the weight of tank content. G Total weight of tank shell.7 .031 20. Ai Ai = 2. Ws Total weight of tank roof.5 1.1 SEISMIC FORCE CALCULATION SEISMIC LOADS DESIGN GEOMETRIC DATA Seismic peak ground acceleration.Xs Maximum design liquid level.3 g 1. D Total height of tank shell.69 . Ac When Tc ≤ TL Ac = 2. DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS Impulsive spectral acceleration parameter.0.471 mm mm mm mm mm N N N N 7 .931 833. Ss = = = = = = = = = = 1 1.50 D III 39. Wp Total weight of tank bottom.TL Tc 2 I Rwc ≤ Ai = 0.5 K Q Fa So Ts .65 0.34 Convective spectral acceleration parameter.581. SUG Nominal diameter of tank. H Ht.1.63 s 0.1 7 .2 1.0 7 .

Ks = = 6. S1 = 1.5 Sp .14 N .137. 5% damped.578 Ks = tanh 3.2 1. spectral response acceleration parameter at shorts period of 0.10 N Effective convective weight.68 H D = 0.7 . Wp tanh (0.333.636.866. Wp = = = = 0. Wi = 137.6500 For regions outside USA.2 sec perios) as per Table E-1 Velocity-based site coefficient (at 1 sec.2.63 s sloshing period coefficient 0. sites not defined by ASCE 7 method.230 D H tanh 3.866.0 .998.3 CONVECTIVE (SLOSHING ) PERIOD The first mode sloshing wave period.2 7 .0. spectral response acceleration parameter at the period of one second.499. Fa = Fv = S1 = Ss = Fv .10 N = - N D/H > 1.218 D H . Wi = Since 1.2 second. Wi = For D/H < 1. the convective spectral acceleration parameter Ac Since Tc > TL and the impulsive spectral acceleration parameter Ai 7 . Ss = 0.75 0. period) as per Table E-2 Maximum considered earthquake. S1 Fa . effective impulsive portion of the liquid weight.8 Ks √ D where.59 Ts = where.1 OVERTURNING STABILITY AGAINST SEISMIC LOADING EFFECTIVE MASS OF TANK CONTENTS Effective impulsive portion of the liquid weight. %g Maximum considered earthquake. Tc = 1.375 0.67H D . Wc = 0.25 Sp Ss = 2. D/H .34 = 137. Wp = 100.69 Acceleration based site coefficient (at 0.636.499.333.333 . For D/H ≥ 1. %g = = 1.D/H) 0.1. 5% damped.06 0.

J J= where.3 OVERTURNING MOMENT The seismic overturning moment at the base of the tank shell shall be the SRSS summation of the impulsive and convective components multiplied by the respective moment arms to the center of action of the forces. ts = Bottom/Annular plate radial width.5 .00 mm 1200. Fy Min. For D/H ≥ 1.3.67 H D .0.50 mm The height from the bottom of the Tank Shell to the center of action of the lateral seismic forces related to the convective liquid force for ringwall moment.2.75 N 47. specified yield strength of bottom shell course.8 Nm 7 .4 SHEAR FORCE The seismic base shear shall be defined as the SRSS combination of the impulsive and convective components. specified yield strength of bottom annulus.010. Fty Anchorage Ratio.722.333.333.05 N 6. Xr)] 2 + [Ac (Wc.3 7 .326.7 28.0. Ringwall moment. Wc = = = 48.17 Vertical earthquake acceleration coefficient Tank and roof weight acting at base of shell Resisting force of the annulus = = = 0.0 N/mm 2 241. Xi = For D/H < 1.H H = = mm 0.2.181.4 Av) + Wa ) = = = 16. cosh Xc = 1.333 .81453E+11 Nmm 381453029. Xi = Since 0.7 .094 D . V= where. Xc)] 2 = = 3. Xs + Wr.375H = 7762. Mrw = [Ai ( Wi.55 mm 7 .0 3.H = 12.762.902.93 N/mm . Vi2 + Vc2 Vi = Vc = Ai (Ws + Wr +Wf + Wi) Ac.5 mm D/H > 1.393.67 H D sinh -1 3. Xi + Ws. Av = Wt = wa = Mrw D2 ( Wt (1 .00 mm 28. ta = Thickness of bottom shell course.24 N/mm 94. Ls = Min.0 mm 241.2 CENTER OF ACTION FOR EFFECTIVE LATERAL FORCES The height from the bottom of the Tank Shell to the center of action of the lateral seismic forces related to the impulsive liquid force for ringwall moment.67H D 3.2.26 N 7 .902. Xi 7.1 RESISTANCE TO OVERTURNING THICKNESS OF THE BOTTOM PLATE UNDER THE SHELL & ITS RADIAL WIDTH Bottom/Annular plate thickness .0 N/mm 2 2.

5{G.57 mm 1.2 ANNULAR PLATE REQUIREMENT If the thickness of the bottom plate under the shell is thicker than the remainder of the bottom. ( Zero for floating roof) = 28.035 D Since L And. J > 1.035 D. Ws Wt = + wrs π.Weight of tank shell and portion of roof supported by the shell.108.57 mm The maximum width of annulus for determining the resisting force.108. H.H.016. therefore the tank is structurally stable.ts D = N/mm² Therefore. σc = wt ( 1 + 0. Ge wa < 196.3.3.932. D wrs = Roof load acting on the shell.D. Fa ( < 0. the bottom/ annular plate width is satisfactory. the minimum radial width should be L.67 N/mm 7 .5Fty ) Since σc < Fc. H.94 N/mm² .00 = 94. 7 . Since Ls 7 .09 mm 1.223 m³/mm² For GHD²/(ts²) < 44 m³/mm².273 Mrw D 2 1 ts = 12. D. Fc = 83. including 10% of specified snow load. Ge 114.4 Av) + 1.94 N/mm² For GHD²/(ts²) ≥ 44 m³/mm².0.4 Av) = 0. (1 .Ge = ≤ 196.24 N/mm = 0 N/mm The resisting force of the annulus. wa = 99 ta Fy. L= 0. The tank shall be mechanically anchored.3 < > 0. 0.704. Fc = 83. Ge = = = 1.366.54.54 N/m Ge = Effective specific gravity including vertical seismic effect = G.H}½ = 57. then the minimum radial width of the bottom plate. the tank is not stable and cannot be self-anchored for the design load.3. SHELL COMPRESSION MECHANICALLY-ANCHORED TANKS Maximum longitudinal shell compression.4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SHELL COMPRESSION A= GHD² ts² ( D in m ) = 40.01723 ta Fy H.5D + 7. = 57.72 Since the anchorage ratio.732.ts 2.

0. W AB = where Mrw = Dc = wt = Av = wint = 1.14 = 2.4 FREE BOARD FOR SLOSHING WAVE HEIGHT Sloshing wave height above the product design height.5.4 Av) + wint : = = SA 320 Gr L7 551.592.7 .436 mm mm mm mm² mm 7 .5 K Q Fa So Ts Tc = 0.5 K Q Fa So Tc > TL Ts.corr (less c. Sy Allowable tensile strength. Af 2 = = 0. Sp > 0.33g. of anchor bolt. TL Tc . SD1.08 For SDS = 0.70 0 Nmm mm N/mm N/mm Tensile stress.5 7 .5 D. of anchor bolt.5 K Q Fa So I 4Ts Tc 2 = 0. = 161. Vertical earthquake acceleration coefficient Uplift thrust due to internal pressure = = = = = 3.273 Mrw Dc² .24 0.80Sy ) ( Table 5-21a ) Uplift force due to seismic loading.Ab Since σb < St.25. I.13 K. d Dia. Da Root area of each hold down bolt. SD1 III TL Tc and 2 = 1. 1 Tc = 2.000 = = mm) (min. Ab Spacing between anchor bolts. 4 Tc 2 = 2. N Dia.size.4 mm ) = = = = 86 64 58 39.1 TANK ANCHORAGE GEOMETRIC DATA Number of bolts . SD1.5 K Q Fa So I Ts Tc = 0.= Bolts circle diameter.9 Q Fa Ss = Minimum required freeboard.81453E+11 39.08 0.031 28.20 N/mm² = 36.5 N/mm² 441. St.019 N Overturing moment due to seismic Nominal diameter of tank Tank and roof weight acting at base of shell. When Tc ≤ 4 Af = When Tc > 4 Af = For SUG III When Tc ≤ TL Af = When Tc > TL Af = Since SUG is K.21 K.a. δsreq 7 .320 2.06 mm K.5. Af where: For SUG I and II.d. δs = 0.06 mm 3.wt ( 1 .642 1.therefore the anchor bolt size is satisfactory. I.647.all ( 0. ( as per Table E-7) = 1.04 N/mm² .all.647.2 MATERIAL & MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Material used Specific minimum yield stress. SD1 1 Tc = 2. σb = WAB / N.

of 44 Nos. Hor Inner Rim Height.D 34248 39006 ( All dimensions in mm unless otherwise stated.000 mm ) = = 39.0 DESIGN OF SINGLE DECK FLOATING ROOF FOR A STORAGE TANK 75 1 64 Top pontoon plt 8 Rafter L 75 x 75 x 6 Inner Rim Outer Rim 15 975 Post 525 Btm Angle Bulkhead Deck Plate 8 198 2181 38610 Shell I. N Outer Rim Diameter. Ttp Btm Pontoon Thk. ) 8 . Di ( corroded ) (@ Tank height (tan/tan).85 kg/m . Sy Modulus of Elasticity Density of Material. w Rim Gap Outer Rim Extend above pontoon.3 MEMBER SIZE & PROPERTIES Outer Rim Thk.006 mm : SA 516 Gr 65N = 275 N/mm² 209. Specific Gravity of product Max. ρ (plate) Corrosion Allowance Min. Øor Inner Rim Diameter.8 .2 GEOMETRY DATA Outer Rim Height. Bih Bulkhead Width. Tir Top Pontoon Thk.850 kg/m³ = = = 3 mm 0. Hext No.7 1 8 . Tbp Bulkheads Thk. Tb Deck Plate Thickness.85 kg/m 6.000 N/mm² = = 7. wb = = = = = = = = = = = 975 525 2181 198 75 22 mm mm mm mm mm 38610 mm 34248 mm 884 mm 509 mm 2157 mm 8 . Boh Bulkhead Inner heigh. Tor Inner Rim Thk. Hir Pontoon width. Specific Gravity of product 39. of L 75 x 75 x 6 L 75 x 75 x 6 @ unit weight of @ unit weight of = = = = = = = 9 15 8 8 8 8 8 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 6. Td Circumferential Truss Plates Rafter Posts 44 Nos. of Pontoons.1 TANK GEOMETRY DATA Inside diameter . H Material of Construction Specific Minimum Yield Stress. Øir Bulkhead Outer heigh.

27 22.0 PONTOON VOLUME O.355. Rim Ø 34248 mm 38610 mm 37156 mm h2 = 0. 80 Pontoon Leg length Pontoon Leg Housing length DECK LEG No.17 m³ 3.8 .100.675.32 2927 823 kg/m kg/m mm mm 8 .18 kg 15. 80 = @ unit wt @ unit wt = = 30 15. of Pontoon Leg.2 (Area od deck / 30m² / leg ) 3" pipe x Sch.852.675.4.1 ROOF SUPPORT LEG ( Refer to Design of Supporting Legs) PONTOON LEG No.35 .5 π /4 x( Øor² .03 3 2 1 2 Volume 1 Volume 2 Volume 3 Total Pontoon Volume.66 532.852.72 m³ I.4 8 .38 kg 2. 80 Pontoon Leg Housing 4" pipe x Sch.53 h1 = 0.08 kg kg kg kg = = = = π /4 x Øir x Td x ρ Pontoon Legs Pontoon Legs housing Deck Legs Deck Legs housing TOTAL WEIGHT Pontoon Components: (Wpontoon) Deck Components: (Wdeck) Total Weight of Floating Roof. 80 4" pipe x Sch.075.18 kg 6.29 1340.28 kg 8. Np Pontoon Leg Size 3" pipe x Sch.21 kg 987.651.70 m³ 120.Øir²) x Tbp x ρ (plate) π x Øir x Hir x Tir x ρ π x Øor x Hor x Tor x ρ 1/2 x (Boh .85 m³ 164.Bih)x wb x Tb x ρ x N = = = = = = = = = = 15.248. Rim Ø I.66 kg 9 .65 kg 57. Vol(pontoon) = = = = 40.32 2940 1084 kg/m kg/m mm mm 8 .27 22.4.21 kg 113. Rim Ø + 2 x 2/3 w h3 = 0.86 551.Øir²) x Ttp x ρ (plate) π /4 x( Øor² .45 kg 57. Nd Deck Leg Size Deck Leg Housing Deck Leg length Deck Leg Housing length WEIGHT CALCULATION Top Pontoon Bottom Pontoon Inner Rim Outer Rim Bulkheads Deck Plate = = @ unit wt @ unit wt = = 22 15. of Deck Leg. (Wroof) = = = 55.

Vdisplacement = To find Floatation Depth of Pontoon from Inner Corner of Pontoon. 2 Vdisplacement .44 mm 89. V1 + Partial Volume Displaced in Pontoon below the deck level.3 = 63.44 m m NORMAL OPERATION FLOATATION LEVEL FOR ROOF .1 SETTING DECK LEVEL OPERATION FLOATATION LEVEL . D(pontoon) = Vol.Øir²) = 153. D(deck) .D(pontoon) 9 .Vbackslope (Vol. 494.56 Product Level Deck Level 63.0 9 . D(deck) = = Density of Deck Density of Product ρ (deck) ρ (product) x Td = 89.15 mm D(pontoon) = 3 2 153. Va + Volume Displaced by the Deck. Vdisplacement (roof): Vdisplacement (roof) = Roof Total Weight.57 m³ Deck H.71 Freeboard above deck.DECK Deck Floatation Depth Deck Thk Floatation Depth. W(pontoon) ρ (product) = 78. Vb Total Volume Displaced by the roof.PONTOON & DECK Actual Product Level Deck Level 161.71 mm 9 .93 m³ Product Displacement. Displacement above Inner corner of Pontoon Pontoon Cross Area in Vol. Floatation Height Above Deck Total Volume Displaced by the roof = Volume Displaced by the Backslope. W(roof) ρ (product) = 161.1) 1/4 x π x (Øor² .PONTOON Buoyant Force. FB ρ x Vdisplacement x g = = Fpontoon W (Pontoon) x g Pontoon Weight.15 1 The Deck is set at the difference of floation depth in Pontoon & Deck.57 m³ .9 .2 OPERATION FLOATATION LEVEL .

7th Edition) CASE 1: NORMAL CASE .99 m³ π /4 x Øir 2 Area of deck = Rain accumulation of 10" 2 = 921.95 mm Hence.11.i) Volume Displaced by the Backslope. Vrain = Vrain = Adeck x Hrain where Adeck = Hrain = = 233.11. h Bulk head outer height.70 ii) Partial Volume Displaced in Pontoon below the deck level: Deck level Height.38 m 375.84 ρ (product) where W(roof) = Wt(rain) = Total weight of roof Weight of 10" rain water m³ Floatation Height above Deck. H 94 FLOATATION LEVEL FOR ROOF .3 Modulus of Elasticity = 209.1) σα Et Where: t= α= q= = y= σb = σd = σ= v= E= 2 2 = K 3 y + K t 4  y     t  2 ( 11.536. Vdisplacement (rain): W(roof) + Wt(rain) Vdisplacement (rain) = = 495.95 mm qα Et 4 4 = K 1 y + K t 2  y     t  3 ( 11.11 m 114.Vol.000 N/mm² . The Floatation Height Above Deck.2 (ii) Area of roof 10 0 10 1 CHECKING THE STRESSES AND DEFLECTION IN THE CENTRE DECK (Ref. weight of deck that float on product) 8 17124 N/mm2 Td x ( ρ(plate) .1 .000561 Maximum deflection bending stress diaphragm stress σb + σd = Maximum stress due to flexure and diaphragm tension combined Poisson's ratio = 0. Volume 1 = 40. 2 = 14. to Roark's Formulas For Stress And Strain.213.partial of Vol.64 mm = 254.98 m³ iii) Volume Displaced by the Deck: Area of Deck Plate x Floatation Height Above Deck π /4 x Øir 2 x H = = 921.2) Plate thickness.21 H 0. Bih x Vol.00 mm Total Volume Displaced by the roof with the 10" of rain water accumulation. H(rain) = Vdisplacement (rain) .ρ(product) ) = 0.NO PONTOON PUNCTURED = = 0. Deck (mm) = Td = Outer radius of the deck plate = Øir / 2 = Unit lateral pressure (equiv.PONTOON & DECK FOR 10" (254MM) OF ACCUMULATED RAIN WATER For deck to support 10" (254mm) of rain water: Volume of rain water collected at the deck.

+ K4 787.976 5.52 2 32. = = = σtotal σbending σdiaphgram = = = 2 62.ν2 2.11.86 q α4 Et4 3 And K1 y t + K2 y y t = = q α4 Et4 215.92 N/mm N/mm2 3.31 Solving equation 11.33 1 . hence condition is consider as: Fixed and Held.2 σα² E.361. K3 = K4 For 4 1 .81 mm = 56. K3 = K4 At the edge.73 56.567315 y t 2 (at Deck Center) (at Deck Edge) 2 35. the radial force on the inner rim.40 1. t 2 = K3 y t = = At Deck Center. Hence.43 N/mm It is the diaphragm stress at the edge which causes the tension at the outer edge of the Deck.ν2 = = 5.The deck plate is fixed and held at its outer edge by the pontoon.249.44 N/mm .ν2 = = = 4. Rh = σ diaphgram x deck thickness = 459.ν = = 2.40 N/mm σtotal σbending σdiaphgram At Deck Edge.86 2.86 0. Uniform pressure q over entire plate (Case 3 in Roark's Formulas) K1 = K2 = At the Centre.6 1 .3494954 1377.84 N/mm 2 5.41 N/mm 2 57.13 2 1.

Fc AY (mm³) 37. α = A Y (mm²) (mm) 1 6300 6 2 17282 1092 3 17494 1092 4 8100 2176.578.300.2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES Material Properties Specified minimum yield stress.264 mm4 27.02 rad 0. Za 10 . Nlp = π x Øir = 107.019. tensile force.3 PONTOON RING DESIGN The uniform radial force acting on the Inner Rim is modelled as load point at each mm of circumference. Rh Circ.617.626 mm³ : SA 516 Gr.2. Rh. Tbp = = = = = = 34248 2160 12 9 8 8 mm mm mm mm 2 2160 525 4 900 α 2187 3 Top Pontoon slope angle @ 1 : 64 = Backslope angle.650 55.045 0.44 N ( Note : Rh is negative for inward force ) (Reference to Roark's Formulas For Stress and Strain. 65N = 275.5 ).980.CASE 1 PONTOON PROPERTIES Nominal diameter of Inner Rim. Rh 4 α tan α ( Do= Qir.Do Mm = 4 At Reaction-Point.202 54.33 N/mm² = 165.872. M.001673 ° Radial load on rim. Ks ( = k. Ix-x Section modulus available. Bending moment.5 TOTAL 49.435 6. Ttp Btm Pontoon Thk.762 75.00 N/mm² = 1. Sy Yield strength reduction factor.800 18.562.643.Do Mr =1 1 Tr = 2 tan α sin α 1 α 1 Tm = 2.806.00 = 183.3.692.176 Neutral axis of combined section.924.063 19.Sy/206. Fb Allowable compressive stress.971.10 2 10 .720.462 8.189. 7th Edition. Tir Outer Rim Thickness.126 40 40 1.675 16.600 26. nonimial diamter of inner ring) .572.001 13.313 h (mm) 1.845.7 ) Allowable bending stress.525 27.103.2.2 Case 7) At Mid-Point. with a very small angle between load point approximtaed to uniform distributed load in the circular ring design.27 Angle α° = 1/2 x 360/ Nlp = 0.000 = 1. Table 9.593. C1 Moment of inertia of section .969. k ( Table M-1 ) Allowable stress reduction factor ( App.1 PONTOON STRESS DESIGN . Tor Top Pontoon Thk.602 6.16 rad A.00 N/mm² 10 .880. Bending moment.263 = 1132 mm = = 30. Øir Pontoon Inside Width Inner Rim Thickness.h² I = (bd³)/12 (mm4) (mm4) 7. Rh. Rh = 459.340.2.629.800 17. tensile force. Rh α° Mid Point Number of load point @ each mm.sin α Circ.

98 183 165 0. rain x ρ rain = 921.11.2) Plate thickness.97 OK. LOAD-POINT -38. bending stress Allow.99 m³ π /4 x Øir 2 Area of deck = Rain accumulation of 10" Vol.33 165 0.4 RESULT RING STABILITY CHECK Bending Moment Circumferential force Bending Stress Circumferential stress Allow.10 .213. axial stress Unity Check Condition ( Nmm ) (N) ( N/mm² ) ( N/mm² ) ( N/mm² ) ( N/mm² ) MID-POINT 19.3 CASE 2: INFLUENCE OF 10" (254mm) OF RAIN ACCUMULATED ON CENTER DECK 10" Rain For deck to support 10" (254mm) of rain water: Volume of rain water collected at the deck. = W deck + W rain Nett downward force acting on deck = (Upward bouyant load .2. 10 .536.429 -0.98 183. Wrain = Upward Bouyant Load = Deck Area x Floatation Height x Product density = π /4 x (Øir) 2 x H (rain) x ρ Downward load due to deck steel and rain water.000001 159.29 7.Downward Load) = Deck Area = 242.000 N/mm² .11.1) σα Et Where: t= α= q= y= σb = σd = σ= v= E= 2 2 = K 3 y + K t 4  y     t  2 ( 11.97 OK.64 kg/m2 qα Et 4 4 = K 1 y + K t 2  y     t  3 ( 11.000526 N/mm2 0.429.429 0. Vrain = Adeck x Hrain where Adeck = Hrain = = 233.64 mm³ = 254 mm = 233.3 200.867.0000007 159.867.24 kg Weight of 10" accumulated rain water.27 kg = 291.45 kg 75 = 53. Deck (mm) = Td = Outer radius of the deck plate = Øir / 2 = Unit lateral pressure = Maximum deflection bending stress diaphragm stress σb + σd = Maximum stress due to flexure and diaphragm tension combined Poisson's ratio = Modulus of Elasticity = 8 17124 0.14 7.840.988.

Hence. + K4 777. hence condition is consider as: Case 3 Fixed and Held.60 N/mm σtotal σbending σdiaphgram At Deck edge. K3 = K4 For 4 1 .70 qα Et4 y t = And K1 + K2 y y t 3 = = q α4 Et4 214.38325 mm = 55.140.ν = = 2.11.23 N/mm It is the diaphragm stress at the edge which causes the tension at the outer edge of the Deck.ν2 = = 4 5. t 2 = K3 y t = = At Deck Center.94 N/mm 2 3.14 N/mm 4 54.ν2 2.976 4.6 1 .2 σα² E.86 0. = = = σtotal σbending σdiaphgram = = = 2 59. K3 = K4 At the edge.154003 y t 2 (at Deck Center) (at Deck Edge) 2 33.73 55.86 = 2. the radial force on the inner rim.The deck plate is fixed and held at its outer edge by the pontoon.4581306 1360. Uniform pressure q over entire plate K1 = K2 = At the Centre.34 N/mm 2 30. Rh = σ diaphgram x deck thickness = 433.37 N/mm 3 5.40 1.228.86 2 1.ν2 K 3 = 2 1 − v = 5.73 Solving equation 11.85 N/mm .33 1 .

41 57.52 32.5 ). Rh.4.2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES Material Properties Specified minimum yield stress. Bending moment. with a very small angle between load point approximtaed to uniform distributed load in the circular ring design.92 OK.08 7.3 The uniform radial force acting on the Inner Rim is modelled as load point at each mm of circumference. tensile force.85 N/ load pt ( Note : Rh is negative for inward force ) α° Mid Point (Reference to Roark's Formulas For Stress and Strain.07 183 165 0. Table 9.84 3.429. Bending moment. Sy Yield strength reduction factor. Rh Circ.3.92 62.07 183 165 0.2 Case 7) At Mid-Point.15 7.1 PONTOON STRESS DESIGN .27 Angle α° = 1/2 x 360/ Nlp = 0.34 30.4.10 4 10 .001673 ° Radial load on rim. M. Fb Allowable compressive stress.209 0. Nlp = π x Øir = 107593.37 3. Rh = 433. LOAD-POINT -36.23 σtotal ( N/mm² ) σbending ( N/mm² ) σdiaphgram ( N/mm² ) .14 54. Øir Section modulus available.000 = 1.00 N/mm² 10 .4 RESULT RING STABILITY CHECK Bending Moment Circumferential force Bending Stress Circumferential stress Allow.000001 151.176 mm² 10 .CASE 2 PONTOON PROPERTIES Nominal diameter of Inner Rim.209 -0.33 N/mm² = 165.7 ) Allowable bending stress.Do Mr = 4 10 . 65N = 275. α 1 tan α 1 Tr = 2 tan α sin α 1 α 1 Tm = 2. bending stress Allow.sin α Circ.92 OK.60 5.Sy/206. Rh 10 . k ( Table M-1 ) Allowable stress reduction factor ( App.4. Za2 = Cross sectional area.40 5. Ks ( = k.00 = 183.429.00 N/mm² = 1. 7th Edition.01 mm3 49. Aa = = = 34248 mm 27019626.4. Fc PONTOON RING DESIGN : SA 516 Gr.Do Mm = 4 At Reaction-Point.43 LOAD CASE 2 Deck Center Deck Edge 33.94 59. Rh. tensile force. Rh Number of load point @ each mm.4.5 STRESSES SUMMARY LOAD CASE 1 Deck Center Deck Edge 35.0000007 151. axial stress Unity Check Condition ( Nmm ) (N) ( N/mm² ) ( N/mm² ) ( N/mm² ) ( N/mm² ) MID-POINT 18.

62 = 1.76 = 24.299.82 mm 2 = 347. 80 = 88.2 MATERIAL PROPERTIES Material of Construction for roof support leg Specific Minimum Yield Stress. Aleg Radius of gyration.(R2eff) ) R4 = p((Ødeck) .11 . at R1 18541. Sy Modulus of Elasticity Density of Material.000 N/mm² = = 7. at R3 Nos.220.D Deck Thickness.Di2 4 = 3" Sch.850 kg/m³ 11 .00 11 .0 ROOF SUPPORT LEG DESIGN 22 15 10 5 Nos.00 4267.(R3eff) ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 = 134. Wdeck Design Live Load.714.24 mm .648.3 Lsp1 Lsp2 Lsp3 Lsp4 = = = = 2927 2927 2927 2940 mm mm mm mm = 34231 =8 mm mm 2 = 920.905. Adeck Center deck weight. at R2 Nos.384.2 1/2(Øir/2-R3) = 15415.00 8839. Pipe Area. td Deck Area.89 mm mm mm2 11 .9 = 7.13 mm 2 = 173. ρ (plate) Leg Material LOADING DATA Support leg length at i) R1 : ii) R2 : iii) R3 : iv) R4 : Deck O.69 mm 2 = 264. r = I Aleg Do2 .823.75 R2eff = 1/2(R3-R2) = 11277. Llive Effective radius for area of deck supported by leg: R3eff = : SA 333 Gr 6 = 241 N/mm² 209.87 mm = 57.030.1 GEOMETRIC DATA Support leg size Pipe outside diameter Pipe Thickness.5 R1eff= 1/2(R2-R1) = 6553 Area of deck supported by legs at i) ii) iii) iv) R1 = π(R1eff)2 R2 = π((R2eff) .945.(R1eff) ) R3 = π((R3eff) .794.00 13716.341. at R4 Nos.671.79 kg KN/m2 = 1.

30 KN 31.384.6 .00 KN 2 25. P1 = 11 .5 SUPPORT LEG AT INNER DECK R2 No.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS As per AISC code.134.4 SUPPORT LEG AT INNER DECK R1 No.all = (i) 5/3 + 3λ /8Cc . A2 Deck area on each leg.84 .70 N/mm = 264.671.Lsp2 / Rx-x where K Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling. A2' Deck load on one leg = Live load on one leg = Total load on one leg = Wdeck x A2' Adeck = = = = = = = 10 26.42 kg 16. P2 = 11 .all.80 N/mm² = = 74.Lsp1 / Rx-x where K Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling.all is Since P1 < Sc. = = 118 1 = 130.18 N/mm = 134.981. the support leg at inner deck R1 is satisfactory. the allowable stress Sc. 2π²E Cc = Sy = = 118 1 = 130. 2π²E Cc = Sy When λ ≤ Cc.99 kg 16.Sy Sc.76 KN 48.06 KN 2 24.838. Slenderness ratio. λ = K.661.08 N/mm² = 77.λ/200 In this case.38 KN 49.694.11 .84 = 75.08 N/mm² 11 . A1 Deck area on each leg.464.20 N/mm² 75. Slenderness ratio. Smaller of (i) or (ii) Sc.648. [ 1 . 12π²E Sc. of legs at R1 Area of deck supported by legs at R1.4.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS As per AISC code. of legs at R2 Area of deck supported by legs at R2.λ² / 2Cc² ].34 mm2 1.905.all = 1. A1' Deck load on one leg = Live load on one leg = Total load on one leg = Wdeck x A1' Adeck = = = = = = Total Load / Aleg = 5 26.69 mm2 Llive x A1' Deck load + Live load Stress on support leg at inner deck R1.all = (ii) 23 λ² When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200.5.62 KN 32.λ³/8Cc³ When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120.82 mm2 Llive x A2' Deck load + Live load Stresses on support leg at inner deck R2.48 mm2 1. λ = K.

6 . the support leg at inner deck R3 is = = 118 1 = 130.all = (i) = 75.08 N/mm² Sc.λ³/8Cc³ When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120.25 KN 27.λ² / 2Cc² ].13 mm2 Llive x A3' Deck load + Live load Stresses on support leg at inner deck R3.1 ALLOWABLE STRESS As per AISC code. [ 1 .823.When λ ≤ Cc. 74. the allowable stress Sc. λ = K.λ³/8Cc³ When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120.all = 1.80 N/mm² = = satisfactory.all.6 < (ii) = 77.135. the support leg at inner deck R2 is SUPPORT LEG AT INNER DECK R3 No.20 N/mm² 75.all = 1.6 .388.90 kg 14.030. Slenderness ratio.59 N/mm = 347. P3 = 11 .21 mm2 1.all.08 N/mm² = 77.all = (i) 5/3 + 3λ /8Cc . 2π²E Cc = Sy When λ ≤ Cc. 74.08 N/mm² 5/3 + 3λ /8Cc .Sy Sc. 12π²E Sc. 12π²E Sc.76 KN 42.Lsp3 / Rx-x where K Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling.λ/200 In this case.452.all = 23 λ² When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200. Smaller of (i) or (ii) Sc. A3 Deck area on each leg.02 KN 2 21.all is Since P3 < Sc.20 N/mm² 75.80 N/mm² = = satisfactory. [ 1 .6. Smaller of (i) or (ii) Sc.Sy Sc.08 N/mm² . A3' Deck load on one leg = Live load on one leg = Total load on one leg = Wdeck x A3' Adeck = = = = = = Total Load / Aleg = 15 23.λ² / 2Cc² ].all is Since P2 11 . the allowable stress Sc. of legs at R3 Area of deck supported by legs at R3.84 = 75.λ/200 In this case.all = (ii) 23 λ² When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200.

11 .7

SUPPORT LEG AT PONTOON No. of legs at R4 Area of deck supported by legs at R4, A4 Deck area on each leg, A4' Deck load on one leg = Wdeck x A4' Adeck

= = = = = = = = = =

27 6,433,864.49 mm2 404.05 kg 3.96 KN 55,248.45 kg 5,022.59 kg 49.27 KN 7.72 KN 60.96 KN
2 31.33 N/mm

= 173,714,341.24 mm2

Pontoon weight, Wpontoon Pontoon weight on one leg, Wpontoon' Live load on one leg = Total load on one leg = Llive x A4' Deck load + Live load + Pontoon weight Total Load / Aleg

Stresses on support leg at Pontoon, P4 = 11 .7.1

ALLOWABLE STRESS As per AISC code, Slenderness ratio, λ = K.Lsp4 / Rx-x where K Column slenderness ratio dividing elastic and inelastic buckling, 2π²E Cc = Sy When λ ≤ Cc, [ 1 - λ² / 2Cc² ].Sy Sc.all = (i) 5/3 + 3λ /8Cc - λ³/8Cc³ When Cc ≤ λ ≤ 120, 12π²E Sc.all = (ii) 23 λ² When 120 ≤ λ ≤ 200, Smaller of (i) or (ii) Sc.all = 1.6 - λ/200 In this case, the allowable stress Sc.all is Since P3 < Sc.all, the support leg at inner deck R3 is

= =

118 1

=

130.84

=

74.62 N/mm²

=

77.12 N/mm²

= = satisfactory.

73.93 N/mm² 74.62 N/mm²

11 .8

STRESSES SUMMARY Actual stress, (N/mm2) 25.18 24.70 21.59 31.33 Allowable stress, (N/mm2) 75.08 75.08 75.08 74.62

Leg at radius 4267.00 8839.00 13716.00 18541.00

No. of leg 5.00 10.00 15.00 22.00

RESULT OK OK OK OK

12 .0 12 .1

BLEEDER VENT CALCULATION DESIGN OF AIR VENTING SYSTEM GEOMETRIC DATA Design Code Inside diameter, Di Tank height, H Nominal Capacity Design pressure, Pi Flash point (FP)/Normal boiling point (NBP) (@ Filling rate ( Pumping in/Flow rate to tank ), Vi Emptying rate ( Pumping out/Flow rate from tank ), Vo OPERATING VENTING NORMAL VACUUM VENTING Maximum liquid movement out of a tank Flow rate of free air, Vv1 ( = Vo/15.9 x 15.89 )

FP

)

: API STD 2000 = 39000 = 20700 24000 = 2.50 = 67 = 427 = 1,100

mm mm m³ mbarg °C m³/hr m³/hr

12 .2 12 .2.1

=

1097.23 m³/hr

12 .2.2

Thermal inbreathing Tank capacity, V From Table 2, column 2 (Thermal Venting Capacity Req't ), Flow rate of free air,Vv2 (@ 0 ft³/hr ) Total vacuum flow required, Vv ( = Vv1 + Vv2 )

= = =

155,535 barrels 0 m³/hr 1,097 m³/hr

12 .3 12 .3.1

NORMAL PRESSURE VENTING Maximum liquid movement into a tank Rate of free air per 0.159m³/hr of product import rate, m Flow rate of free air, Vp1 ( = Vi/0.159 x m ) Thermal outbreathing From Table 2, column 3 (Thermal Venting Capacity Req't), Flow rate of free air,Vp2 (@ 0 ft³/hr ) Total pressure flow required, Vp ( = Vp1 + Vp2 ) OPEN VENT SIZING ( BLEEDER VENT SIZING ) OPEN VENT SIZING CALCULATION Maximum flow, Q ( @ Vacuum flow at ( @ Q= where K= A= g= H= K. A. 2. g. H Discharge coefficient cross sectional area of vent acceleration due to gravity Head as measure pressure differential Dp H= g

= =

0.17 m³/hr 457 m³/hr

12 .3.2

= =

0 m³/hr 457 m³/hr

12 .4

2.50

mbarg. )

=

1,097 m³/hr

0.62

=

21 m

Minimum require cross sectional area of vent, Av_req = where Q= g= r= Dp = 12 .5 Q K. 2. g. H = Q K g 2. g. Dp = = = =rg = = = 0.0241 m² 24,124 mm² 0.3048 mm³/s 11.812 kg/m2s2 1.204 kg/m³ 250 N/m²

Max. Air flow required Specific weight of Air Air density Differential pressure

BLEEDER VENT SELECTED Selected bleeder vent size Number of vent, N Outside diameter of the vent, do Inside Dia. of one vent , di ( @ vent pipe thickness = 8.18 mm ) Total cross sectional area of vents, Av_actual Since Av_actual > Ar_gnv, therefore the nos. & size of vents is

: =

8" Sch Std 1 219 = 202.64 mm = 32,251 mm² satisfactory.

13 .0

ROOF DRAIN DESIGN Rigid Pipe

1275

Flexible pipe

225 Rigid Pipe 13 .1 GEOMETRIC DATA Tank Nominal Diameter Tank Height, Roof lowest height, H Drain outlet nozzle elevation, z Roof Deck Area Design Rain Fall Design drainage required, Qreq. No. of Roof Drain, N Roof drain pipe size (rigid & fitting) Dain Pipe Outside Diameter, Do Drain pipe thickness Drain Pipe length : L1 = Rigid L2 = Flexible 13 .2 = = = = = = = = = = = 39,000 20,100 1500 225 mm mm mm mm

920.30 m2 50 mm/hr 46.01 m3/ hr 2 4" Sch 80 101.6 mm 8.56 mm

20 m x 23.14 m x

2 1

nos. nos.

= =

40 m 23.14 m

Number of Fitting & Accessories per drain pipe - 45º elbow 90º elbow Valve Rigid pipe Flexible pipe

N45º N90º Nv

= = = = =

2 1 1 2 1

13 .3

TOTAL HEAD H = h+ V2 2g

13 .5 Total head between the lowest position of deck and the roof drain nozzle Gravity acceleration Friction Coefficient .8 DRAINAGE FLOW RATE PER DRAIN PIPE Q = AREA x Velocity = π/4 x D2 x V x 3600 (s/hr) = 23. 45º elbow.7 FLOW VELOCITY 2gH V= K1 L1' D + K2 L2' + 1 D = 1. L45º Equivalent length for 4" 90º elbow.2 0.08448 m EQUIVALENT PIPE LENGTH OF VALVE AND FITTING Accordance to NFPA 15 Table 8.275 m K1 K2 = 0.15 m/s 13 .4 TOTAL HEAD LOSS OF ROOF DRAIN PIPE V2 x 2g K L' D h= Where H = G = K = L' = D = 13 .1 1.97 . L90º Valve.For flexible pipe : Total equivalent length of drain pipe Inside Diameter of drain pipe = 1.0168 = 0.2.5.03 = 0.9 MINIMUM ROOF DRAIN REQUIRED Drainage flow rate required Nreq = Actual flow rate per drain MINIMUM REQUIRED = = 2 1.6 TOTAL HEAD LOSS OF ROOF DRAIN PIPE h= H= H= V2 2g K1 L1' D + K2 L2' + 1 D V2 x 2g K1 L1' D + K2 L2' D 13 .1. Lv Total equivalent pipe length for RIGID PIPE: L1' = L1 + N45º x L45º + N90º x L90º + Nv x Lv Total equivalent pipe length for Flexible PIPE: L2' = L2 = = = 3.For rigid pipe : .30 m3 / hr 13 .14 m 13 .6 = 48 m = 23.

00 16. 65N A 516 GR.377 21.00 11.00 25. 65N Y Thickness (mm) 9.027 kg/m³ 2 SHELL COURSES ONE .440 2.611 37.707 51.440 2.961 = 84. 65N A 516 GR.500 Y 5.086 kg 25.955 kg 6 INTERMEDIATE WIND GIRDERS Material Size A 516 GR.728.183 Unit Weight (kg/m) 87.500 kg 22.700 Roof plates lapping factor : 20.00 ) = 24.564 30. 65N 7 NOZZLES Total weight of nozzles 8 MISCELLANEOUS Assuming T 405 x 150 = 6.440 2.269 kg T 825 x 250 x 8 x 10 = 10.00 % of total weight Y 16. Material 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A 516 GR.820 kg (@ = 20.916 = = Weight (kg) 6. 65N A 516 GR.14 WEIGHT ANALYSIS ITEM NO : 7061T-3901 1 GENERAL Design code : API 650 11th Edition Inside diameter : 39.961 kg = 1.691 Weight (kg) 10.226.440 2.00 11.700 mm ) = = = = 24.00 19.00 22.476 Unit Weight (kg/m) 53.020 2. 65N 4 TOP CURB ANGLE Material A 516 GR.269 Weight (kg) 84.700 mm & sg @= 1. 65N 5 TOP WIND GIRDERS Material A 516 GR. 65N A 516 GR.4 Qty 1 Length (mm) 122.000 mm Steel density Shell / Btm : 7.658 44.020 2.916 kg 9 STAIRWAY & PERIMETER PLATFORM Platform Weight 165.728.948 kg Total weight of shell plates = 3 BOTTOM PLATES Material A 516 GR. (mm) 39.377 21. 65N A 516 GR.827 Unit Weight (kg/m) 10.518 21. 65N - Type of roof support : NA Tank height : 20. 65N A 516 GR.757 58.226.440 2. 65N A 516 GR.130 Y Size 76 x 76 x 6.026 kg (@ 20.086 kg .70 Type of roof : Floating Roof mm Annular/Bottom plates lapping factor : 1 Y Thickness (mm) 28.691 kg 1.76 Y 1.377 352.026 kg 498.820 = 22.955 Weight (kg) 1.850 kg/m³ Roof : 8.00 Width (mm) 2.00 11.51 Y Qty 1 Length (mm) 124.00 13.060 kg 25.00 KN 10 OPERATING LIQUID WEIGHT Operating liquid height 11 HYDROSTATIC WATER WEIGHT Hydrostatic water height ERECTION WEIGHT (Exclude roof) OPERATING WEIGHT FIELD HYDROSTATIC TEST WEIGHT 16.440 2. 65N A 516 GR.00 Outside Dia.33 Y Size Qty 1 Length (mm) 125.FOOT METHOD (OUTER TANK) Course No.020 Weight (kg) 65.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful